<?xml version="1.0" encoding="windows-1252"?><SEC xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="http://si.ksc.nasa.gov/sidownloads/xml/specsintactSEC.xsd"><MTA NAME="SUBFORMAT" CONTENT="NEW"/><HDR><AST/><BRK/>
USACE / NAVFAC / AFCESA / NASA         UFGS-23 52 33.01 20 (November 2008)<BRK/>
                                       -----------------------------------<BRK/>
Preparing Activity:  <PRA>NAVFAC</PRA>            Superseding<BRK/>
                                       UFGS-23 52 33.01 20 (July 2007)<BRK/>
<BRK/>
<HL4>UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS</HL4><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<HL4>References are in agreement with UMRL dated January 2009</HL4><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></HDR>
<BRK/>
<SCN>SECTION 23 52 33.01 20</SCN><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<STL>STEAM HEATING PLANT WATERTUBE (SHOP ASSEMBLED) COAL/OIL OR COAL</STL><BRK/>
<DTE>11/08</DTE><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  This guide specification covers the requirements for <SCP>equipment for a 
steam heating plant which will generate from<MET> 2 1/2 to 9 1/2 kg per second</MET><ENG> 20,000 
to 75,000 pounds per hour</ENG> of steam</SCP>.<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Edit this guide specification for project specific requirements by adding, deleting, 
or revising text.  For bracketed items, choose applicable items(s) or insert 
appropriate information.<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Remove information and requirements not required in respective project, whether 
or not brackets are present.<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Comments and suggestions on this guide specification are welcome and should 
be directed to the technical proponent of the specification.  A listing of <URL HREF="http://65.204.17.188/report/ufgs.html">technical 
proponents</URL>, including their organization designation and telephone number, is 
on the Internet.<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Recommended changes to a UFGS should be submitted as a  <URL HREF="http://65.204.17.188/projnet/cms/public.html">Criteria Change Request 
(CCR)</URL>.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  This specification is intended to be used in the procurement and installation 
of heating plant equipment.  Requirements for materials and procedures for special 
or unusual design shall be added to and modifications made to this specification 
as necessary to fit specific projects.  This guide specification shall be used 
in conjunction with the following NAVFAC definitive drawings and UFC 3-410-06N, 
Design: Central Heating Plants.</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>NAVFAC NO./DRAWING TITLE</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>1429327 - STEAM HEATING PLANT NO. 4<MET> 2 1/2 to 9 1/2 KG PER SECOND</MET><ENG> 20,000 to 75,000 
POUNDS PER HOUR</ENG> WATERTUBE (SHOP ASSEMBLED) COAL/OIL OR COAL SITE PLAN AND SECTIONS</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>1429328 - STEAM HEATING PLANT NO. 4<MET> 2 1/2 TO 9 1/2 KG PER SECOND</MET><ENG> 20,000 TO 75,000 
POUNDS PER HOUR</ENG> WATERTUBE (SHOP ASSEMBLED) COAL/OIL OR COAL FLOOR PLAN</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>1429329 - STEAM HEATING PLANT NO. 4<MET> 2 1/2 TO 9 1/2 KG PER SECOND</MET><ENG> 20,000 TO 75,000 
POUNDS PER HOUR</ENG> WATERTUBE (SHOP ASSEMBLED) COAL/OIL OR COAL LONGITUDINAL SECTION</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>1429330 - STEAM HEATING PLANT NO. 4<MET> 2 1/2 TO 9 1/2 KG PER SECOND</MET><ENG> 20,000 TO 75,000 
POUNDS PER HOUR</ENG> WATERTUBE (SHOP ASSEMBLED) COAL/OIL OR COAL TRANSVERSE SECTION</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>1429331 - STEAM HEATING PLANT NO. 4<MET> 2 1/2 TO 9 1/2 KG PER SECOND</MET><ENG> 20,000 TO 75,000 
POUNDS PER HOUR</ENG> WATERTUBE (SHOP ASSEMBLED) COAL/OIL OR COAL PIPING SCHEMATIC</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>1429332 - STEAM HEATING PLANT NO. 4<MET> 2 1/2 TO 9 1/2 KG PER SECOND</MET><ENG> 20,000 TO 75,000 
POUNDS PER HOUR</ENG> WATERTUBE (SHOP ASSEMBLED) COAL/OIL OR COAL PIPING SCHEMATIC</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>1429333 - STEAM HEATING PLANT NO. 4<MET> 2 1/2 TO 9 1/2 KG PER SECOND</MET><ENG> 20,000 TO 75,000 
POUNDS PER HOUR</ENG> WATERTUBE (SHOP ASSEMBLED) COAL/OIL OR COAL CONTROL SCHEMATICS</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>1429334 - STEAM HEATING PLANT NO. 4<MET> 2 1/2 TO 9 1/2 KG PER SECOND</MET><ENG> 20,000 TO 75,000 
POUNDS PER HOUR</ENG> WATERTUBE (SHOP ASSEMBLED) COAL/OIL OR COAL COAL HANDLING CONTROLS</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>1429335 - STEAM HEATING PLANT NO. 4<MET> 2 1/2 TO 9 1/2 KG PER SECOND</MET><ENG> 20,000 TO 75,000 
POUNDS PER HOUR</ENG> WATERTUBE (SHOP ASSEMBLED) COAL/OIL OR COAL DETAILS</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>1429337 - STEAM HEATING PLANT NO. 4<MET> 2 1/2 TO 9 1/2 KG PER SECOND</MET><ENG> 20,000 TO 75,000 
POUNDS PER HOUR</ENG> WATERTUBE (SHOP ASSEMBLED) COAL/OIL OR COAL FUEL OIL UNLOADING</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>1429338 - STEAM HEATING PLANT NO. 4<MET> 2 1/2 TO 9 1/2 KG PER SECOND</MET><ENG> 20,000 TO 75,000 
POUNDS PER HOUR</ENG>  WATERTUBE (SHOP ASSEMBLED) COAL/OIL OR COAL FUEL OIL STORAGE</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>1429339 - STEAM HEATING PLANT NO. 4<MET> 2 1/2 TO 9 1/2 KG PER SECOND</MET><ENG> 20,000 TO 75,000 
POUNDS PER HOUR</ENG> WATERTUBE (SHOP ASSEMBLED) COAL/OIL OR COAL SITE DETAILS COAL 
HANDLING</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>1429340 - STEAM HEATING PLANT NO. 4<MET> 2 1/2 TO 9 1/2 KG PER SECOND</MET><ENG> 20,000 TO 75,000 
POUNDS PER HOUR</ENG> WATERTUBE (SHOP ASSEMBLED) COAL/OIL OR COAL RESERVE COAL STORAGE</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>1429341 - STEAM HEATING PLANT NO. 4<MET> 2 1/2 TO 9 1/2 KG PER SECOND</MET><ENG> 20,000 TO 75,000 
POUNDS PER HOUR</ENG> WATERTUBE (SHOP ASSEMBLED) COAL/OIL OR COAL SITE PLAN - ELECTRICAL</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>1429342 - STEAM HEATING PLANT NO. 4<MET> 2 1/2 TO 9 1/2 KG PER SECOND</MET><ENG> 20,000 TO 75,000 
POUNDS PER HOUR</ENG> WATERTUBE (SHOP ASSEMBLED) COAL/OIL OR COAL FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>1429343 - STEAM HEATING PLANT NO. 4<MET> 2 1/2 TO 9 1/2 KG PER SECOND</MET><ENG> 20,000 TO 75,000 
POUNDS PER HOUR</ENG> WATERTUBE (SHOP ASSEMBLED) COAL/OIL OR COAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM 
- ELECTRICAL</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  The following information shall be shown on the project drawings:</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>1.  Dimensions of construction</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>2.  Relationship of materials</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>3.  Quantities, location and capacity of equipment.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<PRT><TTL>PART 1   GENERAL</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>1.1   REFERENCES</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  This paragraph is used to list the publications cited in the text of 
the guide specification. The publications are referred to in the text by basic 
designation only and listed in this paragraph by organization, designation, 
date, and title.<BRK/>
 <BRK/>
Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature when you add a RID outside 
of the Section's Reference Article to automatically place the reference in the 
Reference Article.  Also use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature 
to update the issue dates.<BRK/>
 <BRK/>
References not used in the text will automatically be deleted from this section 
of the project specification when you choose to reconcile references in the 
publish print process.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced.  The publications are 
referred to within the text by the basic designation only.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<REF><ORG>AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF STATE HIGHWAY AND TRANSPORTATION OFFICIALS (AASHTO)</ORG><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>AASHTO M 118</RID><RTL>(1979) Coal-Tar Bitumen Used in Roofing, Damp-Proofing, 
and Waterproofing</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/></REF>
<REF><ORG>AMERICAN BOILER MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (ABMA)</ORG><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ABMA Boiler 103</RID><RTL>(2001)Selected Codes and Standards of the Boiler 
Industry</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/></REF>
<REF><ORG>AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION (AISC)</ORG><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>AISC 360</RID><RTL>(2005) Specification for Structural Steel Buildings, 
with Commentary</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/></REF>
<REF><ORG>AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE (API)</ORG><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>API MPMS 2.2A</RID><RTL>(1995; R 2007) Manual of Petroleum Measurement 
Standard Chapter 2 - Tank Calibration Section 
2A - Measurement and Calibration of Upright 
Cylindrical Tanks by the Manual Tank Strapping 
Method</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>API MPMS 2.2B</RID><RTL>(1989; R 2007) Manual of Petroleum Measurement 
Standards Chapter 2 - Tank Calibration Section 
2B - Calibration of Upright Cylindrical Tanks 
Using the Optical Reference Line Method</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>API Std 607</RID><RTL>(2005; Errata 2008) Fire Test for Soft-Seated 
Quarter-Turn Valves</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>API Std 650</RID><RTL>(2007; Errata 2008) Welded Steel Tanks for Oil 
Storage</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/></REF>
<REF><ORG>AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION (AWWA)</ORG><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>AWWA C510</RID><RTL>(2007) Standard for Double Check Valve Backflow 
Prevention Assembly</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>AWWA C511</RID><RTL>(2007) Standard for Reduced-Pressure Principle 
Backflow Prevention Assembly</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>AWWA C651</RID><RTL>(2005; Errata 2005) Standard for Disinfecting 
Water Mains</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/></REF>
<REF><ORG>AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY (AWS)</ORG><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>AWS D1.1/D1.1M</RID><RTL>(2008) Structural Welding Code - Steel</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>AWS D1.3/D1.3M</RID><RTL>(2008; Errata 2008) Structural Welding Code 
- Sheet Steel</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/></REF>
<REF><ORG>ASME INTERNATIONAL (ASME)</ORG><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASME A13.1</RID><RTL>(2007) Scheme for the Identification of Piping 
Systems</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASME B16.11</RID><RTL>(2005) Forged Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASME B16.18</RID><RTL>(2001; R 2005) Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint 
Pressure Fittings</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASME B16.21</RID><RTL>(2005) Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASME B16.22</RID><RTL>(2001; R 2005) Standard for Wrought Copper and 
Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASME B16.26</RID><RTL>(2006) Standard for Cast Copper Alloy Fittings 
for Flared Copper Tubes</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASME B16.3</RID><RTL>(2006) Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings, Classes 
150 and 300</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASME B16.34</RID><RTL>(2004) Valves - Flanged, Threaded and Welding 
End</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASME B16.39</RID><RTL>(1998; R 2006) Standard for Malleable Iron Threaded 
Pipe Unions; Classes 150, 250, and 300</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASME B16.5</RID><RTL>(2003) Standard for Pipe Flanges and Flanged 
Fittings:  NPS 1/2 Through NPS 24</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASME B16.9</RID><RTL>(2007) Standard for Factory-Made Wrought Steel 
Buttwelding Fittings</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASME B29.100</RID><RTL>(2002; Errata 2004) Precision Power Transmission, 
Dbl-P-Power Transmission, Dbl-P-conveyor Roller 
Chains, Attachments and Sprockets</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASME B31.1</RID><RTL>(2007; Addenda 2008) Power Piping</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASME B40.100</RID><RTL>(2005) Pressure Gauges and Gauge Attachments</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASME BPVC SEC I</RID><RTL>(2007; Addenda 2008) Boiler and Pressure Vessel 
Code; Section I, Power Boilers</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASME BPVC SEC II-C</RID><RTL>(2007; Addenda 2008) Boiler and Pressure Vessel 
Code; Section II, Materials, Part C - Specifications 
for Welding Rods, Electrodes and Filler Metals</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASME BPVC SEC VII</RID><RTL>(2007; Addenda 2008) Boiler and Pressure Vessel 
Code; Section VII, Recommended Guidelines for 
the Care of Power Boilers</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASME BPVC SEC VIII D1</RID><RTL>(2007; Addenda 2008) Boiler and Pressure Vessel 
Code; Section VIII, Pressure Vessels Division 
1 - Basic Coverage</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASME PTC 4</RID><RTL>(1998) Fired Steam Generators</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/></REF>
<REF><ORG>ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)</ORG><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASTM A 106/A 106M</RID><RTL>(2008) Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon 
Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASTM A 193/A 193M</RID><RTL>(2008b) Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel 
and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High-Temperature 
Service</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASTM A 194/A 194M</RID><RTL>(2008b) Standard Specification for Carbon and 
Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High-Pressure 
or High-Temperature Service, or Both</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASTM A 211</RID><RTL>(1975; R 1985)Specification for Spiral-Welded 
Steel or Iron Pipe</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASTM A 242/A 242M</RID><RTL>(2004e1) Standard Specification for High-Strength 
Low-Alloy Structural Steel</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASTM A 312/A 312M</RID><RTL>(2008a) Standard Specification for Seamless, 
Welded, and Heavily Worked Austenitic Stainless 
Steel Pipes</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASTM A 36/A 36M</RID><RTL>(2008) Standard Specification for Carbon Structural 
Steel</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASTM A 48/A 48M</RID><RTL>(2003; R 2008) Standard Specification for Gray 
Iron Castings</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID><RTL>(2007) Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, 
Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and 
Seamless</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASTM A 570/A 570M</RID><RTL>(1998) Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet 
and Strip, Carbon, Hot-Rolled</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASTM B 111/B 111M</RID><RTL>(2008a) Standard Specification for Copper and 
Copper-Alloy Seamless Condenser Tubes and Ferrule 
Stock</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASTM B 88</RID><RTL>(2003) Standard Specification for Seamless Copper 
Water Tube</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASTM B 88M</RID><RTL>(2005) Standard Specification for Seamless Copper 
Water Tube (Metric)</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASTM D 1047</RID><RTL>(2007) Poly(Vinyl Chloride) Jacket for Wire 
and Cable</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASTM D 396</RID><RTL>(2008b) Standard Specification for Fuel Oils</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASTM F 1007</RID><RTL>(1986; R 2007) Pipeline Expansion Joints of 
the Packed Slip Type for Marine Application</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ASTM F 1120</RID><RTL>(1987; R 2004) Standard Specification for Circular 
Metallic Bellows Type Expansion Joints for Piping 
Applications</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/></REF>
<REF><ORG>FM GLOBAL (FM)</ORG><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>FM DS 12-17</RID><RTL>(2001) Watertube Boilers</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/></REF>
<REF><ORG>INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE OF BUILDING OFFICIALS (ICBO)</ORG><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>ICBO UBC</RID><RTL>(2000) Uniform Building Code (3 Vol.)</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/></REF>
<REF><ORG>MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTINGS INDUSTRY (MSS)</ORG><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>MSS SP-58</RID><RTL>(2002) Standard for Pipe Hangers and Supports 
- Materials, Design and Manufacture</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>MSS SP-69</RID><RTL>(2003; R 2004) Standard for Pipe Hangers and 
Supports - Selection and Application</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>MSS SP-70</RID><RTL>(2006) Standard for Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged 
and Threaded Ends</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>MSS SP-80</RID><RTL>(2008) Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>MSS SP-85</RID><RTL>(2002) Standard for Cast Iron Globe &amp; Angle 
Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/></REF>
<REF><ORG>NATIONAL BOARD OF BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL INSPECTORS (NBBPVI)</ORG><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>NBBPVI NB-27</RID><RTL>(1991) National Board Rules and Recommendations 
for the Design and Construction of Boiler Blowoff 
Systems</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/></REF>
<REF><ORG>NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA)</ORG><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>NEMA MG 1</RID><RTL>(2007; Errata 2008) Standard for Motors and 
Generators</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>NEMA SM 23</RID><RTL>(1991; R 2002) Steam Turbines for Mechanical 
Drive Service</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/></REF>
<REF><ORG>NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)</ORG><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>NFPA 54</RID><RTL>(2008) National Fuel Gas Code</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>NFPA 70</RID><RTL>(2007; AMD 1 2008) National Electrical Code 
- 2008 Edition</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>NFPA 85</RID><RTL>(2007) Boiler and Combustion Systems Hazards 
Code</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/></REF>
<REF><ORG>THE SOCIETY FOR PROTECTIVE COATINGS (SSPC)</ORG><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>SSPC PS 11.01</RID><RTL>(1982; E 2004) Black (or Dark Red) Coal Tar 
Epoxy-Polyamide Painting System</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>SSPC SP 10</RID><RTL>(2007) Near-White Blast Cleaning</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/></REF>
<REF><ORG>U.S. DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE (DOD)</ORG><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>MIL-STD-101</RID><RTL>(Rev B) Color Code for Pipelines &amp; for Compressed 
Gas Cylinders</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>MIL-T-19646</RID><RTL>(Rev A) Thermometer, Gas Actuated, Remote Reading</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/></REF>
<REF><ORG>U.S. FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION (FAA)</ORG><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>FAA AC 150/5345-43</RID><RTL>(Rev F) Obstruction Lighting Equipment</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/></REF>
<REF><ORG>U.S. GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION (GSA)</ORG><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>FS A-A-50555</RID><RTL>(Basic) Pumping Units, Sewage, Duplex, Centrifugal, 
Automatic Wet-Pit Type</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>FS A-A-50558</RID><RTL>(Basic) Valves, Pressure Regulating, Steam</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>FS A-A-50562</RID><RTL>(Basic) Pump Units, Centrifugal, Water, Horizontal; 
General Service and Boiler-Feed:  Electric-Motor- 
or Steam-Turbine-Driven</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>FS A-A-59222</RID><RTL>(Basic) Fans, Centrifugal, Draft, Forced and 
Induced</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>FS A-A-59224</RID><RTL>(Basic; Notice 1) Meters, Fluid Quantity Volumetric</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>FS A-A-60001</RID><RTL>(Basic) Traps, Steam</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>FS F-B-2902</RID><RTL>(Basic) Boilers, Steam Watertube (Bent Tube, 
Multi-Drum and Cross Drum) Packaged Type (10,000,000 
to 125,000,000 BTU/HR Thermal Output Capacity)</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>FS F-B-2910</RID><RTL>(Basic) Burners, Single Oil, Gas, and Gas-Oil 
Combination for Packaged Boilers (320,001 to 
125,000,000 BTU/HR Thermal Output Capacity)</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>FS F-F-351</RID><RTL>(Rev F) Filters and Filter Elements, Fluid Pressure:  
Lubricating Oil, Bypass and Full Flow</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>FS W-H-2904</RID><RTL>(Basic) Heaters, Fluid, Deaerating (For Water 
Only) 1,000 to 1,600,000 Pounds Per Hour Capacity</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>FS WW-S-2739</RID><RTL>(Basic) Strainers, Sediment:  Pipeline, Water, 
Air, Gas, Oil, or Steam</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>FS XX-C-2816</RID><RTL>(Basic) Compressor, Air, Reciprocating or Rotary, 
Electric Motor Driven, Stationary, 10 HP and 
Larger</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/></REF>
<REF><ORG>U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)</ORG><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>29 CFR 1910-SUBPART D</RID><RTL>Walking - Working Surfaces</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>29 CFR 1910-SUBPART Q</RID><RTL>Welding, Cutting, and Brazing</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/></REF>
<REF><ORG>U.S. NAVAL FACILITIES ENGINEERING COMMAND (NAVFAC)</ORG><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>NAVFAC MO 324</RID><RTL>(1992) Inspection and Certification of Boilers 
and Unfired Pressure Vessels</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/></REF>
<REF><ORG>UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)</ORG><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>UL 296</RID><RTL>(2003; Rev thru Feb 2006) Oil Burners</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>UL 726</RID><RTL>(1995; Rev thru Mar 2006) Oil-Fired Boiler Assemblies</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>UL 795</RID><RTL>(2006) Commercial-Industrial Gas Heating Equipment</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/></REF>
<REF><ORG>WATER QUALITY ASSOCIATION (WQA)</ORG><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<RID>WQA S-100</RID><RTL>(1995) Household Commercial and Portable Exchange 
Water Softeners an Equipment Validation Standard</RTL><BRK/>
<BRK/></REF>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>1.2   RELATED REQUIREMENTS</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The following guide specification sections apply to this section with the additions and modifications as stated 
in the paragraph cited:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33"><SRF>01 78 23</SRF> OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33"><SRF>03 30 00</SRF> CAST-IN-PLACE COCRETE.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33"><SRF>05 12 00</SRF> STRUCTURAL STEEL.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33"><SRF>09 97 13.15</SRF> INTERIOR COATINGS FOR WELDED STEEL PETROLEUM FUEL TANKS</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33"><SRF>09 97 13.28</SRF> PROTECTION OF BURIED STEEL PIPING AND BULKHEAD TIE RODS</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33"><SRF>09 90 00</SRF> PAINTS AND COATINGS</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33"><SRF>21 13 13.00 20</SRF> WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, FIRE PROTECTION</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33"><SRF>41 22 13.13</SRF> BRIDGE CRANES</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33"><SRF>23 03 00.00 20</SRF> BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33"><SRF>22 05 48.00 20</SRF> MECHANICAL SOUND VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33"><SRF>23 07 00</SRF> THERMAL INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33"><SRF>40 17 26.00 20</SRF> WELDED PRESSURE PIPING</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33"><SRF>22 00 00</SRF> PLUMBING SYSTEMS</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33"><SRF>23 51 43.01 20</SRF> MECHANICAL CYCLONE DUST COLLECTOR OF FLUE GAS PARTICULATES</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33"><SRF>23 51 43.03 20</SRF> FABRIC FILTER DUST COLLECTOR OF FLYASH PARTICULATES IN FLUE GAS</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">VAMS <SRF>23 09 53.00 20</SRF> CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION BOILER PLANT</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.3   DEFINITIONS</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Standard Commercial Product:  A product which has been sold or is being currently offered 
for sale on the commercial market through advertisements or manufacturer's catalogs, or brochures, 
and represents the latest production model.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  System Supplier:  A manufacturer, fabricator, erector, corporation or firm that regularly 
is employed in the design, fabrication, erection, or erection supervision, testing and startup 
of systems comparable in size and type to those specified and indicated.  The system supplier 
shall arrange the equipment selected, design the equipment interconnections, produce related 
shop drawings, supervise the erection, and start up and test the equipment.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.4   SYSTEM DESCRIPTION</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>1.4.1   Design Requirements</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>1.4.1.1   Boiler</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Boiler design and service conditions:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Design pressure:  [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Operating pressure:  [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Steam temperature:  [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Feedwater temperature:  [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Site elevation:  [_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Ambient air temperatures:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Minimum:  [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Maximum:  [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">g.  Maximum continuous output (steam):  [_____]<MET> kg/sec</MET><ENG> lb/hr</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">h.  Minimum continuous output (steam):  [_____]<MET> kg/sec</MET><ENG> lb/hr</ENG> (without smoking)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">i.  Continuous blowdown:  [_____] percent</ITM><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Regarding the text below, the specified efficiency for the boiler at 
maximum continuous load shall be not less than 80 percent for coal and 82 percent 
for oil.  If an economizer is used, use 82 and 84 percent respectively for coal 
and oil firing.  Depending on the particular application and fuel used, these 
efficiencies could be higher.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">j.  Efficiency at maximum continuous rating [includes economizer]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Coal:  [_____] percent</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  [Oil]:  [_____] percent</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.4.1.2   Economizer</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Economizers shall be specified for all boilers with operating pressure 
greater than<MET> 345 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 50 psig</ENG> and a capacity of<MET> 2 1/4 kg/sec</MET><ENG> 18,000 pounds 
per hour</ENG> and larger.  For boilers from<MET> 1/2 to 2/14 kg/sec</MET><ENG> 4,000 to 18,000 pounds 
per hour</ENG> the designer shall make the decision based upon a specific economic 
analysis.  This paragraph shall be included as applicable.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Unless a coal or a fuel oil to be burned has an uncommon tendency to 
foul tubes, finned tube economizers should be suitable for both fuels. Feedwater 
temperatures should be<MET> 110 degrees C</MET><ENG> 230 degrees F</ENG> when sulphur (S) content 
of oil is 0.5 percent;<MET> 116 degrees C</MET><ENG> 240 degrees F</ENG>, S=1.5 percent - 2 percent;<MET>
 121 degrees C</MET><ENG> 250 degrees F</ENG>, S=2.0 percent - 2.7 percent.  Where fuels having 
more than 1.5 percent sulfur content are to be fired, finned tubes shall not 
be used unless they are steel tubes covered with cast iron finned casing.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Design pressure:  [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Operating pressure:  [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Fuel:  Coal [and No.:  [_____] fuel oil]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Specific heat of the flue gas:  [_____]<MET> kJ/kg - degrees C</MET><ENG> Btu/lb - degrees F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Feedwater flow:  [_____]<MET> L/s</MET><ENG> gpm</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Flue gas temperature entering economizer:  [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">g.  Flue gas temperature leaving economizer:  [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">h.  Feedwater temperature entering economizer:  [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">i.  Maximum pressure drop, economizer gas side:  [_____]<MET> Pa</MET><ENG> inches water</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">j.  Maximum pressure drop, economizer water side:  [_____]<MET> kPa</MET><ENG> psi</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">k.  Fouling factor on feedwater side:  [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">l.  Fouling factor on gas side:  [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.4.1.3   Forced Draft Fan (Coal Firing)</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Design fan to handle air at temperatures from [_____] to [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG>.  Fan shall be [single] [double] 
width inlet, [single] [double] width outlet, with [clockwise] [counter clockwise] rotation when viewed from the 
motor end.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.4.1.4   Induced Draft Fan Design</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Design fan of materials which will withstand flue gas temperatures up to<MET> 316 degrees C</MET><ENG> 600 degrees F</ENG> without 
damage.  Fan shall be [single] [double] width inlet, [single] [double] width outlet, with [clockwise] [counterclockwise] 
rotation when viewed from the motor end.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.4.1.5   Expansion Joints</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Stacks (for installation without flue gas scrubbers):</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Temperature:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>Maximum ambient:  [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>Minimum ambient:  [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>Inlet gas at maximum gas flow (coal):  [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>Inlet gas at maximum gas flow (oil):  [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>Inlet gas at minimum gas flow (coal):  [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>Inlet gas at minimum gas flow (oil):  [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Gas flow at inlet</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>Maximum:  [_____]<MET> kg/sec</MET><ENG> lb/hr</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>Minimum:  [_____]<MET> kg/sec</MET><ENG> lb/hr</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Required net available draft at stack inlet</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>At maximum gas flow:  [_____]<MET> Pa</MET><ENG> inches water</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4) Gas exit velocity (cone exit)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>Maximum at maximum conditions:  [_____]<MET> m/sec</MET><ENG> ft/sec</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(5)  Flue gas acid dew point</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>Coal:  [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>Fuel oil:  [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(6)  Test pressures</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>Shop test:  [_____]<MET> Pa</MET><ENG> inches water</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(7)  Thermal efficiency of stack:  96 to 98 percent</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(8)  Stack friction, max. @ design condition:  [_____]<MET> Pa</MET><ENG> inches water</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(9)  Stack height</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>Ground elevation:  [_____]<MET> m</MET><ENG> ft</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>Roof elevation:  [_____]<MET> m</MET><ENG> ft</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>Stack height:  [_____]<MET> m</MET><ENG> ft</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>Foundation or footing elevation:  [_____]<MET> m</MET><ENG> ft</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(10)  Wind pressure:  [_____]<MET> kg/m2</MET><ENG> psf</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(11)  Wind velocity, gusting:  [_____]<MET> km/hr</MET><ENG> mph</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(12)  Stack Diameter, min. (below exit cone):  [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(13)  Max. stack deflection (from vertical center line):  [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(14) Soil bearing stress, maximum:  [_____]<MET> kg/m2</MET><ENG> psf</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(15) Seismic zone:  [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.4.1.6   Fuel Oil Pump</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  The values enclosed in brackets are for No. 6 low sulfur fuel oil.  Adjust 
values to suit fuel oil used if other than No. 6.</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>Tabulated pump data is included in the specifications but it is preferred that 
such information to be shown on the drawings instead.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Transfer pumps (for fuel oil tank truck or railroad tank car unloading and transfer to tanks):</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Number of assemblies:  [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Tag numbers:  As indicated</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Capacity each:  [_____]<MET> L/s</MET><ENG> gpm</ENG> at 450 ssu</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Suction lift required:  [_____]<MET> kPa</MET><ENG> ft of water</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(5)  Discharge pressure:  [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(6)  Operating temperature: <MET> [27 to 54] [_____ to _____] degrees C</MET><ENG> [80 to 130] [_____ to _____] 
degrees F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(7)  Viscosity range:  [450 to 5000] [_____ to ____] ssu</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(8)  Specific gravity:  [.92 to .99] [_____ to ____]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(9)  Viscosity at brake power selection point:  [9000] [_____] ssu</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(10) Maximum pump speed:  1750 rpm</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(11) Motor<MET> kW</MET><ENG> hp</ENG>:  [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(12) Fuel oil:  No. [6, low sulfur] [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Transfer pumps (for fuel oil transfer from tanks to heating plant):</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Number of assemblies:  [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Tag numbers:  As indicated</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Capacity:  [_____]<MET> L/s</MET><ENG> gpm</ENG> at 450 ssu</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Suction lift required:  [_____]<MET> kPa</MET><ENG> ft of water</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(5)  Discharge pressure:  [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(6)  Operating temperature: <MET> [49] [_____] degrees C</MET><ENG> [120] [_____] degrees F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(7)   Viscosity range:  [450 to 3000] [_____ to _____] ssu</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(8)  Specific gravity:  [.92 to .99] [_____ to _____]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(9)  Viscosity at brake power selection point:  [5000] [_____] ssu</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(10) Maximum pump speed:  1750 rpm</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(11) Motor<MET> kW</MET><ENG> hp</ENG>:  [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(12) Fuel oil:  No. [6, low sulfur] [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Fuel oil recirculation pump sets (at remote storage):</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Number of assemblies:  [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Tag numbers:  As Indicated</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Capacity: <MET> 1.60 L/s</MET><ENG> 25 gpm</ENG> at 450 ssu</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Suction lift required:  [_____]<MET> kPa</MET><ENG> ft of water</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(5)  Discharge pressure:  [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(6)  Operating temperature: <MET> [49] [_____] degrees C</MET><ENG> [120] [_____] degrees F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(7)  Viscosity range:  [450 to 3000] [_____ to _____] ssu</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(8)  Specific gravity:  [.92 to .99] [_____ to _____]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(9)  Viscosity at brake power selection point:  [5000] [_____] ssu</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(10) Maximum pump speed:  1750 rpm</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(11) Motor<MET> kW</MET><ENG> hp</ENG>:  [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(12) Fuel oil:  No. [6, low sulfur] [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.4.1.7   [Fuel Oil Pump and Heater Set</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Capacity each pump and each steam heater:  [_____]<MET> L/s</MET><ENG> gpm</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Suction lift:  [_____]<MET> kPa</MET><ENG> ft of water</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Discharge pressure at outlet of heater:  [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Maximum pump speed:  1750 rpm</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Specific gravity range:  [.92 to .99] [_____ to _____]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Viscosity at brake power selection point:  5000  ssu</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">g.  Viscosity range:  [500 to 5000] [_____ to _____] ssu</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">h.  Oil temperature at inlet of heater:  [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">i.  Oil temperature at outlet of heater:  [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">j.  Maximum oil pressure drop through heater:  [_____]<MET> kPa</MET><ENG> psi</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">k.  Heating medium:  Steam</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">l.  Steam pressure available:  [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">m.  Steam temperature:  [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">n.  Heater type:  [Bare Tube] [Extended Surface]]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.4.1.8   Electric Startup Heater</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Oil temperature at inlet of heater:  [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Oil temperature at outlet of heater:  [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Maximum oil pressure drop through heater:  [_____]<MET> kPa</MET><ENG> psi</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Capacity of heater:  [_____]<MET> L/s</MET><ENG> gpm</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Heating power supply at three phase, 60 Hz:  [_____] volts</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Control power supply 120 volts, single phase, 60 Hz</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.4.1.9   Ash Handling System (Pneumatic)</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Capacity:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Ash Handling System:  Estimated capacities at maximum plant output are listed below; ash 
handling system capacity shall be sized for twice the amounts listed.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>[_____]<MET> Mg</MET><ENG> tons</ENG> per hour for fly ash</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>[_____]<MET> Mg</MET><ENG> tons</ENG> per hour for bottom ash at the farthest ash intake from the exhauster</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>[_____]<MET> Mg</MET><ENG> tons</ENG> per hour in main ash line leaving the boiler house (minimum).</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Ash silo:  Storage capacity of ash silo is specified in the paragraph entitled "Ash Storage 
Silo."</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Rotary unloader:  [_____]<MET> Mg</MET><ENG> tons</ENG> per hour</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  General Data</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Available water pressure:  [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Available air pressure:  [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Seismic Zone:  [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Wind Velocity (Gusts):  [_____]<MET> km/hr</MET><ENG> mph</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(5)  Altitude of plant:  [_____]<MET> m</MET><ENG> ft</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(6)  Steam rating of plant:  [_____]<MET> kg/sec</MET><ENG> lb/hr</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(a)  Maximum continuous rating of boiler No. 1 [_____]<MET> kg/sec</MET><ENG> lb/hr</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(b)  Maximum continuous rating of boiler No. 2 [_____]<MET> kg/sec</MET><ENG> lb/hr</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>[(c)  Maximum continuous rating of boiler No. 3 [_____]<MET> kg/sec</MET><ENG> lb/hr</ENG>]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>[(d)  Maximum continuous rating of boiler No. 4 [_____]<MET> kg/sec</MET><ENG> lb/hr</ENG>]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(7)  Coal Analysis</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(a)  Ash:  [_____] percent</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(b)  Carbon:  [_____] percent</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(c)  Hydrogen:  [_____] percent</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(d)  Sulfur:  [_____] percent</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(e)  Moisture:  [_____] percent</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(f)  Nitrogen:  [_____] percent</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(g)  Oxygen:  [_____] percent</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(8)  Ash Analysis</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(a)  Carbon:  [_____] percent</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(b)  Calcium:  [_____] percent</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(9)  Minimum velocities required for materials</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(a)  Fly Ash: <MET> 19.30 meters per second (m/s)</MET><ENG> 3800 feet per minute (fpm)</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(b)  Bottom Ash [Single Retort Underfeed]<MET> 28.40 m/s</MET><ENG> 5600 fpm</ENG> [Traveling Grate] stoker</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.4.1.10   Ash Handling System (Mechanical)</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Capacity:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Ash Handling System:  Estimated capacities at maximum plant output are listed below; ash 
handling system capacity shall be sized for twice the amounts listed.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>[_____]<MET> Mg</MET><ENG> tons</ENG> per hour for fly ash</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>[_____]<MET> Mg</MET><ENG> tons</ENG> per hour for bottom ash</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>[_____]<MET> Mg</MET><ENG> tons</ENG> per hour in bucket elevator leaving the boiler house (minimum).</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Ash Silo:  Storage capacity of ash silo is specified in the paragraph entitled "Ash Storage 
Silo."</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Rotary unloader:  [_____]<MET> Mg</MET><ENG> tons</ENG> per hour</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  General Data:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Available water pressure:  [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Available air pressure:  [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Seismic Zone:  [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Wind Velocity (Gusts):  [_____]<MET> km/hr</MET><ENG> mph</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(5)  Altitude of plant:  [_____]<MET> m</MET><ENG> ft</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(6)  Steam rating of plant:  [_____]<MET> kg/sec</MET><ENG> lb/hr</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(a)  Maximum continuous rating of boiler No. 1 [_____]<MET> kg/sec</MET><ENG> lb/hr</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(b)  Maximum continuous rating of boiler No. 2 [_____]<MET> kg/sec</MET><ENG> lb/hr</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>[(c)  Maximum continuous rating of boiler No. 3 [_____]<MET> kg/sec</MET><ENG> lb/hr</ENG>]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>[(d)  Maximum continuous rating of boiler No. 4 [_____]<MET> kg/sec</MET><ENG> lb/hr</ENG>]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(7)  Coal Analysis</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(a)  Ash:  [_____] percent</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(b)  Carbon:  [_____] percent</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(c)  Hydrogen:  [_____] percent</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(d)  Sulfur:  [_____] percent</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(e)  Moisture:  [_____] percent</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(f)  Nitrogen:  [_____] percent</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(g)  Oxygen:  [_____] percent</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(8)  Ash Analysis</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(a)  Carbon:  [_____] percent</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(b)  Calcium:  [_____] percent</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.4.1.11   Deaerating Heater</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Design pressure: <MET> 207 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 30 psig</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Normal steam operating pressure:  [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Maximum steam operating pressure:  [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Capacity (minimum):  [_____]<MET> kg/sec</MET><ENG> lb/hr</ENG> of feedwater</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Inlet Conditions at Heater:</ITM><BRK/>
<MET><TBL><THD><BRK/>
                                                    Maximum<BRK/>
                             Pressure     Temperature       Flow Rate<BRK/>
                             kPa(gage)  Range Degrees C       kg/sec<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
     (1)  Condensate return  [_____]    [_____ to _____]     [_____]<BRK/>
<BRK/>
     (2)  High pressure      [_____]    [_____ to _____]     [_____]<BRK/>
          trap returns<BRK/>
<BRK/>
     (3)  Makeup water       [_____]    [_____ to _____]     [_____]<BRK/>
         (softened)<BRK/></TBL>
</MET><ENG><TBL><THD><BRK/>
                                                     Maximum<BRK/>
                             Pressure     Temperature       Flow Rate<BRK/>
                               psig     Range Degrees F       lb/hr<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
     (1)  Condensate return  [_____]    [_____ to _____]     [_____]<BRK/>
<BRK/>
     (2)  High pressure      [_____]    [_____ to _____]     [_____]<BRK/>
          trap returns<BRK/>
<BRK/>
     (3)  Makeup water       [_____]    [_____ to _____]     [_____]<BRK/>
          (softened)<BRK/></TBL>
</ENG><BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Outlet temperature of feedwater from heater at design capacity: [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">g.  Heating steam pressure:  [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">h.  Heating steam enthalpy:  [_____]<MET> kJ/kg</MET><ENG> Btu/lb</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">i.  Storage capacity to overflow of storage tank:  [_____]<MET> liters</MET><ENG> gallons</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.4.1.12   Water Softening System</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Base the water softening system on the following:</TXT><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Analysis of the water available for makeup shall govern the softener 
system selected.  A competent water treating consultant shall be obtained to 
formulate specific system recommendations if the makeup water analysis indicates 
any of the following:</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>1.  Iron in excess of 0.1 ppm as Fe.</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>2.  Mg Alkalinity in excess of 50 ppm as CaCO3.</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>3.  Silica in excess of 6 ppm as Si02.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Raw Water Analysis:  Source of raw water is [_____].  Raw water is available at pressures 
of [_____] to [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG>.  Analysis of water available for makeup is approximately 
as follows:</ITM><BRK/>
<TBL><THD><BRK/>
<HL4><HL1>TABLE 1</HL1></HL4><BRK/>
<HL4><HL1>MAKEUP WATER ANALYSIS</HL1></HL4><BRK/>
<BRK/>
  <HL1>Constituent</HL1>                    <HL1>Analysis</HL1>         <HL1>Parts Per Million (PPM)</HL1><BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
  <HL1>Cations</HL1><BRK/>
<BRK/>
      Calcium     (Ca++)         as CaCO3                 [_____]<BRK/>
      Magnesium   (Mg++)         as CaCO3                 [_____]<BRK/>
      Sodium      (Na+)          as CaCO3                 [_____]<BRK/>
      Hydrogen    (H+)           as CaCO3                 [_____]<BRK/>
<BRK/>
  TOTAL CATIONS                  as CaCO3                 [_____]<BRK/>
<BRK/>
  <HL1>Anions</HL1><BRK/>
<BRK/>
      Bicarbonate (HCO3 -)       as CaCO3                 [_____]<BRK/>
      Carbonate   (CO3 --)       as CaCO3                 [_____]<BRK/>
      Hydroxide   (OH -)         as CaCO3                 [_____]<BRK/>
      Sulfate     (SO4 --)       as CaCO3                 [_____]<BRK/>
      Chloride    (Cl -)         as CaCO3                 [_____]<BRK/>
      Phosphate   (PO4 ---)      as CaCO3                 [_____]<BRK/>
      Nitrate     (NO3 -)        as CaCO3                 [_____]<BRK/>
<BRK/>
  TOTAL ANIONS                   as CaCO3                 [_____]<BRK/>
<BRK/>
      Total hardness             as CaCO3                 [_____]<BRK/>
      Methyl orange alkalinity   as CaCO3                 [_____]<BRK/>
      Phenophthalein alkalinity  as CaCO3                 [_____]<BRK/>
      Iron, total                as Fe                    [_____]<BRK/>
      Carbon dioxide             as Free CO2              [_____]<BRK/>
      Silica                     as SiO2                  [_____]<BRK/>
      Suspended solids                                    [_____]<BRK/>
      (Turbidity)<BRK/>
      Total dissolved solids (TDS)                        [_____]<BRK/>
<BRK/>
      Free acids                                          [_____]<BRK/>
      Color                                               [_____]<BRK/>
      pH                                                  [_____]<BRK/>
      Specific Conductance Micromhos/cm                   [_____]<BRK/></TBL>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Softener Effluent Analysis:</ITM><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Total solids of 175 ppm in the feedwater concentrated 20 times give 3,500 
ppm in the boiler water.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Hardness:  Maintain hardness of softened feedwater near zero and in no case allow it to 
exceed 1.0 part per million (ppm) as CaCO3.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Total Solids:  Maintain total solids in softened feedwater at a level to ensure a total 
solids concentration in the boiler water of less than 3,500 ppm without excessive blowdown.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>1.4.2   Detail Drawings</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>1.4.2.1   <SUB>Steam Generating Unit</SUB></TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Submit steam generating unit (boiler) manufacturer's drawing for the following:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Refractory details, expansion joints;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Certified outline, general arrangement (setting plan), and anchor bolt detail drawings including 
foundation loading diagrams;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Plans and elevations detailing piping connections;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Detailed dimensional drawings of auxiliaries furnished with unit;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Piping schematics for auxiliaries, such as sootblowers or hydraulic stoker drives (when 
used);</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Shop fabrication details of boiler/furnace:  Including details showing tubing, spacing, 
radii, dimensions, and gage; sections through walls and expansion joints showing refactory construction 
and replacement details; internal and external dimensions of boiler;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">g.  Wiring diagrams for subsystems;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">h.  Economizer and economizer inlet breeching;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">i.  Sootblowers;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">j.  Auxiliaries furnished with boilers;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">k.  Forced draft fan, drives and ductwork;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">l.  Induced draft fan, drives and ductwork;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">m.  Structural steel and loading diagrams; and</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">n.  Overfire air fan system.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.4.2.2   <SUB>Boiler Room Auxiliary Equipment</SUB></TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Include equipment arrangements, wiring diagrams, piping diagrams and details of valves and piping.  Submit descriptive 
information for each item on the drawings.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Water softening equipment;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Brine storage tank;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Condensate receiver;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Condensate transfer pumps including certified performance curves;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Deaerator;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Boiler feed pumps including certified performance curves;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">g.  Steam turbines;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">h.  Continuous blowdown system;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">i.  Chemical feed units;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">j.  Air compressors;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">k.  Air dryers;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">l.  Cranes and hoists; and</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">m.  Plant heating and ventilating equipment showing related ductwork.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.4.2.3   <SUB>Stokers</SUB></TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Include the following:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  General arrangement drawings;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Foundation drawings;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Front plates;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Ash hoppers;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Fuel gate mechanism;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Grate details;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">g.  Zone dampers;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">h.  Air seal details;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">i.  Overfire air nozzle arrangement;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">j.  Coal feeder details;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">k.  Fuel feeder drives;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">l.  Piping schematics;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">m.  Wiring schematics; and</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">n.  Access doors.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.4.2.4   <SUB>Ash Handling System</SUB></TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Include the following:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  General arrangement;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Construction details of ash storage silo complete with loading diagrams;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Control panel arrangement and schematics;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Wiring and control diagrams;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Ash piping arrangement drawings and schematic drawings;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Wear back fitting details;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">g.  Piping and fittings;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">h.  Details of [steam] [motor driven mechanical] exhauster [and air washer - steam condenser];</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">i.  Details of separators, tertiary bag filter, and ash silo vent bag filter; and</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">j.  Silo fluidizing system and rotary ash conditioner.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.4.2.5   <SUB>Burners</SUB></TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Include the following:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  General arrangement;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Piping details;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Burner control schematics;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Flame safety schematics;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Component details; and</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Throat tile details.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.4.2.6   <SUB>Stacks, Dampers, and Breechings</SUB></TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Include the following:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  General arrangement;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Breeching, reinforcing details;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Breeching hangers and support details;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Dampers and operators;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Access doors and frames;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Expansion joints; and</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">g.  Stack details including anchor bolt and foundation details, stack sampling ports, platforms, 
and accessories.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.4.2.7   <SUB>Coal Handling Equipment</SUB> Drawings</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Include the following:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Certified outline and general arrangement drawings for complete coal handling system;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Dimensional equipment and fabrication drawings, including equipment weights, equipment locations, 
support details, and anchor bolt arrangements for items and equipment specified under paragraph 
entitled "Coal Handling Equipment;"</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Control panel, coal presence indicators, and equipment response switch details; and</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Control schematic diagrams and complete wiring diagrams.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.4.2.8   <SUB>Fuel Oil Equipment</SUB></TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Manufacturer's standard size for pumps, pump curves, valves, strainers and pump wiring and include the following:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Certified outline and general arrangement drawings;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Certified pump curves;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Equipment detail sheets including viscosity controller, heater and valves;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Electrical wiring diagrams; and</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Oil tanks, foundations, tank heaters, appurtenances, water drawoff and level indication.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.4.2.9   <SUB>Piping and Specialty Items</SUB></TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Manufacturer's standard size and include the following:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Details of valves and fittings;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Feedwater regulator details and schematics;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Details and schematics of feedwater automatic recirculation; and</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Installation details for ball expansion joints for saturated steam piping including allowable 
angular flex and minimum offset dimensions.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<TTL>1.4.2.10   Furnishing Approved Drawings</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Furnish one reproducible mylar shop drawing of each approved drawing sheet to the Contracting Officer for the 
following items:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Boiler layout, foundations, construction and details including economizers, and auxiliaries;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Breeching layout, construction and details;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Burner control and flame safety schematics;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Burner details;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Wiring diagrams;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Fuel tanks, foundations and appurtenances;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">g.  Feedwater automatic recirculation system;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">h.  Piping schematics;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">i.  Control diagram schematics including control panel construction and layouts;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">j.  Coal handling system;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">k.  Stoker details; and</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">l.  Ash handling system.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.4.3   <SUB>Posted Operating Instructions</SUB></TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide posted operating instructions for each piece of equipment installed.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.4.4   Performance Requirements</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>1.4.4.1   Boiler</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Efficiency listed for coal burning shall be based on stoker firing with [_____] percent excess air.  [Efficiency 
for fuel oil firing shall be based on [_____] percent excess air.]  Efficiency shall allow for [_____] percent 
continuous blowdown and 1.5 percent unaccounted losses and manufacturer's margin.  Base boiler performance on 
burning fuels in accordance with the Coal Analysis [and Fuel Oil Analysis] listed below.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Coal Analysis</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Ultimate Analysis (percent by weight)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>Carbon              [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Hydrogen            [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Oxygen              [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Nitrogen            [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Sulfur              [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Ash                 [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM><HL1>Moisture            </HL1>[_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>TOTAL               [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Proximate Analysis (percent by weight)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>Moisture            [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Volatile Matter     [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Fixed Carbon        [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM><HL1>Ash                 </HL1>[_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>TOTAL               [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Coal Characteristics:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>Heating Value:  [_____]<MET> kJ/kg</MET><ENG> Btu per pound</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>Ash Softening Temperature Reducing:  [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG>, Oxidizing:  [_____] Degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>Free Swelling Index (Coke Button):</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM><MET>Size:  32 by 19 mm (percent):  [_____]; 19 by 6.35 mm (percent):  [_____]; 6.35 by zero mm (percent):  
[_____]</MET><ENG>Size:  1 1/4 by 3/4 inch (percent):  [_____]; 3/4 by 1/4 inch (percent):  [_____]; 1/4 
by zero inch (percent): [_____]</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Coal Variations:  Due to periodic changes in coal suppliers, boiler and stoker combination 
shall be designed to burn coal within the following limits (percent by weight unless indicated 
otherwise):</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><HL1>Minimum</HL1>          <HL1>Maximum</HL1></ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Ash                           [_____]          [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Sulfur                        [_____]          [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Hydrogen                      [_____]          [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Carbon                        [_____]          [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Moisture                      [_____]          [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Nitrogen                      [_____]          [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Oxygen                        [_____]          [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Btu per pound                 [_____]          [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Ash softening temperature     [_____]          [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Volatile matter               [_____]          [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Fixed carbon                  [_____]          [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">[b.  Fuel Oil Analysis</ITM><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Use Fuel Oil Analysis Schedule only if fuel oil burners are used.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">Grade of Fuel Oil:</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">Ultimate Analysis (percent by weight)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">Carbon              [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">Hydrogen            [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">Oxygen              [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">Nitrogen            [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">Sulfur              [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">Ash                 [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33"><HL1>Moisture            </HL1>[_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">TOTAL               [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">Heating Valve:  [_____]<MET> kJ/kg</MET><ENG> Btu per pound</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">Specific Gravity:  [_____] degrees API</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">Viscosity at burner</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">[_____] (SSF at<MET> 50 degrees C</MET><ENG> 122 degrees F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">[_____] Water and Sediment (percent by volume)</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">[_____] Flash Point degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG>]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Submit predicted <SUB>economizer performance</SUB> along with and as a part of the <SUB>boiler predicted performance</SUB>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.4.4.2   Economizer</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Increase in efficiency due to the economizer shall be not less than [_____] percent at full load.  Fully coordinate 
economizer with the boiler to which it is to be applied. </TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.4.4.3   Oil Burner/Windbox Package</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Burner turndown ratio on specified fuel oil shall be not less than eight to one, with excess air not over 15 
percent at full steam load, and excess air not over 22 percent at 20 percent steam load.  [Air flow shall be 
modulated through a single set of register louvers.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT></SPT><SPT><TTL>1.5   SUBMITTALS</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Review submittal description (SD) definitions in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL 
PROCEDURES and edit the following list to reflect only the submittals required 
for the project.  Submittals should be kept to the minimum required for adequate 
quality control.<BRK/>
<BRK/>
A “G” following a submittal item indicates that the submittal requires Government 
approval.  Some submittals are already marked with a “G”.  Only delete an existing 
“G” if the submittal item is not complex and can be reviewed through the Contractor’s 
Quality Control system.  Only add a “G” if the submittal is sufficiently important 
or complex in context of the project.<BRK/>
<BRK/>
For submittals requiring Government approval on Army projects, a code of up 
to three characters within the submittal tags may be used following the "G" 
designation to indicate the approving authority.  Codes for Army projects using 
the Resident Management System (RMS) are:  "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO" 
for District Office (Engineering Division or other organization in the District 
Office); "AO" for Area Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for Project 
Office.  Codes following the "G" typically are not used for Navy,  Air Force, 
and NASA projects.<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force and NASA projects, or choose 
the second bracketed item for Army projects.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation 
are [for Contractor Quality Control approval.][for information only.  When used, a designation following the 
"G" designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government.]  The following shall 
be submitted in accordance with Section <SRF>01 33 00</SRF> SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Make submittals within [60] [75] [90] days after award of the contract.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST><SUB>SD-02 Shop Drawings</SUB></LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Steam generating unit</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Boiler room auxiliary equipment</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Stokers</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Ash handling system</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Burners</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Stacks, dampers, and breechings</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Coal handling equipment</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Fuel oil equipment</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Piping and specialty items</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>  Each drawing size shall be<MET> A1 (841 by 594 mm)</MET><ENG> 34 by 22 inches</ENG>, unless otherwise noted.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST><SUB>SD-03 Product Data</SUB></LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Steam generating unit (boiler)</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Coal handling system</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Insulation</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Fans</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Pumps</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST><SUB>SD-04 Samples</SUB></LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Insulation</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>  Submit samples of each type of <SUB>insulation</SUB> with indications of its intended application and 
manufacturer's stamp or label attached giving name of manufacturer, brand and description of 
material.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST><SUB>SD-05 Design Data</SUB></LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Stack manufacturer's calculations</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>  Submit as specified under paragraph entitled "Manufacturer's Calculations Required."</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST><SUB>SD-06 Test Reports</SUB></LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Boiler predicted performance</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Economizer performance</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Instrument air compressor package</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB> Variable speed motor controller</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>  Submit certified copies of variable speed motor controller design, production and conformance 
tests for approval before delivery of the equipment.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Heating plant</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>  Submit for tests and inspections specified under paragraph entitled "Field Quality Control."</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST><SUB>SD-07 Certificates</SUB></LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>List of equipment manufacturers</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Proof of experience</SUB>[; <SUB>G</SUB>][; <SUB>G, [_____]</SUB>]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Manufacturer's installation approval</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Boiler inspector's report</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>System and equipment installation</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
[<ITM><SUB>Vertical fuel oil tank calibration</SUB></ITM>]<BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Backflow preventer</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST><SUB>SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data</SUB></LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Heating plant</SUB>, Data Package 4</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>  Submit in accordance with Section <SRF>01 78 23</SRF> OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST><SUB>SD-11 Closeout Submittals</SUB></LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Posted operating instructions</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>  Submit text for each piece of equipment.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.6   QUALITY ASSURANCE</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Equipment shall be factory assembled except for steam generators, coal handling equipment and ash handling equipment 
which shall utilize shop assembled components to the maximum extent to facilitate erection and minimize field 
labor.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>1.6.1   Standard Commercial Product</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Boilers and equipment shall, as a minimum, be in accordance with requirements of this specification and shall 
be the manufacturer's standard commercial product.  Include additional or higher quality features which are not 
specifically prohibited by this specification, but which are a part of the manufacturer's standard commercial 
product, in the boilers and equipment being provided.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.6.2   Equipment Furnished</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Equipment furnished by the Contractor shall be furnished by the manufacturers listed in the submittal letter 
listing equipment manufacturers.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.6.3   Responsibility</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The contract drawings show the required general arrangement configuration and location of equipment items.  However, 
the contract allows for selection of any vendor's equipment at the option of the Contractor, provided the vendor's 
experience and equipment meet the requirements of these specifications and drawings.  Because there may be significant 
variation between the drawings and the individual vendor's equipment as to foundations, physical dimensions and 
detailed arrangement of equipment items, the Contractor shall furnish detailed design and shop drawings and calculations 
for the systems selected.  Show foundation arrangements, walkways and other information as required for a completely 
coordinated, useable and properly functional system.  A single system supplier shall be responsible for a complete 
system including erection or erection supervision for each of the following systems:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Boiler system, including but not limited to the following:  Boiler, stoker, oil burners, 
[economizer], refractories, insulation, induced draft fan, sootblowers, steam separator, forced 
draft fan, overfire air fan, boiler trim, blowdown valves, safety valves and trim, and breeching.  
Ensure that the system manufacturer coordinates the required instrumentation and control logic 
with the controls and instrumentation supplier.  Controls and instrumentation are specified 
in VAMS Section <SRF>23 09 53.00 20</SRF> CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION BOILER PLANT.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Coal handling system, including but not limited to the following: Track and reclaim hoppers, 
belt feeders, belt conveyors and tube galleries, telescoping chute, flight conveyor, coal bunker, 
under bunker conveyor and triple valves, coal scale, controls, coal chutes and gates.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Ash handling system including ash piping, fittings, intakes, ash silo, separators, tertiary 
filter, [mechanical exhauster] [steam exhauster, air washer-condenser], and rotary unloader.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Stack system including steel stack, internal acid resistant lining and external coating.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.6.4   Certification of Backflow Preventer</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Certificate of Full Approval or current Certificate of Approval for each backflow preventer being provided for 
the project shall be from the Foundation for Cross-Connection Control Research, University of Southern California 
and shall attest that the design, size, and make of backflow preventer has satisfactorily passed the complete 
sequence of performance testing and evaluation for the respective level of approval.  A Certificate of Provisional 
Approval will not be acceptable in lieu of the above.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.6.5   Modification of References</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>In the API publications referred to in this specification, the advisory provisions shall be considered mandatory, 
as though the word "shall" had been substituted for "should" and "suggested" wherever they appear.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.6.6   Certificates</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>1.6.6.1   <SUB>List of Equipment Manufacturers</SUB></TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Submit to the Contracting Officer a letter listing the equipment manufacturers for the following equipment:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Boilers and stokers;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Boiler feedwater pumps;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Coal car handling equipment;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Induced draft fans;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Coal handling equipment; and</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Ash handling equipment.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>When the Contracting Officer determines that a manufacturer does not meet the qualification or experience requirements 
of the specifications, the Contractor shall submit, to the Contracting Officer, the name of another manufacturer 
within 15 days of notification.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.6.6.2   <SUB>Proof of Experience</SUB></TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Submit proof of experience of manufacturers, system suppliers and installers as follows.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Experience, Responsibility and Certification:  Submit to the Contracting Officer, the required 
information and experience certificates within 30 days after award and prior to commencing work 
on the site.</ITM><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Regarding the text below, verify number of manufacturers' installations 
operating and years of operation for boiler, coal handling systems, ash handling 
systems, forced draft fan, burner/windbox package and control systems to avoid 
an unnecessarily restrictive experience requirement.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Experience Requirements:  Boilers and equipment installed within or as a part of the heating 
plant shall be of proven designs.  Each manufacturer or system supplier shall be regularly engaged 
in designing, fabricating, erecting or erection supervision, testing and starting up of the 
equipment or system.  Within 30 days after contract award, or at any time during performance 
of the contract, if the Contractor is required to use a different manufacturer or system supplier 
from one that was designated previously, through no fault of the Contractor, the Contractor 
shall submit certification and other evidence of acceptable experience from each replacement 
manufacturer or system supplier.  Such certification shall show that equipment and systems made 
or furnished by the manufacturers or system suppliers have operating characteristics which are 
substantially similar to the equipment or systems specified.  The certification shall also state 
that essentially equivalent equipment or systems supplied by the manufacturer or system supplier 
have been successfully installed and reliably operated in at least [one] [two] [three] installation[s] 
under comparable operating conditions for a period of not less than two years.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Information Required:  Submit to the Contracting Officer, evidence or proof of experience 
required from the equipment manufacturer or system supplier containing the following information:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  List of installations meeting requirements of paragraph "Experience Requirements" including 
detailed description of equipment furnished for each one;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Owner and location of each installation;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Name and phone number of supervisory person at each installation; and</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Date of Owner acceptance of such installation.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">[d. Vertical Fuel Oil Tank Calibration Experience:  Submit to the Contracting Officer evidence 
or proof that the tank calibration organization has at least 2 years of prior successful and 
accurate experience in calibrating tanks of comparable type and size.]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.6.6.3   <SUB>Manufacturer's Installation Approval</SUB></TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Submit manufacturer's installation approval for the following systems and equipment as specified under paragraph 
entitled "System and Equipment Installation":</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Steam generating units (boilers) and auxiliary equipment;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Coal handling system;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Ash handling system;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Plant air compressors;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Steam turbines;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Variable speed motor controller; and</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">g.  [_____].</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.6.6.4   <SUB>Boiler Inspector's Report</SUB></TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Submit as specified under paragraph entitled "Boiler Inspection."</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.6.6.5   <SUB>System and Equipment Installation</SUB></TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Submit from each system supplier and each manufacturer of the equipment, written certification that the system 
and equipment installation is in accordance with the system supplier's and equipment manufacturer's instructions 
and recommendations, that the unit or system has been run, rotating parts have been dynamically balanced, fluid 
(including air) flows have been balanced, instrumentation and controls are properly functioning, adjusted and 
have been calibrated, and the equipment or system is ready for final testing.  Certificates shall be submitted 
before the entire boiler plant may be given an acceptance test.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT>[<TTL>1.6.6.6   <SUB>Vertical Fuel Oil Tank Calibration</SUB></TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Submit four copies of the certified record.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
]</SPT><SPT><TTL>1.6.6.7   <SUB>Backflow Preventer</SUB></TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Submit a Certificate of Full Approval or a current Certificate of Approval for each design, size, and make of 
backflow preventer being provided for the project.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT></SPT><SPT><TTL>1.7   ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Boiler plant shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local environmental regulations.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>1.7.1   Air Permits</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Permits for construction and operation of the boiler plant must be obtained from and/or submitted to the local 
environmental regulatory agency prior to the start of construction.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.7.2   Burner Emission Requirements</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The emission requirements shall be met at the maximum required continuous output.  The burner shall meet all 
applicable environmental rules and regulations.  Emission requirements to be considered are oxides of nitrogen 
(NOx), opacity, particulate, sulfur dioxide, and carbon monoxide.  Other emission requirements may be imposed.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>1.7.2.1   NOx Emission Regulations</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Compliance shall be met using [one] [a combination] of the following:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Low NOx burners</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Flue gas recirculation equipment which conforms to <RID>UL 795</RID></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Other NOx reduction techniques. See Nitrogen oxide control for stationary combustion sources.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT></SPT><SPT><TTL>1.8   DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Each assembly of components packaged as a unit shall be of a size that can be transported by common carrier without 
disassembly insofar as shipping clearances are concerned.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.9   EXTRA MATERIALS</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Furnish a spare set of refractory bricks for each railroad hopper car thawing system.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</PRT><PRT><TTL>PART 2   PRODUCTS</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.1   MATERIALS</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide materials free of defects which would adversely affect the performance or maintainability of individual 
components or of the overall assembly.  Materials not specified shall be of the same quality used for the intended 
purpose in commercial practice.  Unless otherwise specified, equipment, material, and articles incorporated in 
the work covered by this specification shall be new.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.1.1   Identical Items</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide physically and mechanically identical boilers and equipment of the same classification, size or capacity 
to permit the interchangeability of replacement parts.  This requirement includes parts, assemblies, components, 
and accessories.  Parts provided on the same type unit regardless of size and identifiable by identical part 
numbers shall be functionally and dimensionally interchangeable.  <TST>No deviation is acceptable without prior written 
approval of the Contracting Officer.</TST></TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.2   BOILER</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>[Coal/Oil] [Coal] Fired.Submit <SUB>steam generating unit (boiler</SUB>) data for the following:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Safety valve calculation sheets;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Boiler predicated performance data, and</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Economizer predicted efficiency calculations.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.1   Packaged Watertube Boiler</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide Type I boiler conforming to <RID>FS F-B-2902</RID> except as modified below.  Provide lifting attachments.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.2   Operational Requirements</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Boiler shall be capable of operating continuously at the maximum specified conditions without damage or deterioration 
to the boiler, settings, firing equipment or auxiliaries.  Boiler shall be capable of automatically controlled 
operation while burning the specified fuel[s].</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.3   Tubes</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Use this paragraph if tube diameters larger than specified in FS F-B-2902 
are desired and insert minimum acceptable diameter.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Boiler and furnace tubes shall be not less than [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> in outside diameter.  Furnace tubes and first 
two rows of main boiler bank shall be one gage heavier than other tubes.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.4   Boiler Trim</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Fitting, drain valves, drain piping, feed piping, pressure gages, feed valves, stop valves, check valves, safety 
valves, and remaining appurtenances shall comply with applicable requirements of the ASME Boiler and Pressure 
Vessel Code.  Components shall conform to the following:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.4.1   Boiler Blowoff Valves</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide flanged [Class 250 cast iron] [Class 300 cast steel] body, seatless, sliding plunger type valves mounted 
in tandem at each boiler blowoff connection.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.4.2   Steel Gate, Globe and Angle Valves</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT><RID>ASME B16.34</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.4.3   Safety, Relief, and Safety Relief Valves</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT><RID>ASME BPVC SEC I</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.4.4   Steam Gage</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Select gage scale to operate within the middle third of range.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a<MET> 300 mm</MET><ENG> 12 inch</ENG> diameter indicating steam gage with chromium plated trim and zero to [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG>
 psig</ENG> scale.  Gage shall be complete with syphon, valve, piping, and fittings to properly connect same.  Gage 
shall be flush mounted on a<MET> 368 mm square by 5 mm</MET><ENG> 14 1/2 inch square by 3/16 inch</ENG> thick steel plate.  Provide 
plugged tee connection for connection to remote steam gage.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.4.5   Water Column</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a safety water column with high and low water alarm suitable for the design pressure of the boiler.  
Column shall be complete with three-chain-operated gage cocks, heavy duty inclined gage glass, and quick-closing 
water gage valves having cross leavers and chains operated from floor.  Gage glass shall be readable from any 
point directly below unit.  Make connections to water column from boiler with extra strong steel pipe and forged 
steel fittings.  Provide crosses instead of tees or elbows, with screwed plugs in open ends.  Terminate bottom 
of water column and water column gage glass with plug-type valves accessible from operating floor.  Provide screwed 
plugged connections in water column piping for remote level indicator.  Provide gate valves immediately below 
water column and gage glass.  Provide a suitable lamp fixture to illuminate water column.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.4.6   Safety Valves</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide not less than [_____] cast steel or cast iron body high capacity safety valves to give a total steam 
relieving capacity in accordance with the <RID>ASME BPVC SEC I</RID> requirements as to total boiler and water wall heating 
surface.  Valves shall be set with a set pressure of [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG>, [[_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG>] [, [_____]<MET>
 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG>] [and [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG>] respectively.       Valves shall have flanged inlet and outlet 
connections.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.4.7   Non-Return Valve</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a non-return valve on each boiler steam outlet.  Valve shall be a stop check angle body valve, flanged, 
[Class 250 cast iron] [Class 300 steel] body with handwheel shutoff, pressure operated disc and external equalizer.  
Assembly for manual operation shall be outside screw and yoke type.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.4.8   Blowoff Connections</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Bottom drum blowoff connection on boiler shall be [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> diameter and extended to outside of setting 
terminating with tandem flanged blowoff valves as specified above.  Boiler water wall blowoff connections and 
economizer inlet pipe blowoff shall be<MET> 40 mm</MET><ENG> 1 1/2 inch</ENG> diameter and extended to outside of setting and equipped 
with same type valves.  Provide stop valves for water column blowoff connections.  Boiler blowoff connections 
shall conform to the applicable requirements of <RID>ASME BPVC SEC I</RID>, Part PG-59.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.4.9   Miscellaneous Stop Valves</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide stop valves near boiler for each connection to boiler; include valves for soot blowers, chemical feed, 
vent, continuous blowoff, and required drains.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.4.10   Tube Cleaner</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide one tube cleaner suitable for cleaning boiler tubes.  Tube cleaner shall operate on water at<MET> 1034 kPa 
(gage)</MET><ENG> 150 psig</ENG> pressure.  Tube cleaner shall be complete with one motor, one wrench, one cutter head assembled, 
one universal coupling for cutter head, two sets of cutters, two sets of cutter pins, one set of arm pins, one 
set of keeper pins, one brush with a set of refills, one tool box, and two<MET> 15 meters</MET><ENG> 50 foot</ENG> lengths of heavy 
duty hose with<MET> 20 mm</MET><ENG> 3/4 inch</ENG> diameter pipe connections.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.4.11   Wrenches</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide special wrenches required for proper maintenance of equipment.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.2.5   Boiler Limit Interlocks</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide applicable boiler limit interlocks required by <RID>FS F-B-2910</RID> and connect to effect safety shutdown of the 
stoker [and oil burners].  Interlocks shall be compatible with and integrated into the control and instrumentation 
system.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.6   Sootblowers</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide boiler [and economizer] with a sootblowing system using [steam] [compressed air] for removing deposits 
of soot and fly ash from heat transfer surfaces.  Sootblower elements shall be of a sufficient number and in 
a proper location to clean every heat transfer surface susceptable to soot or fly ash deposition.  Fixed position, 
multi-nozzle rotating elements may be used in applications where flue gas temperatures do not exceed<MET> 982 degrees 
C</MET><ENG> 1800 degrees F</ENG>.  Retractable soot blowers shall be provided where flue gas temperatures exceed<MET> 982 degrees 
C</MET><ENG> 1800 degrees F</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT>[<TTL>2.2.6.1   Fixed Position Soot Blowers (Steam)</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Choose this paragraph or the paragraph below, entitled "Fixed Position 
Sootblowers (Air Puff)."</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Steam, fixed position, multi-nozzled, rotating, valve-in-head type with electric motor operation to permit proper 
cleaning of heat transfer surfaces with cam operated valves arranged to automatically open steam valve through 
proper arc of rotation.  Cams shall be adjustable to give proper operating arc or shall be specially designed 
for each location.  Furnish and install soot blowers complete, including valve-in-head blower heads, wall sleeve 
bushings, high temperature elements, low temperature elements, [_____] volt, [_____] Hz, [_____]<MET> kW</MET><ENG> hp</ENG> motor 
operators, hand operated drain valve, with drilled orifice and disc to prevent tight shutoff, element supports, 
clamps, bolts, and other required hardware.  Furnish necessary piping and valves including drain lines, shutoff 
valves, piping supports and insulation.  Weld sootblower piping and fittings.  No screwed piping or fittings 
will be permitted.  Install sootblower elements with care so that they do not rub on tubes and cause eventual 
tube failure.  Provide scavenging air connections from forced draft fan where required to protect blower in non-blowing 
position.  Provide a single control station containing start and stop pushbuttons and necessary relays to control 
motor operators.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
]</SPT><SPT>[<TTL>2.2.6.2   Fixed Position Sootblowers (Air Puff)</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Choose this subparagraph or the subparagraph above entitled "Fixed Position 
Sootblowers (Steam)."</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Air puff type, fixed position, multi-nozzled rotating element type complete with air master controller for each 
boiler, entirely air-operated and designed for controlled automatic sequential operation.  Units shall be operated 
in such a manner that air issues from the element in a series of sustained high pressure puffs of approximately 
one second duration each.  During each puff, element shall be rotated through a predetermined and measured short 
arc (17 degrees) by means of a ratchet mechanism in the sootblower head.  Between each puff, no air shall flow 
through blowers and there shall be sufficient time for system to be restored to full pressure.  When each blowing 
cycle is complete, the controller shall automatically stop its operating sequence.  Provide sootblowers complete, 
with wall sleeve bushings, element supports, clamps, bolts, and other required hardware.  Provide necessary piping 
and valves, including shutoff valves, piping, and supports.  Sootblower piping and fittings shall have welded 
connections. No threaded piping or fittings will be permitted.  Install sootblower elements with care so that 
they do not rub on tubes and cause eventual tube failure.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
]</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.2.6.3   Retractable Sootblowers</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide in lieu of fixed position type and use where flue gas temperatures exceed<MET> 982 degrees C</MET><ENG> 1800 degrees 
F</ENG>.  Sootblowers shall be [air] [electric] motor operated.  Rotation of sootblower shall be continuous from the 
moment the lance or element begins to extend.  Rotational and translational speeds shall be independently adjustable 
by changing sprockets.  Sootblowers shall be complete with heavy steel housing, outside adjustment of nozzle 
pressure, alloy element or lance, wall sleeve, supports, and necessary hardware required for a completely workable 
system.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.6.4   Sootblower Elements</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide sootblowers with elements specially designed for use with [steam] [air].  Elements subjected to temperatures 
of<MET> 482 to 816 degrees C</MET><ENG> 900 to 1500 degrees F</ENG> shall be chromium covered extra heavy carbon steel tubing or a 
chrome alloy as specified for high temperatures; between<MET> 817 to 927 degrees C</MET><ENG> 1501 to 1700 degrees F</ENG>, elements 
shall contain not less than 20 to 23 percent chrome; from<MET> 928 to 982 degrees C</MET><ENG> 1701 to 1800 degrees F</ENG>, not less 
than 24 to 27 percent chrome.  Provide a flexible connection between each head and element.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.6.5   Pushbutton</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>On the operating floor provide a pushbutton for each boiler for starting and stopping sootblower system.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.6.6   Control for Sootblowing System</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide sootblowing system with an automatic programmable control system which will automatically start and stop 
each soot blower in programmable sequence and monitor and display operation of soot blowers.  Provide an override 
control which will permit manual start-stop operation of sootblowers.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.2.7   Combustion Controls</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>As specified in VAMS Section <SRF>23 09 53.00 20</SRF> CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION BOILER PLANT.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.3   ECONOMIZER</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Economizers shall be specified for all boilers with operating pressures 
greater than<MET> 345 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 50 psig</ENG> and a capacity of<MET> 2 1/4 kg/sec</MET><ENG> 18,000 pounds 
per hour</ENG>nd larger.  For boilers from<MET> 1/2 to 2 1/4 kg/sec</MET><ENG> 4,000 to 18,000 pounds 
per hour</ENG> the designer shall make the decision based upon a specific economic 
analysis.  This paragraph shall be included as applicable.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Unless a coal or a fuel oil to be burned has an uncommon tendency to 
foul tubes, finned tube economizers should be suitable for both fuels. Feedwater 
temperatures should be<MET> 110 degrees C</MET><ENG> 230 degrees F</ENG> when sulphur (S) content 
of oil is 0.5 percent;<MET> 116 degrees C</MET><ENG> 240 degrees F</ENG>, S=1.5 percent - 2 percent;<MET>
 121 degrees C</MET><ENG> 250 degrees F</ENG>, S=2.0 percent - 2.7 percent.  Where fuels having 
more than 1.5 percent sulfur content are to be fired, finned tubes shall not 
be used unless they are steel tubes covered with cast iron finned casing.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a modular [bare tube] [cast iron finned, steel tube] unit constructed in accordance with the <RID>ASME BPVC SEC I</RID>
.  Water flow shall be parallel to flue gas flow (incoming water shall enter at the same end that the flue gasses 
enter the economizer).</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.1   Construction</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide manufacturer's standard economizer design for the operating conditions and the fuel(s) specified.  Coordinate 
the amount of heating surface with the flue gas conditions exiting the boiler or boilers on which the economizer 
is to be applied to preclude reaching the "acid dew point" for specified fuels.  When necessary ( sulfer is present 
in the specified fuel and the designed inlet temperature could fall below the "acid dew point"), provide a feedwater 
temperature control system.  Provide casing of not less than 12 gage steel plate reinforced with steel support 
lugs and breeching flanges.  Provide building framing steel to properly support the economizer.  [Provide built-in 
rotary chain operated soot blowers for each economizer to thoroughly clean surfaces exposed to flue gas.] Economizer 
shall be designed so that internal construction can be easily cleaned and inspected.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.2   Equipment</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide the following equipment for each unit:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Relief valve</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Shutoff gate valve on feedwater outlet and shutoff globe valve on inlet with globe valve 
bypass.  Size valves as shown in economizer piping detail</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Temperature indicator on feedwater outlet</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Temperature indicator on feedwater inlet</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Temperature indicator on flue gas outlet</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Temperature indicator on flue gas inlet</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">g.  Temperature alarm switches for high and low flue gas temperatures</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">h.  Alarm with trouble light and silencing switch</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">i.  Panel with annuciator and temperature indicators for feedwater inlet, feedwater outlet, 
flue gas inlet, flue gas outlet of each economizer</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">j.  A drain valve downstream of the economizer before the shutoff valve</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">k.  A stack flue gas temperature control system to control and limit flue gas temperature to 
not less than<MET> 149 degrees C</MET><ENG> 300 degrees F</ENG> by molulating a motorized feedwater control valve 
in a bypass around the economizer.  Provide a shutoff valve on each side of the control valve 
with a strainer upstream of each valve.  Provide this system parallel to the manual shutoff 
and bypass described above</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">l.  Differential pressure indicator on water side</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">m.  Differential pressure indicator on gas side</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">n.  Pressure gages on feedwater inlet and outlet</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.3   <SUB>Insulation</SUB></TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Submit manufacturer's literature of each insulation type and installation, adhesives, coating mastic and accessories.  
Make reference to specification paragraph numbers where they apply.Insulate economizer with not less than the 
equivalent of<MET> 50 mm</MET><ENG> 2 inches</ENG> of mineral wool insulation and lag with not less than 27 gage galvanized, weatherproof 
lagging.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.4   COAL STOKERS</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  The single retort underfeed stoker can be used for up to a maximum continuous 
rating of approximately<MET> 3 kilogram per second (kg/s)</MET><ENG> 25,000 pounds per hour</ENG> 
steam flowrate and a two hour peak rating of<MET> 3.75 kg/s</MET><ENG> 30,000 pounds per hour</ENG>
 depending upon the manufacturer.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  If the boiler is not part of this project insert Coal Analysis at end 
of this paragraph and delete the last sentence.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide for each boiler a single retort underfeed stoker with moving grates arranged for side dump ash discharge.  
Stoker shall be capable of continuous operation at such rate as required for continuous output of not less than 
that specified for the boiler and shall satisfactorily provide for automatic operation, by means of a combustion 
control system, within the range given when burning specified coal and operated in accordance with manufacturer 
supplied instructions.  Satisfactory operating conditions shall be obtained throughout the full operating range 
of the stoker.  Stoker shall be considered as an integral part of the steam generator and shall be subject to 
applicable provisions of the boiler design and service conditions together with requirements of tests, performance 
guarantees and other warranties specified for the boiler.  Coal analysis shall be as specified in the Coal Analysis 
Schedule for the boiler.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.1   Stoker Grate Area and Heat Release Rate</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  The designer shall refer to the graph of Stoker Allowable Rating - Percent 
Of Full Load Rating Versus Ash Fusion Temperature shown in NAVFAC DM-3.6, NAVFAC 
Design Manual, Figure 11 and select the appropriate combustion rate.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a grate with area sufficient to give specified steam output when burning specified coal.  Grate shall 
fit between furnace side wall headers and between the inside face of the front wall and face of the bridge wall.  
Maximum stoker heat release rate shall be not greater than [_____]<MET> watt per square meter</MET><ENG> Btu per square foot 
per hour</ENG> at the specified maximum continuous rating for the boiler.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.2   Construction</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.2.1   Coal Fuel Feed Control</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a stoker ram with a constant stroke for feeding fuel to the central retort and necessary auxiliary rams 
or pushers to secure an even distribution of fuel throughout the entire length of the retort and over the grate 
surface.  Determine rate of coal feed by the length of the rest period between full strokes.  Provide for control 
by adjustment at a single point.  Design stoker controls for connection to a combustion control system.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.2.2   Coal Hopper</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> thick Type 316 stainless steel coal hopper having a capacity of not less than [_____]<MET>
 kg</MET><ENG> pounds</ENG> at the front of each stoker.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.2.3   Stoker Front Enclosure</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide stoker front with dusttight enclosure of cast iron, or not less than 10 gage steel plate, of height and 
width to match boiler front to eliminate dust from the boiler room and prevent air infiltration to grate.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.2.4   Stoker Grates</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Grate surface shall consist of air cooled lateral firebars or grates inclined downward from the central retort 
toward side walls of furnace.  Provide for agitation of fuel bed by either an alternating arrangement of moving 
and stationary grate bars or an undulating grate bar motion.  Moving grates shall be adjustable to obtain the 
degree of movement necessary to suit characteristics of the fuel.  Adjustments shall be capable of being made 
while unit is in operation.  Design firebars or grates to prevent sifting of coal through spaces provided for 
air admission to the fuel bed.  As a minimum, construct stoker grates of alloyed cast iron.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.2.5   Stoker Drive</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Stoker may be hydraulically or mechanically driven through cranks and machine cut, double reduction worms and 
gears, fully enclosed in an oiltight case and running in a bath of oil.  Bearings shall be antifriction type, 
with hardened inner and outer races and fitted with forced lubrication fittings.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.2.6   Stoker Drive Electric Motor</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>[_____] volt, [_____] phase, 60 Hz, [_____] rpm, totally enclosed, fan cooled not less than [_____]<MET> kW</MET><ENG> hp</ENG> as 
specified in paragraph entitled "Motors and Drives."</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.2.7   Air Distribution Control</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Divide stoker plenum chamber into high and low pressure zones.  High pressure zone shall be adjacent to retort 
where fuel bed is normally heaviest.  Low pressure zone shall be under end of grate furthest from retort and 
shall compensate for thinner fuel bed normally carried in that area.  Make provisions to admit air under pressure 
through the dump grates by manually operated blast gates.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.2.8   Overfire Air System</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Overfire air system shall consist of a blower, damper, manifold with properly sized nozzles and connecting air 
piping to ensure full penetration and proper turbulence.  Blower volume shall not be less than 15 percent of 
total volume of combustion air.  Blower pressure shall be sufficient for penetration of the full length of the 
furnace.  Nozzles shall be located in rear of furnace wall and nozzle spacing shall be approximately<MET> 150 to 230 
mm</MET><ENG> 6 to 9 inches</ENG> o.c.  Utilizing air from forced draft fan for overfire air system is not acceptable.  Design 
shall conform to requirements of the stoker manufacturer to suit the boiler furnished.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.2.9   Ash Discharge System</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide each stoker with power operated dump grates extending from front wall to bridge wall on both sides adjacent 
to side walls and of sufficient area to handle ash resulting from burning of coal specified at the maximum capacity 
specified.  Stoker dump cylinders shall be [steam] [air] [hydraulically] operated.  Perforate dump grates for 
admission of air to burn out combustibles before refuse is discharged to ash pit.  Provide ash spray pipes with 
manually operated valves on front of stoker beneath each dump grate.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.2.10   Doors</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide stoker front with not less than two lined furnace access doors not less than<MET> 460 mm wide by 400 mm high</MET><ENG>
 18 inches wide by 16 inches high</ENG> with observation ports, two ash pit doors not less than<MET> 350 mm wide by 300 
mm high</MET><ENG> 14 inches wide by 12 inches high</ENG>, and two air plenum cleanout doors.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.2.11   Lubrication</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide stoker drive mechanism with grease cups, oil cups, or splash pans to provide proper lubrication.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT></SPT><SPT><TTL>2.5   OIL BURNER/WINDBOX PACKAGE</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  The designer shall fill in the appropriate information as defined in 
FS F-B-2910.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a fully modulating, oil burner conforming to <RID>FS F-B-2910</RID>, Class [_____], except as modified below.  Provide 
burner with windbox, burner blower fan, dampers, fuel train and associated controls to comprise a complete factory 
assembled package.  Total heat input to the boiler furnace shall be provided by [_____] burners.  Burner package 
shall be considered an integral part of the steam generator and shall be subject to applicable provisions of 
the boiler design and service together with the requirements of tests, performance guarantees and other warranties 
specified for the boiler.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.1   Burner</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.1.1   Burner Characteristics</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Burner shall be quiet in operation and shall operate with a balanced flame so as not to localize heat in any 
part of the combustion chamber.  Burner shall be capable of completely atomizing and effectively mixing oil with 
air so as to ensure complete combustion.  Air admitted shall be of sufficient quantity for complete combustion, 
but not of such quantity as to produce an undue percentage of excess air with attendant high stack loss.  Oil 
burner shall operate without clogging or failure, and shall have sufficient capacity to develop not less than 
the specified capacity.  Burner unit shall be easily removed from firing position and readily accessible for 
inspection, cleaning, and other purposes.  Provide adequate observation ports on burner.  Burner manufacturer 
shall guarantee that there will be no flame impingement on sidewalls, top, bottom, or rear walls of furnace.  
Install burner manufacturer furnished refractory throat tiles or other items required for proper installation 
of burner.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.1.2   Atomization</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  For boilers below<MET> 7100 kW</MET><ENG> 25,000 pounds per hour</ENG> the designer shall select 
either compressed air or steam atomization after performing an economic analysis.  
For<MET> 7100 kW</MET><ENG> 25,000 pounds per hour</ENG> and above, atomization shall be by compressed 
air unless steam pressure is required for greater turndown.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Burner shall be [steam atomizing; steam pressure at header is [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG>; steam temperature at header 
is [_____] degree<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG>] [air atomizing; filtered compressed air shall be available for burner atomization and 
the maximum requirement for each burner shall not exceed [_____]<MET> L/s</MET><ENG> scfm</ENG> of air at [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG>].  
Provide pressure reducing valve and controls as required.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.1.3   Electric Ignition System</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Natural gas pilot ignition system may be considered only when natural 
gas is available at the site.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Choose this subparagraph or the subparagraph below, entitled "Natural 
Gas Pilot Ignition System."</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Burner shall be equipped with an electric ignition system.  System shall be either high energy ignition or glow 
rod type.  Gas ignition system is not acceptable.  High energy ignition system shall use stored energy to develop 
2000 Vdc pulses.  Glow rod system shall use a low voltage, carbon rod electrode which develops a tip temperature 
of<MET> 1427 degrees C</MET><ENG> 2600 degrees F</ENG>.  Provide ignition system complete.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.1.4   Natural Gas Pilot Ignition System</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Natural gas pilot ignition system may be considered only when natural 
gas is available at the site.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Choose this subparagraph or the subparagraph above, entitled "Electric 
Ignition System."</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a complete interrupted type natural gas-fired, spark ignited pilot system for the burner assembly.  Combustion 
air supply shall be from the burner windbox.  Lighting system shall have capacity to stabilize firing during 
startup periods.  Lighter shall be arranged for easy removal and servicing while boiler is in operation.  Furnish 
ignitor complete with spark rod and power pack.  Power pack shall operate on 120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase 
power.  Provide gas piping, to one point of supply, including necessary gas pressure regulators.  Ignitor system 
shall include controls, gages, flame safety systems, interlocks and accessories to comply with Industrial Risk 
Insurers' (I.R.I.) (formerly F.I.A.) requirements and applicable codes and regulations.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.1.5   Windbox</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Construct of carbon steel plate not less than 10 gage thickness with<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick front plate.  Design 
windbox to provide even and uniform air entrance into the burner register and seal weld to the boiler front wall.  
Provide windbox with support legs.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.1.6   Purge Connection</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide [steam] [air] purge connection, properly valved, for purging oil from gun prior to removal from burner.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.1.7   Aspirating System</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Provide aspirating system only for boilers in which the expected furnace 
pressure exceeds<MET> 1245 Pa</MET><ENG> 5 inches water</ENG>.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide an air aspirating system for fuel oil atomizer guide pipes to prevent blowback of hot furnace gases.  
Aspirating system shall use approximately [_____]<MET> L/s</MET><ENG> scfm</ENG> of [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG> compressed air.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.1.8   Piping</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide piping and flexible hoses for guide pipe purge [and aspirating] system[s].  Air from forced draft fan 
shall be used for guide pipe purging during normal operation.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.1.9   Metal Parts</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Metal parts exposed to radiant heat, including atomizer shield, shall be of stainless steel or other approved 
alloy.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.1.10   Fuel Oil Control Valve</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Fuel oil will be supplied at [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG> and [_____] degrees <MET>C</MET> <ENG>F</ENG> at the inlet of the fuel piping 
train.  Size fuel oil automatic control valve for<MET> 103 kPa</MET><ENG> 15 psi</ENG> differential pressure.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.1.11   Fuel</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT><RID>ASTM D 396</RID>, Grade No. [_____].</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.1.12   Burner Blower Fan For Oil Fired Burner</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide fan fully integrated with and mounted on windbox.  Provide an inlet silencer, when required, to ensure 
operation at noise level below 85 dBA as specified in Section <SRF>22 05 48.00 20</SRF> MECHANICAL SOUND VIBRATION AND SEISMIC 
CONTROL.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.1.13   Electric Motor</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Motor shall be [two speed,] [_____] volt, [_____] phase, 60 Hz, [totally enclosed, non-ventilated] [totally enclosed, 
fan cooled], not less than [_____]<MET> kW</MET><ENG> hp</ENG> as specified in paragraph entitled "Motors and Drives."</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.5.2   Flame Safeguard Controls</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a complete system of valves, interlocks and controls in accordance with <RID>NFPA 85</RID> and as approved by Factory 
Mutual Engineering and Research.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.2.1   Fuel Oil Train</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide fuel oil train consisting of [steam] [air] atomizing oil gun, auxiliary [steam] [air] atomizing oil gun 
for changing guns without a shutdown, fuel oil control valve, two safety shutoff valves, recirculation valve, 
strainer, and flexible hose connections to oil burner.  Provide low oil pressure and low atomizing air pressure 
switches, and all other safety interlocks and devices as required.  Provide in panel mounted on burner package 
the following gages.  Gages shall be<MET> 150 mm</MET><ENG> 6 inch</ENG> with white coated dials and black figures:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Fuel oil supply pressure (0 to<MET> 1034 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 150 psig</ENG>)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Fuel oil pressure at burner (0 to<MET> 1034 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 150 psig</ENG>)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">[c.  Atomizing air pressure at burner (0 to<MET> 1034 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 150 psig</ENG>)]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">[d.  Atomizing steam pressure at burner (0 to<MET> 1034 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 150 psig</ENG>)].</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.2.2   Control Sequencing</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Flame safeguard system shall be designed to ensure safe purge, light-off and shutdown procedures, and to monitor 
light-off, main flame and boiler operating conditions.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">[a.  Flame safeguard system shall be automatically sequenced type with programming timed and 
sequenced by a heavy duty, industrial type timer.  Timer shall be tamper-proof and shall be 
designed so that advancement of timer to shorten purge will shut down unit.]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Provide system with [ultraviolet] [infrared] scanner and electronic relay located in the 
front wall which will shut down the fuel within 2 to 4 seconds of loss of flame.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Provide scanner output meter in panel for indication of scanner signal strength.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Safety system shall include the following limit devices incorporated into a limit circuit:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Flame failure</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  High boiler outlet pressure</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Low fuel oil pressure</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Low water level cutout</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(5)  Low combustion air flow</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(6)  Low atomizing [air] [steam] pressure</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(7)  Any additional as required by FM or NFPA</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>[(8) Low fuel oil temperature]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Safety System Limits:  Safety system limits specified above shall be displayed on a first 
out annunciator mounted in the burner panel.  [Provide a common alarm contact to be wired to 
the operator control console.]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.2.3   Light Off</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Failure shall require a manual restart of the programmer.  Safety system shall provide a mandatory purge with 
forced draft fan vanes proven open, and a return to proven low fire position before light off. Main fuel valve 
shall open for a timed period of 10 seconds during trial for ignition.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.2.4   Circuit Analyzer</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a circuit analyzer system, which, by means of 12 or more lights, will indicate which circuits are energized 
at any specific time, and will thereby indicate improperly operating circuits.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.2.5   Control Panel</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Programmer, limit control, relays, annunciator, shall be mounted in a [<RID>NEMA MG 1</RID> control panel, modified with 
fully gasketed doors and panels mounted on burner package] [control panel as specified under VAMS Section 
<SRF>23 09 53.00 20</SRF> CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION BOILER PLANT].</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT></SPT><SPT><TTL>2.6   <SUB>FANS</SUB></TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Submit fans and blowers characteristic curves.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.6.1   Forced Draft Fan (Coal Firing)</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  The designer shall make a technical evaluation to determine if the coal 
forced draft fan should be integrated with the stoker front or mounted separately 
on the floor.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT><RID>FS A-A-59222</RID>, Type [_____], Class 1, except as specified otherwise.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.6.1.1   Fan Size</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Size fans for complete combustion of fuel at maximum firing rate taking into account design allowances, corrections 
for burner pressure drop, furnace pressure, combustion air temperature, plant elevation, and other design factors 
[including allowance for economizer].  After fans have been sized in accordance with the above, add the following 
allowances for momentary overloads and normal deterioration of fans, firing equipment and boilers to obtain the 
required test block rating:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Excess volume:  20 percent</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Excess pressure:  32 percent</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.6.1.2   Fan Construction</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Construct fan wheel of steel.  Direction of fan discharge shall be easily changed at angles of 45 degrees.  Provide 
fan with roller bearings mounted in pillow blocks.  Provide one coat manufacturer's shop prime paint over interior 
and exterior of fan and wheel.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.6.1.3   Electric Motor</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  The designer shall perform an economic analysis and make a technical 
evaluation to determine if the fan drive motor shall be provided with variable 
speed control.  Generally variable speed drives for fans over<MET> 7 1/2 kW</MET><ENG> 10 hp</ENG>
 will be cost effective.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Motor for driving forced draft fan shall be [variable speed] [two speed], [_____] volt, three phase, 60 Hz, [open 
drip-proof] [totally enclosed, fan cooled] not less than [_____]<MET> kW</MET><ENG> hp</ENG>, as specified in paragraph entitled "Motors 
and Drives," and shall not overload at the specified capacity with unheated cold air.  Provide [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG>
 thick steel soleplate for motor.  Soleplate shall be common for all four motor mounting bolts.  Separate parallel 
soleplate bars are not acceptable.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.6.1.4   Noise Level for Forced Draft Fan</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Not to exceed 85 dBA sound pressure level at<MET> 1 1/2 meters</MET><ENG> 5 feet</ENG> above floor and<MET> 1 1/2 meters</MET><ENG> 5 feet</ENG> from fan 
in any direction.  Provide heavy duty sound attenuator with screen on fan inlet when required to meet sound pressure 
level requirements.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.6.2   Induced Draft Fan</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT><RID>FS A-A-59222</RID>, Type [_____], Class 2 except as specified otherwise.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.6.2.1   Fan Size</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Size fans to handle combustion gases at maximum firing rate.  Maximum fan speed shall not exceed [_____] rpm 
at test block rating.  Design allowances and corrections for furnace, economizer, [scrubber,] [baghouse,] [dust 
collector,] breeching pressure drop when operating at [10] [20] [40] percent excess air, flue gas temperature, 
plant elevation and other design factors shall be made.  Add the following allowances for momentary overloads 
and normal deterioration of fans, firing equipment and boilers after sizing in accordance with the above, to 
obtain the required test block rating:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST><HL1>Coal Fired</HL1>               <HL1>Excess Volume</HL1>       <HL1>Excess Pressure</HL1></LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>Induced draft              20 percent          32 percent</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST><HL1>Oil Fired</HL1></LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>Induced draft              10 percent          20 percent</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.6.2.2   Fan Construction</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Fan wheel shall be radial tip design constructed of steel.  Balance fan wheel both statically and dynamically 
at factory.  Direction of fan discharge shall be easily changed at angles of 45 degrees.  Provide fan with [air] 
[water] cooled sleeve type or roller bearings mounted in pillow blocks.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.6.2.3   Dampers</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide inlet dampers with multi-parallel-stream flow blades with anti-friction bearings with<MET> 80 mm</MET><ENG> 3 inch</ENG> minimum 
spacers and stuffing boxes to keep bearings cool.  Dampers shall be mounted in<MET> 200 mm</MET><ENG> 8 inch</ENG> channel frames and 
interconnected with one extended, ball bearing mounted control level for connection to control actuator.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.6.2.4   Painting</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Interior of fan, including wheel, shall be coated with protective coatings suitable for flue gas conditions expected 
to be encountered by this fan.  Exterior surface of fan shall have coatings of quality weather and heat resistant 
paint.  Fan shall be shop assembled and match-marked by manufacturer before dismantling for shipment.  Surface 
cleaning and painting shall be in accordance with manufacturer's standards for service expected.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.6.2.5   Electric Motor</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  The designer shall perform an economic analysis and make a technical 
evaluation to determine if the fan drive motor shall be provided with variable 
speed control.  Generally variable speed drives for fans over<MET> 7 1/2 kW</MET><ENG> 10 hp</ENG>
 will be cost effective.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Motor for driving induced draft fan shall be [variable speed] [two speed], [_____] volt, three phase, 60 Hz, 
[open drip-proof,] [totally enclosed fan cooled,] not less than [_____]<MET> kW</MET><ENG> hp</ENG>, as specified in paragraph entitled 
"Motors and Drives," and shall not overload over the range of the fan with unheated air.  Provide [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> 
inch</ENG> thick steel soleplate for motor.  Soleplate shall be common for all four motor mounting bolts.  Separate 
parallel soleplate bars are not acceptable.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.6.2.6   Noise Level for Induced Draft Fan</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Noise level shall not exceed 85 dBA sound pressure level at<MET> 1 1/2 meters</MET><ENG> 5 feet</ENG> above floor and<MET> 1 1/2 meters</MET><ENG> 
5 feet</ENG> from the fan in any direction.  Provide sound attenuation to meet sound pressure level requirements.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT></SPT><SPT><TTL>2.7   COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Refer to utilities schedule on definitive drawings for suggested plant 
air requirements.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.7.1   Plant Compressed Air System</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide two packaged units conforming to <RID>FS XX-C-2816</RID>, Type [_____], except as modified below.  Each compressor 
capacity shall be not less than [_____]<MET> standard L/s</MET><ENG> scfm</ENG> of air, at<MET> 20 degrees C</MET><ENG> 68 degrees F</ENG> and [_____] <MET>kPa 
(gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG> (equivalent to pressure at an elevation of [_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG>), compressed to<MET> 1379 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 200 
psig</ENG> at the discharge.  Compressor speed shall not exceed [_____] rpm.  Number of stages shall be [_____].  [Compressor 
shall have water cooled cylinders and heads.]  [Oil free delivery is required.] Provide a safety valve between 
each compressor discharge and its shutoff valve.  Provide a shutoff valve on the discharge piping of each compressor.  
Provide an electric thermostatically controlled immersion heater.  Provide compressor with [[air] [water] cooled 
intercooler and] aftercooler.  [Compressor and motor shall be tank mounted.]  Provide lifting lugs and tie down 
attachments.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.7.1.1   Air Filter</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Air Filter on inlet shall act as a muffler.  Provide filter of the [oil wetted type] [dry type] readily removable 
for cleaning.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.7.1.2   Oil Filter</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide full flow type filter for positive forced feed lubrication conforming to <RID>FS F-F-351</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.7.1.3   Air Receiver</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Receiver shall be [_____]<MET> liter</MET><ENG> cubic feet</ENG> minimum volume designed in conformance with <RID>FS XX-C-2816</RID> except that 
working pressure shall be<MET> 1724 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 250 psig</ENG>.  Provide the receiver, with a safety valve set for<MET> 1792 kPa 
(gage)</MET><ENG> 260 psig</ENG>, a drain valve and an air trap with shutoff valve.  [Provide a stand for mounting the receiver.] 
Provide a dial gage, not less than<MET> 114 mm</MET><ENG> 4 1/2 inches</ENG> diameter, range zero to <MET>2068 kPa (gage)</MET> <ENG>300 psig</ENG>, on the 
receiver.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.7.1.4   Electric Motor</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Motor shall be [_____] volt, [_____] phase, 60 Hz, totally enclosed, fan cooled not less than [_____]<MET> kW</MET><ENG> hp</ENG>, 
as specified in paragraph entitled "Motors and Drives."  Control circuits for motors shall be nominal 120 volts.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.7.1.5   Controls</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide [constant speed] [dual control] regulation and the "optional safety controls" as specified in Table I 
of <RID>FS XX-C-2816</RID> for the compressor system.  In addition, provide a lead-lag control system with alternating lead-lag 
cycles.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.7.2   Instrument Compressed Air System</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide air compressor package with two compressors, two electric motors, one horizontal receiver, and control 
panel, [mounted on one supporting steel base with skids] [mounted separately].</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.7.2.1   Air Compressor</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Each shall be a single stage, cross head type, vertical, double acting, water cooled, nonlubricated head type.  
Compressor shall be specially designed for non-lubricated service, with a honed cylinder, piston rod packing, 
piston rings and piston wear rings.  Valve guide inserts and wear rings shall be TFE.  Valves shall be reversible 
and hardened, with stainless steel seat plates for nonlubricated service. Provide necessary sleeves, baffles, 
and collars to prevent oil carryover. Provide air operated, piston type, free air unloaders for capacity reduction 
and starting.  Mount filter-silencer directly on air inlet to cylinder.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Design and Performance:  Each compressor shall deliver not less than [_____]<MET> standard L/s</MET><ENG>
 scfm</ENG> of free air at a discharge pressure of<MET> 690 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 100 psig</ENG>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.7.2.2   Air Receiver</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Horizontal tank with a volume not less than [_____]<MET> liters</MET><ENG> cubic feet</ENG>.  Design unit for<MET> 1034 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 150 psig</ENG>
 working pressure in accordance with the <RID>ASME BPVC SEC VIII D1</RID>.  A receiver bearing the ASME Code Symbol stamp 
will be accepted as meeting these requirements.  Provide an automatic condensate trap, safety valve, and outlet 
connection.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.7.2.3   Aftercooler</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Aftercoolers shall be water cooled, with counter current flow, and shall be installed directly between each compressor 
cylinder and the air receiver. Design cooler to cool total output air flow of compressor to within<MET> 9 degrees 
C</MET><ENG> 15 degrees F</ENG> of inlet cooling water temperature.  Tube bundle shall be removable for cleaning and inspection.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.7.2.4   Electric Motor</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Each compressor shall be V-belt driven by a [_____] volt, [_____] phase, 60 Hz motor not less than [_____]<MET> kW</MET><ENG>
 hp</ENG> as specified in paragraph entitled "Motors and Drives."  Provide a removable, totally enclosed belt guard.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.7.2.5   Controls</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide controls and shutdowns necessary for automatic operation of compressor package.  House controls in NEMA 
12 control cabinet.  Controls shall include two, full voltage, automatic across-the-line starters; alternator 
to switch compressors from lead to lag and to run both compressors when needed; 120 volt control transformer; 
air discharge pressure gage; selector switches for constant speed or automatic dual control, along with necessary 
time delay and control relays.  Provide automatic solenoid operated cooling water valve in the cooling water 
line to the compressors and aftercoolers.  Factory wire control cabinet and mount as part of package.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.7.2.6   Accessories</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Factory assemble compressors, electric motors, controls, air receiver, aftercoolers, and miscellaneous hardware 
and mount on steel supporting base.  Provide lifting lugs and tiedown attachments.  Provide air, water, and condensate 
piping and terminate them at the edge of the supporting base.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT>[<TTL>2.7.2.7   Desiccant Air Dryer</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Choose this subparagraphs or the subparagraph below, entitled "Refrigerated 
Air Dryer."</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide for systems exposed to freezing temperatures a compressed air desiccant dryer with noncorrosive desiccant 
housed in twin pressure vessels, capable of drying [_____]<MET> standard L/s</MET><ENG> scfm</ENG> of air to [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG> pressure 
dewpoint.  Unit shall be field adjustable to maintain pressure dewpoint of dried air at any preselected value 
below operating temperature, to minus 40 degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG>.  As an integral part of the unit, provide an indicator 
showing the water content of the dry air and a calibrated adjustment control to change water content to any preselected 
level.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Design:  Design unit for maximum temperature of not less than<MET> 49 degrees C</MET><ENG> 120 degrees F</ENG>
 and maximum operating pressure of not less than<MET> 1034 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 150 psig</ENG>.  Pressure drop through 
unit operating at full rated flow shall not exceed<MET> 27 kPa</MET><ENG> 4 psi</ENG>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Controls:  Provide continuous supply of dry air by automatically cycling operation of desiccant 
beds.  Dryer shall be complete with panel mounted gages showing pressure in each drying tower 
and spark suppressor to protect microswitch in timer circuit.  Total electrical power requirements 
shall not exceed 75 watts at 110 Vac.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Filters:  Provide prefilter upstream of dryer to remove oil vapor, liquid water, and solid 
particles.  It shall have greater than 99 percent efficiency in removing both 0.5 micron diameter 
solid particles and 0.5 micron diameter oil aerosol.  Filter shall have replaceable oil absorbing 
filter element which turns red to indicate saturation with oil and which shall be mounted in 
a transparent cast methyl methacrylate tube for visibility and inspection while on stream.  
Protect transparent acrylic tube by a safety shield.  Provide afterfilter for removal of solid 
particles down to 5 microns size.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
]</SPT><SPT>[<TTL>2.7.2.8   Refrigerated Air Dryer</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Choose this subparagraph or the subparagraph above, entitled "Desiccant 
Air Dryer."</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide for systems not exposed to freezing temperatures a compressed air dryer of the self contained refrigerated 
type complete with heat exchanger, a commercial quality refrigeration system, a moisture separator and condensate 
trap, and internal wiring and piping.  Install dryer between receiver and distribution line.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Heat Exchanger:  Provide air and refrigerant coils surrounded by aluminum granules of sufficient 
mass to ensure adequate cooling capacity for varying air flow loads without causing excessive 
refrigeration cycling.  Provide an automatic control system, for heat exchanger with a sensing 
element located in the aluminum granules, to shut down refrigeration system on low or no-load 
conditions.  Provide means to determine exchanger temperature.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Moisture Separator:  Provide a centrifuge type located within the heat exchanger to provide 
for moisture separation at point of minimum air temperature.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Refrigeration Unit:  Provide hermetically sealed type which operates intermittently at all 
but maximum load conditions.  Unit shall be capable of drying [_____]<MET> standard L/s</MET><ENG> scfm</ENG> of air 
to an atmospheric dew point of not less than minus<MET> 23 degrees C</MET><ENG> 10 degrees F</ENG> with entering air 
at<MET> 38 degrees C</MET><ENG> 100 degrees F</ENG>, saturated.  Maximum operating pressure of dryer shall be [_____]<MET>
 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG>.  House entire unit in a steel cabinet.  Provide cabinet with access door and 
panel for easy access to parts for maintenance and inspection.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
]</SPT></SPT><SPT><TTL>2.7.3   Pressure Reducing Regulator</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide self-operating type designed for not less than a<MET> 1724 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 250 psig</ENG> operating pressure, and a normal 
operating temperature range of minus<MET> 29 degrees C</MET><ENG> 20 degrees F</ENG> to plus<MET> 65 degrees C</MET><ENG> 150 degrees F</ENG>.  Regulator 
shall have an adjustable outlet pressure range not less than<MET> 34 to 690 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 5 to 100 psig</ENG> with not less 
than four ranges.  Provide external adjusting screw for adjustment throughout each spring range. Provide internal 
pressure tap for outlet pressure regulation.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.8   BREECHING, EXPANSION JOINTS, STACKS, DAMPERS, AND ACCESSORIES</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.8.1   Breeching</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide with rectangular cross section stiffened on sides, top and bottom and fabricated of not less than<MET> 5 mm</MET><ENG>
 3/16 inch</ENG> thick black steel plate unless otherwise noted.  Stiffeners shall be not less than <MET>65 by 50 by 6 mm</MET><ENG>
 2 1/2 by 2 by 1/4 inch</ENG> steel angles welded to exterior with<MET> 50 mm</MET><ENG> 2 inch</ENG> leg outstanding.  Stiffeners shall 
not exceed<MET> one meter</MET><ENG> 3 feet</ENG> on center.  Breeching shall connect to [each boiler flue gas outlet,] [intermediate 
heat recovery equipment,] [air pollution control equipment,] [and to stack as required].</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.8.1.1   Breeching Connections and Joints</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Weld or bolt breeching joints unless indicated otherwise.  Welding shall conform to <RID>AWS D1.1/D1.1M</RID> and <RID>AWS D1.3/D1.3M</RID>
.  Bolts for bolted connections shall be not less than<MET> 15 mm</MET><ENG> 1/2 inch</ENG> diameter and spaced not more than<MET> 80 mm</MET><ENG>
 3 inches</ENG> apart, with bolts, lockwashers and nuts being hot-dipped galvanized.  Provide bolted joints with a 
minimum of<MET> 3 mm</MET><ENG> 1/8 inch</ENG> thick non-asbestos gaskets, suitable for the intended use.  Bolt breeching connections 
to all boilers, equipment items, dampers, expansion joints, and breeching accessories.  Flanged breeching connections 
to equipment shall be drilled to match flanges on equipment.  Seal weld flanged joints to make connection gas-tight.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.8.1.2   Uninsulated Breeching</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Thoroughly wire brush breeching which is not to be insulated and clean by degreasing with nonflammable solvent 
such as trichloroethylene prior to painting.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.8.1.3   Breeching Access Doors</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide where indicated.  Construct access doors with frame and hinged door of cast iron or reinforced steel 
plate.  Frame shall be not less than<MET> 635 by 940 mm</MET><ENG> 25 by 37 inches</ENG> with access opening of<MET> 457 by 762 mm</MET><ENG> 18 by 
30 inches</ENG>.  Connection to breeching shall be gasketed and made with minimum<MET> 15 mm</MET><ENG> 1/2 inch</ENG> diameter hot-dipped 
galvanized bolts, lockwashers, and nuts spaced not more than<MET> 125 mm</MET><ENG> 5 inches</ENG> on center.  Each side of access 
door shall have not less than two quick-clamp positive closing latches, with long side opposite hinges containing 
three clamps to give a gastight seal.  Side of access door opposite hinges shall contain a minimum<MET> 80 by 125 
mm</MET><ENG> 3 by 5 inch</ENG> size handle.  Provide a gasket consisting of<MET> 10 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG>diameter fire resistant resilient rope 
seal and mastic compound between access door and access door frame.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.8.1.4   Breeching Cleanout Doors</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide where indicated.  Construct cleanout doors of not less than<MET> 5 mm</MET><ENG> 3/16 inch</ENG> thick steel plate.  Secure 
cleanout doors to a<MET> 32 by 32 by 5 mm</MET><ENG> 1 1/4 by 1 1/4 by 3/16 inch</ENG> thick angle frame with<MET> 10 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG> hot-dipped 
galvanized mounting bolts welded to the angle frame and spaced not more than<MET> 150 mm</MET><ENG> 6 inches</ENG> on center.  Weld 
frame to breeching and provide a<MET> 1.60 mm</MET><ENG> 1/16 inch</ENG> non-asbestos gasket suitable for the intended service between 
frame and cleanout door.  Cleanout doors shall be not less than<MET> 610 mm</MET><ENG> 24 inches</ENG> square except where breeching 
dimensions are smaller, in which case cleanout door shall be full height of the breeching and not less than<MET> 305 
mm</MET><ENG> 12 inches</ENG> in length.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.8.1.5   Breeching Structural Materials</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  The designer shall detail breeching supports and breeching stiffening.  
Breeching hangers shall be designed to carry not less than 5 times the breeching 
weight, or the breeching weight plus<MET> 136 kg</MET><ENG> 300 pounds</ENG> whichever is greater.  
Hangers for rectangular breeching shall be of the trapeze type with angle or 
channel support members and hanger rods.  Breeching shall be stiffened with 
angle or channel members as required to withstand internal breeching static 
pressure.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Structural and support materials shall be steel and shall comply with applicable sections of the <RID>AISC 360</RID>.  [Support 
and stiffen breeching as indicated.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.8.2   Expansion Joints</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.8.2.1   Metallic Breeching Expansion Joints</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide factory fabricated metallic breeching expansion joints [where indicated].  Expansion joints shall be 
guided metal bellows type capable of a minimum of [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> of axial travel.  Form metal bellows from 
not less than<MET> 1.60 mm</MET><ENG> 1/16 inch</ENG> thick type 321 stainless steel plate.  Cover plates shall be not less than<MET> 3 
mm</MET><ENG> 1/8 inch</ENG> thick steel plate.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.8.2.2   Non-Metallic Expansion Joints</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide factory fabricated non-metallic breeching expansion joints<MET> 3 mm</MET><ENG> 1/8 inch</ENG> minimum thickness [where indicated].  
Expansion joints shall be constructed of a fluoroelastomer vulcanized to two plies of knitted wire mesh capable 
of a minimum of [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> of axial compression, [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> of axial extension and [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG>
 of lateral offset [unless indicated otherwise].  Joints shall have a continuous operating temperature rating 
of<MET> 204 degrees C</MET><ENG> 400 degrees F</ENG>, with excursion design standards up to<MET> 400 degrees C</MET><ENG> 750 degrees F</ENG>.  Operating 
pressure range shall be minus<MET> 34 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 5 psig</ENG> to plus<MET> 34 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 5 psig</ENG>.  Expansion joints shall be preformed 
with integrally molded corners, suitable for mounting against a<MET> 150 mm</MET><ENG> 6 inch</ENG> flange.  Provide carbon steel backup 
bars with slotted holes, bolts, and nuts.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.8.3   Stacks (For Installation Without Flue Gas Scrubbers)</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Free standing, dual wall with insulated annular space, self supporting, steel construction.  Provide <SUB>stack manufacturer's 
calculations</SUB> for supporting steel and concrete foundations, that suit specified design conditions.  Provide each 
stack complete with accessories and appurtances, including test ports, sampling platforms, caged safety ladders, 
anchors, sleeves, insulation, base and chair rings, and cleanout door.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.8.3.1   Manufacturer's Calculations Required</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Foundation (including bearing and moment forces) and anchor bolts</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Stack (Static and Dynamic Analysis)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Stresses due to various loading conditions including wind and seismic loads</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Damping of vortex shedding and seismic response</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Vibration and damping</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Heat transfer at various design and ambient conditions</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(5)  Expansion profiles</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(6)  Shipping and erection stress analysis</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.8.3.2   Construction</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Provide in annular air space between the two steel shells insulation with sealing means 
to accommodate thermal expansion differentials and lateral deflections or sway of inner and 
outer shells.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Provide openings with adequate reinforcement to minimize stress concentrations.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Design wall thickness of inner shell to be<MET> 1.60 mm</MET><ENG> 1/16 inch</ENG> thicker than that required 
by dynamic and static structural design but not less than<MET> 5 mm</MET><ENG> 3/16 inch</ENG>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Construct outer shell of <RID>ASTM A 242/A 242M</RID> steel with a plate thickness not less than [_____]<MET>
 mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Construct expansion devices of corrosion resistant stainless steel suitable for the temperatures 
and flue gas combinations to be experienced by stacks.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Base construction of stack shall transmit forces and moments in the shell to the [foundation] 
[supporting steel] without local stresses of appreciable magnitude being induced in the shell 
or exceeding allowable stresses of the supporting [concrete] [steel].</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">g.  Provide openings in breeching and stack for test equipment for sampling flue gas and for 
monitoring devices.  Openings shall be properly reinforced and designed for differential expansion. 
Breeching opening shall be of double wall construction.  Penetrations through inside shell of 
stack shall be completely welded to provide proper sealing between the stack and the opening.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">h.  Provide top<MET> 1.22 meters</MET><ENG> 4 feet</ENG> cone section of stack of corrosion resistant steel.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">i.  Provide suitable anchor bolts furnished by the stack manufacturer.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">j.  Accessories to be provided.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Provide double wall insulated steel plate door cleanout complete with<MET> 25 mm</MET><ENG> one inch</ENG> round 
hinge pin, gasket and not less than 18 swing bolts.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Provide a ring of Type 304 Corrosion Resistant Steel (CRES) to support an inspection or 
painter's trolley.  Weld ring and support from stack plates with not less that three brackets<MET>
 10 by 65 by 381 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 by 2 1/2 by 15 inches</ENG>.  Space brackets at not more than<MET> 610 mm</MET><ENG> 2 feet</ENG>
 on center around circumference of stack.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Provide a three wheel CRES flat rail trolley of<MET> 227 kg</MET><ENG> 500 lbs</ENG> capacity.  Trolley shall 
have guides to prevent it from leaving the track [_____]<MET> meters of 8 mm</MET><ENG> feet of 1/4 inch</ENG> CRES 
plow steel cable.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Provide each stack with an external ladder with cage for full height of stack.  Construct 
ladder and cage of corrosion resistant steel.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(5)  Provide a flue gas sensing thermocouple well with thermocouple<MET> one meter</MET><ENG> 3 feet</ENG> above breeching 
opening and<MET> 1 1/2 meters</MET><ENG> 5 feet</ENG> below top of stack.  Wells shall be CRES and shall extend about 
halfway into stack.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.8.3.3   Finish</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Stacks shall be shop coated prior to shipping from factory.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.8.3.4   Obstruction Lighting</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Stack obstruction lighting requirements are dependent on a number of 
factors including the location and height of the stack.  The designer shall 
refer to NAVFAC DM-23.1, NAVFAC Design Manuals DM-23.1, NAVFAC DM-23.2, NAVFAC 
Design Manual DM-23.2 and FAA AC 150/5345, FAA AC 150/5345 to determine if obstruction 
lighting is required.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide an obstruction lighting system for each heating plant stack, consisting of one red, flashing, 300 millimeter 
hazard beacon atop each stack, two steady burning, red obstruction marker lights halfway up each stack, photoelectric 
and flasher controls, weather-tight terminal boxes, cable, and conduit.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Hazard Beacons:  <RID>FAA AC 150/5345-43</RID> Type L-866.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Obstruction Lights:  <RID>FAA AC 150/5345-43</RID> Type L-810.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT>[<TTL>2.8.3.5   Stack Sampling Platform</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Designer shall detail a stack sampling platform if required.  If not 
required delete this paragraph.  If required the platform will have to be located 
at a point as approved by air pollution control agency having jurisdiction.  
Many local and state codes incorporate Title 40 Code of Federal Regulations, 
Part 60.  Depending upon final air pollution control equipment arrangement this 
location may be on the stack or possibly on a long length of horizontal breeching.  
Stack sampling platform should have the following features:</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>1.  Sampling ports located according to 40 CFR 60 Appendix A, Method.</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>2.  Platform should be<MET> 914 mm</MET><ENG> 36 inches</ENG> wide but at ports location it should 
project away from breeching or stack a minimum of<MET> 610 mm</MET><ENG> 2 feet</ENG> plus the diameter 
of the breeching or stack for up to<MET> 3 meters</MET><ENG> 10 feet</ENG> in diameter stack.</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>3.  If any type of continuous air pollution monitoring devices are located at 
stack sampling point or anywhere else on breeching, a non-vertical access (stairs 
or catwalk) is required.  For stack sampling purposes a non vertical ladder 
is preferred but is not required.  Platform with grating shall be designed for 
a live loading of<MET> 1464 kg/m2</MET><ENG> 300 lbs/sq. ft</ENG>; platform should have railing with 
two intermediate railings and<MET> 100 mm</MET> <ENG>4 inch</ENG>toeplate.  Four 30 amp weatherproof 
receptacles and adequate lighting including lights over the test ports should 
be provided.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide stack sampling platform conforming to requirements of <RID>29 CFR 1910-SUBPART D</RID>, Walking and Working Surfaces.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
]</SPT></SPT><SPT><TTL>2.8.4   Dampers</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.8.4.1   Multilouver Dampers</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Opposed blade dampers shall be used for throttling service and parallel 
blade dampers shall be used for two-position service.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide factory fabricated multilouver dampers with [parallel] [or] [opposed] blade type operation.  Construct 
damper frame of distortion resistant welded steel channels with raised seat to ensure free nonbinding operation 
of blades and to keep blades square in the frame.  Construct blades of<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick steel plate in a stressed 
skin airfoil-shape with fully welded seams containing no external ribs.  Blade shafts shall be stainless steel.  
Blades shall be pinned to blade shafts.  Louver shaft bearings shall be outboard type and shall be self-lubricating 
and self-cleaning.  Bearing seals shall be gas-tight.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Multilouver damper linkage shall be adjustable and of pinned construction for easy removal 
and shall be designed to handle full operation torque.  Linkage on dampers in clean flue gas 
areas shall operate from a single connection point.  Design linkage on dampers in dirty flue 
gas areas, between boiler outlet and inlet to air pollution equipment, so that bottom blade 
linkage arm is not connected to above linkage, to allow this blade to operate separately.  Remaining 
linkage for this damper shall be constructed to operate from a single operating point.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Provide control damper operators as noted.  Operators may be either electrically or pneumatically 
operated with positive positioning, manual override, and hydraulic or oil immersed gear trains.  
Each operator shall be full-proportioning type, with spring return to position indicated in 
case of loss of power.  Damper operating speeds shall be selected or adjusted so that operators 
will remain in step with controller.  Operators acting in sequence with other operators shall 
have adjustment of control sequence as required by operating characteristics of system.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Two-position damper operators shall be pneumatically operated with air cylinder, four way 
valve, and solenoid valve arrangement.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.8.4.2   Guillotine Dampers</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Guillotine dampers shall be used for open-shut service where tight shutoff 
is required; for example, for air pollution control equipment bypass dampers.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide factory fabricated guillotine dampers with heavy structural frame rigid enough to support extended blade 
and external loads through the breeching flange.  Damper shall be capable of operating without precleaning or 
manual assistance under normal operating conditions.  Enclosed bonnets will only be required where indicated.  
Provide<MET> 80 mm</MET><ENG> 3 inch</ENG> diameter cleanout ports on both sides for cleaning bottom sections.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Provide stress-relieved flat plate guillotine damper blades.  Damper blade shall be nonwarping.  
Intermediate blade supports are acceptable to limit blade deflection.  Leading edge of damper 
blade shall be beveled and capable of guiding damper blade into frame seat.  Blade guides shall 
be continuous and self cleaning and capable of preventing binding from deposits and damage from 
misalignment.  Bonnet guides shall be removable.  Design damper so that a damper blade can be 
replaced without opening the frame.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Provide guillotine damper bonnet seal to effectively seal against atmospheric leakage under 
normal operating conditions.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Guillotine damper drive shall be a positive dual endless chain drive capable of driving 
damper in both directions.  Chain drive headshaft shall have sufficient torsional rigidity to 
prevent binding of blade when blade is stalled.  Damper shall be motor operated with manual 
override.  Design drive mechanism to prevent back driving of motor.  Entire drive mechanism 
shall be of a simple design and require no routine maintenance other than inspection. Chain 
shall be capable of operating up to the stall torque of the damper drive motor.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Electric motor shall be [_____] volt, [_____] phase, 60 Hz, [totally enclosed, fan cooled] 
[open drip-proof], not less than [_____]<MET> kW</MET><ENG> hp</ENG>, as specified in paragraph entitled "Motors and 
Drives."  Provide removable, totally enclosed chain guard.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT></SPT><SPT><TTL>2.9   COAL HANDLING EQUIPMENT</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Submit <SUB>coal handling system</SUB> manufacturer's data for the following:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Railroad hopper car thawing system;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Railroad hopper car shaker;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Railroad hopper car puller;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Coal scale;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Belt scraper; and</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Coal dust suppression system.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.1   Railroad Hopper Car Thawing System</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Pit type railcar thawing system is capable of operating on natural gas, 
liquified petroleum gas or No. 2 fuel oil.  The radiant heat (infrared) type 
railcar thawing system can only burn natural gas or liquified petroleum gas 
or use electric resistance heaters.  The radiant heat (infrared) type provides 
a slower method of thawing but causes less damage to the railroad car finish 
and is preferred provided natural gas or liquified petroleum gas or electrical 
power is economically available and permitted by current D.O.D. policy.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>[Pit-type] [Prefabricated surface mounted enclosed type] [or electric radiant type] hopper car thawing unit including 
burners, controls, combustion air blowers, fuel storage and handling, and related work.  Design system to thaw<MET>
 56 Mg, 71 Mg and 102 Mg</MET><ENG> 55 ton, 70 ton and 100 ton</ENG> capacity coal cars.  System shall be capable of thawing [_____] 
bottom hopper unloading coal cars simultaneously.  Railroad hopper car thawing system shall utilize [No. 2 fuel 
oil] [natural gas] [liquified petroleum gas] as a fuel.  Provide a sufficient number of heaters to have a minimum 
heat input of<MET> 2198 kW</MET><ENG> 7,500,000 Btu/hr</ENG> per car station, with heaters distributed under hopper car, or under and 
beside hopper car, such that entire car is heated.  Locate [burner pits] [heater units] for even heating of hopper 
cars without subjecting air hoses, air brake equipment, and bearings to excessive heat.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT>[<TTL>2.9.1.1   Pit-Type Railroad Hopper Car Thawing System</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Choose this subparagraph or the subparagraph below entitled "Surface 
Mounted Enclosed Railroad Hopper Car Thawing System."</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Pit-Type Thawing Unit:  Pit-type hopper car thawing unit shall be complete with a refractory 
lined steel box, burner assemblies, steel burner enclosure with cover, valves, piping, and hinged 
main pit protective covers.  Each pit shall have the capacity to generate<MET> 366 kW</MET><ENG> 1,250,000 Btu/hr</ENG>
 when burning [No. 2 fuel oil] [natural gas] [liquified petroleum gas].  Burners shall fire 
horizontally and tangentially into pit from opposite sides to heat refractory lined pit up to 
radiant temperature.  Heat shall be transferred to hopper car by radiation from hot refractory 
surfaces and by convection from exhaust gases and evaporated moisture to rail car bottom and 
sides.  Construct pit outer shell of not less than<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick corrosion resistant steel 
plate, with end plates of 10 gage (<MET>3.42 mm</MET><ENG>0.1345 inch</ENG>) steel.  Provide supporting flanges and 
handling loops on both ends and provide cap strips on top of both sides.  Place cast iron heat 
deflecting plates with overlapping edges on pit sides and bottom supported off ledge on outer 
shell.  Provide a minimum<MET> 25 mm</MET><ENG> one inch</ENG> air space between plates and outer shell.  Pit side 
walls and bottom shall have a minimum<MET> 65 mm</MET><ENG> 2 1/2 inch</ENG> thickness of standard firebrick with 
one course of standard end skew brick along top of side walls.  Firebrick shall be easily replaceable.  
End section shall have not less than<MET> 114 mm</MET><ENG> 4 1/2 inch</ENG> thick precast high temperature refractory 
panels.  Provide burner refractory ignition tiles with steel jacket casings having mounting 
lugs for bolting to end plates of pit.  Provide concrete railroad ties adjacent to each thawing 
pit.  Deliver combustion air to burners by means of pressure blowers which take fresh air from 
outside thawing area.  Factory wire and assemble heaters, control panels, blowers, and zone 
controls.  Shop fabricate burner piping and control valve assemblies.</ITM><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Designer shall make selections in the text below based on fuel to be 
used in thawing system.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Fuel System:  Provide complete fuel system for operation with, [natural] [liquified petroleum] 
gas including piping, regulators, low and high pressure limit switches interlocked with combustion 
controls, gages, solenoid valves, shutoff valves, and accessories which may be required for 
each manufacturer's particular system.] [Provide complete fuel system for operation with duplex 
fuel oil pump set with [_____]<MET> liters</MET><ENG> gallon</ENG> horizontal [below] [above] ground fuel tank and 
accessories which may be required for each manufacturer's particular system.  Provide fuel oil 
system in accordance with the requirements specified under paragraph entitled "Fuel Oil System."</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Burner controls shall meet Industrial Risk Insurers' (I.R.I.) (formerly F.I.A.) requirements.  
Connect fuel system piping to fuel supply piping as indicated.  Burners shall be controlled 
(modulate) to regulate heat output to suit the operating requirements.  Provide a manual light-off, 
low pressure [gas] [oil] pilot for automatic light-off of each thawing unit.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Air System:  Provide complete air systems for operation with blowers, inlet silencers, gages, 
shutoff valves, low pressure limit switches interlocked with combustion controls, and accessories 
which may be required for each manufacturer's particular system.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Control Panel:  Provide centrally located control panel, with panel front consisting of 
a graphic display of the thawing system. Display shall be approximately to scale and coordinated 
with control and light indication for combustion air blowers and on-off control of convenient 
groups of heaters.  Provide on-off control with indicating light for each thawing pit.  Panel 
shall have a NEMA [12] [3R-8], dust-tight enclosure with internal equipment and wiring accessible 
from panel front.  Provide nameplates on panel front to designate function of switches and indicating 
lights.  Controls shall be suitable for [_____] volt, [_____] phase, 60 Hz operation.  Provide 
and mark terminals for connections with the exception of the neutral.  Terminal blocks shall 
be 600 volt rated.  Control relays shall have convertible contacts and shall have rating suitable 
for intended services but not less than 10 amp, 600 volt rating.  Components shall be oiltight 
type.  Connections to panel shall be watertight.  Motor starters for combustion air blowers 
shall be installed in each respective blower cabinet.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
]</SPT><SPT>[<TTL>2.9.1.2   Surface Mounted Enclosed Railroad Hopper Car Thawing System</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Choose this subparagraph or the subparagraph above entitled "Pit-Type 
Railroad Hopper Car Thawing System."</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Choose item a. or item b. that follows.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">[a.  Surface Mounted Enclosed Thawing Unit (Gas):  Burner shall be of multiport cast iron construction 
and provide for even heating of radiant elements.  Heater design shall be essentially the same 
for undercar and sidecar heaters, with heat transmitted to hopper car by both radiation and 
convection.  Design burner and radiant element for radiation being the primary mode of heat 
transfer.  Radiant element over burner shall be of a heavy corrosion-resistant metal material.  
Design burner to operate on [natural gas] [liquified petroleum gas], and such that open flame 
from combustion will not extend beyond emitter surface either during normal operation or in 
the event of emitter deterioration or burnout. Provide shields where necessary to direct radiation 
and hot exhaust gases to hopper car surface.  Provide means for shielding car air hoses, air 
brake equipment, and bearings from excessive heat. Provide each heater with individual heater 
control boxes constructed as to provide positive air pressure inside control box. Control boxes 
shall contain mixing valve for maintaining proper gas-air ratio for satisfactory combustion.  
Locate gas and air piping connections for easy removal of individual burners.  Deliver combustion 
air to heaters by means of pressure blowers which take fresh air from outside thawing area to 
ensure continued satisfactory combustion of gaseous fuels.  Factory wire and assemble thawing 
units, control panels, blowers, and zone controls.]</ITM><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Choose item b. or item a. above.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">[b.  Surface Mounted Enclosed Thawing Unit (Electric):  Thawing unit may be an electric radiant 
heat thawing unit which includes self-contained heater banks such as under-car heater sections, 
outside the rail heater sections, lower side car heater sections and vertical side car heater 
sections, with reflectors, hinged cover, waterproof and weatherproof wired terminal blocks and 
zone controls for flexibility of operation.]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Burner Controls (for Gas Fired Units):  Burners shall be electrically ignited with controls 
meeting Industrial Risk Insurers' requirements.  Provide a gas pressure regulator for serving 
not more than eight individual burners.  Regulator shall reduce gas pressure in supply line 
to pressure required for burners.  Provide each burner with an air regulating valve for fuel-air 
ratio adjustment.  Regulating valve shall contain positive vibration-proof locking device for 
maintaining critical adjustment.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Control Panel:  Provide centrally located control panel with panel front having a graphic 
display of the thawing system.  Display shall be approximately to scale and coordinated with 
control and light indication for combustion air blowers and on-off control of individual heaters.  
Provide a modulating control for each heater to regulate heat output to suit the operating requirements.  
Panel shall be NEMA [12] [3R-8], dust-tight enclosure with internal equipment and wiring accessible 
from the panel front.  Provide nameplates on panel front to designate function of switches and 
indicating lights.  Controls shall be suitable for [_____] volt, [_____] phase, 60 Hz operation.  
Provide and mark terminals for connections, with the exception of the neutral.  Terminal blocks 
shall be 600 volt rated.  Control relays shall have convertible contacts and shall have rating 
suitable for intended service but not less than 10 amp, 600 volt rating.  Components shall be 
an industrial design of the oiltight type.  Connections to the panel shall be watertight.  Motor 
starters for combustion air blowers shall be installed in each respective blower cabinet.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
]</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.9.1.3   Shed</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Shed should be used in the severe climate areas.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide shed of pre-engineered metal space frame construction with corrugated siding as indicated.  Provide ventilation 
with roof vents and openings along bottom of sides.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.9.2   Top-Mounted Railroad Hopper Car Shaker (Unloader)</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  If noise is a major factor of concern, design a shaker enclosure with 
acoustical treatment which will be capable of reducing the noise to a tolerable 
level.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide top-mounted rail car shaker complete with shaker, frame, vibrator, motors, hoists, hoist frame, [enclosure], 
and controls.  Design unit for operation under all weather conditions.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.2.1   Shaker</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Shaker shall operate with a nominal<MET> 4 mm</MET><ENG> 5/32 inch</ENG> stroke at 1200 rpm.  Stroke shall be generated by large eccentric 
SAE 1045 steel shaft mounted in high capacity, self-aligning, spherical roller bearings.  Seal bearings with 
a double piston ring labyrinth seal and dust and water slinger to retain lubricant and prevent entry of contaminants.  
Shaker frame shall be stress-relieved, all welded steel construction.  Fabricate frame of heavy steel plate, 
with bearing housing seats machined after stress relieving.  Provide four lifting eyebolts of heat-treated forged 
alloy steel for connecting to hoist chains.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Shaker Electric Motor and Drive:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Motor shall be totally enclosed, fan cooled, 1800 rpm, [_____] volt, three phase, 60 Hz, not less than<MET> 15 kW</MET><ENG> 
20 hp</ENG>, as specified in paragraph entitled "Motors and Drives."  Motor shall be mounted on heavy spring isolated 
supporting frame with adjustable motor base.  Shaker shall be belt driven with special deep groove sheaves, taper 
locking type hubs, and constant belt tensioning spring.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.2.2   Shaker Hoist</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Twin hook type having a rated capacity exceeding the weight of the shaker unit.  Hoist shall have a lift of not 
less than<MET> 7.50 meters</MET><ENG> 25 feet</ENG> with a hoist speed of not less than<MET> 0.08 m/sec</MET><ENG> 16 fpm</ENG>.  Hoist shall have not less 
than<MET> 460 mm</MET><ENG> 18 inch</ENG> long sling chains for connecting hoist to shaker lifting eyes, and hooks shall have U-bolt 
safety latches.  Hoist shall be mounted on an electrified trolley as specified in Section <SRF>41 22 13.13</SRF> BRIDGE 
CRANES.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Shaker Hoist Electric Motor:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Totally enclosed, [fan cooled], [non ventilated], 1800 rpm, [_____] volt, three phase, 60 Hz, not less than<MET> 5 
1/2 kW</MET><ENG> 7 1/2 hp</ENG> as specified in paragraph entitled "Motors and Drives."  Motors shall be high slip type with 
thermal overload protection embedded in the windings.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.2.3   Controls</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide [remote] [pendant] pushbutton station for both shaker and hoist operation.  Provide automatic controls 
with upper and lower screw type limit switches to limit hook travel, slack cable limit switch to stop lowering 
of hooks when car shaker has been lowered on top of car, electrical interlock to prevent operation of car shaker 
motor until shaker is lowered on car, and electrical interlock to prevent operation of hoist motor while car 
shaker is running.  Mount electrical equipment in NEMA 4 enclosures.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.2.4   Frame [and Enclosure]</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  If noise is a major factor of concern, design a shaker enclosure with 
acoustical treatment which will be capable of reducing the noise to a tolerable 
level.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide frame [and enclosure] as indicated for support of hoist and shaker unit [and for attenuation of noise].</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT>[<TTL>2.9.3   Capstan Car Puller</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Designer shall select either a capstan type or drum type car puller.  
A capstan type puller is satisfactory for handling rail cars on level grade 
provided the pulling capacity is not exceeded.  For high pulling capacities 
and locations where rails are not on level grade, the drum type puller should 
be used.  Designer shall detail required footings and foundations based on the 
selected puller and soil conditions at each plant site.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Choose this paragraph and subparagraphs or the paragraph entitled "Reversible 
Drum Type Car Puller," and its subparagraphs below.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Capstan-type designed with capacity of not less than<MET> 4540 kg</MET><ENG> 10,000 pounds</ENG> of starting pull and an average rope 
speed of approximately<MET> 0.23 m/sec</MET><ENG> 45 fpm</ENG>.  Assembly shall be totally enclosed, weatherproof, and suitable for 
exterior installation with vertical capstan.  Capstan shall be semisteel alloy construction designed for use 
with marlin-covered wire rope.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.3.1   Accessories</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide capstan complete with accessories, including controls, rope, rope storage reel, car hooks, sheaves, snatch 
blocks, anchors, and ratchet holdback.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.3.2   Rope</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Capstan rope shall be not less than<MET> 25 mm</MET><ENG> one inch</ENG> o.d. marlin clad wire rope with a breaking strength of not 
less than<MET> 13,620 kg</MET><ENG> 30,000 pounds</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.3.3   Rope Storage Reel</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Construct of metal, hand operated with the drum not less than<MET> 300 mm</MET><ENG> 12 inches</ENG> in diameter and the reel faces 
not less than<MET> one meter</MET><ENG> 3 feet</ENG> in diameter.  Drum shall have not less than [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> face width and store 
not less than [_____]<MET> meters of 25 mm</MET><ENG> feet of one inch</ENG> diameter marlin clad wire rope.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.3.4   Electric Motor</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Totally enclosed, [fan cooled], high starting torque, reversing type, [_____] volt, three phase, 60 Hz, not less 
than<MET> 7 1/2 kW</MET><ENG> 10 hp</ENG> as specified in paragraph entitled "Motors and Drives."</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
]</SPT><SPT>[<TTL>2.9.4   Reversible Drum Type Car Puller</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Designer shall select either a capstan type or drum type car puller.  
A capstan type puller is satisfactory for handling rail cars on level grade 
provided the pulling capacity is not exceeded.  For high pulling capacities 
and locations where rails are not on level grade, the drum type puller should 
be used.  Designer shall detail required footings and foundations based on the 
selected puller and soil conditions at each plant site.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Choose this paragraph and subparagraphs or the paragraph entitled "Capstan 
Car Puller," and its subparagraphs above.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>[Single drum reversing] [Double drum] type designed with a capacity of not less than [_____]<MET> kg</MET><ENG> pounds</ENG> of running 
rope pull.  Starting pull capacity shall be not less than twice the running pull capacity.  Provide assembly 
on one-piece heavy steel base with weatherproof motor and gear reducers suitable for exterior location.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.4.1   Puller</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Unit shall consist of a [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> pitch diameter by [_____] <MET>mm</MET> <ENG>inch</ENG> face, spirally grooved for [_____]<MET> 
mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> diameter wire rope with sealed anti-friction bearings, alloy steel ring mounted spur gear and SAE 1045 
steel shaft.  Provide an SAE 1045 steel countershaft with anti-friction pillow blocks and heat-treated alloy 
steel spur pinion roller chain drive with steel sprockets and enclosed guard.  Speed shall be a minimum of [_____]<MET>
 m/sec</MET><ENG> fpm</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Electric Motor:  [Totally enclosed], [fan cooled], high starting torque, reversing type, 
[_____] volt, [_____] phase, 60 Hz, not less than [_____]<MET> kW</MET><ENG> hp</ENG>, as specified in paragraph entitled 
"Motors and Drives."  Provide clutch for engaging and disengaging power to drum.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Reduction Gears:  AGMA Class I sized for the motor power with motor base and coupling.  
Motor shall include motor mounted disc brake in dust and watertight enclosure.  Provide rope 
overwind switch assembly and rotary type limit assembly.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.4.2   Accessories</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Rope Sheaves:  Provide four stationary type,<MET> 762 mm</MET><ENG> 30 inch</ENG> pitch diameter single sheaves 
and one<MET> 762 mm</MET><ENG> 30 inch</ENG> takeup sheave assembly.  Sheave shall be cast steel, grooved for [_____]<MET>
 mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> diameter rope and shall be oriented horizontally and mounted in a welded steel frame 
with self-lubricating bronze bushings.  Provide removable steel rope guards over sheaves.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Wire Rope:  Not less than [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> in diameter with a breaking strength of not less 
than [_____]<MET> kg</MET><ENG> pounds</ENG>.  Rope shall consist of six 19 wire strands of improved plow steel rope 
with hemp center.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Safety Warning System:  Provide a safety warning system, including an audible horn and three 
flashing lights to indicate cars in motion.  System shall activate 30 seconds before puller 
motor is energized and shall not deactivate until puller motor is de-energized.  Provide a permanent 
warning sign at each light indicating "Railcar in Motion."</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Miscellaneous:  Provide reversing controls, car hooks, snatch blocks, and anchors.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
]</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.9.5   Track Hopper</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Determine if a track hopper will be required.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Welded construction of not less than<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick [410 stainless steel] [structurally reinforced steel 
plate lined with 8 gage (<MET>4.18 mm</MET><ENG>0.1644 inch</ENG>) 410 stainless steel] plate not less than<MET> 4.50 meters wide and 8.50 
meters long</MET><ENG> 14 feet wide and 28 feet long</ENG>.  Side slopes not less than 60 degrees from horizontal.  Interior bolts 
shall have flat heads.  Support hopper from concrete pit walls as indicated.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.5.1   Track Girders</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Two wide flanged beams designed for Cooper's E-[_____] loading with 50 percent impact allowance and sized at 
W [_____] by [_____].  Provide beams with cross struts for rigidity and bearing plates for mounting on pit wall 
as indicated.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.5.2   Grating</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Hopper grating between the rails of [_____] by<MET> 10 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG> steel bars and [_____] by<MET> 10 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG> steel 
cross bars with openings<MET> [100] [150] by [100] [150] mm</MET><ENG> [4] [6] by [4] [6] inches</ENG>.  Grating outside rails shall 
have openings<MET> 100 by 100 mm</MET><ENG> 4 by 4 inches</ENG> and be constructed of same size steel bars as specified above.  Construct 
grating in removable panels and support from concrete pit walls and by steel angle supports resting on track 
girders.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.5.3   Cover</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Structurally reinforced<MET> 5 mm</MET><ENG> 3/16 inch</ENG> thick raised pattern floor plate.  Cover for portions of hopper outside 
rails shall be hinged with edges turned down.  Construct cover between rails in easily removable sections with 
handles.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.5.4   Hopper Outlet</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Flanged not less than [_____] by [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG>.  Outlet shall contain a water-collecting reclaim hopper type 
coal gate not less than [_____] by [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> in size along with a dusttight all metal slip joint, constructed 
of not less than<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick [4l0 stainless steel] [structurally reinforced steel plate lined with 8 
gage (<MET>4.18 mm</MET><ENG>0.1644 inch</ENG>) 410 stainless steel] plate.  Slip joint shall be of split construction to allow for 
disassembly and replacement.  Design slip joint to allow for necessary flexibility to take care of deflection 
of the hopper outlet due to varying coal loads and temperature variations without imposing load on the feeder 
enclosure.  Provide rope packing or other resilient gasket material to make the slip joint completely dusttight.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.9.6   Truck Hopper</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Determine if a track hopper will be required.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Welded construction of not less than<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick [4l0 stainless steel] [structurally reinforced steel 
plate lined with 8 gage (<MET>4.18 mm</MET><ENG>0.1644 inch</ENG>) 410 stainless steel] plate not less than<MET> 3 meters wide and 3 meters 
long</MET><ENG> 10 feet wide and 10 feet long</ENG>.  Side slopes not less than 60 degrees from horizontal.  Interior bolts shall 
have flat heads.  Support hopper from concrete pit walls as indicated.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.6.1   Grating</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Hopper grating shall have openings<MET> 90 by 90 mm</MET><ENG> 3 1/2 by 3 1/2 inches</ENG>.  Construct grating of<MET> 125 by 13 mm</MET><ENG> 5 by 
1/2 inch</ENG> steel bars and<MET> 25 by 10 mm</MET><ENG> one by 3/8 inch</ENG> steel cross bars.  Weld grating and make in sections for 
ease of removal.  Provide two intermediate support beams sized not less than W8 x 31 arranged for a maximum grating 
span of<MET> 1016 mm</MET><ENG> 3 feet 4 inches</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.6.2   Hopper Outlet</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Flanged not less than [_____] by [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG>.  Outlet shall contain a water-collecting reclaim hopper type 
coal gate not less than [_____] by [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> size.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT>[<TTL>2.9.6.3   Cover</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Structurally reinforced<MET> 5 mm</MET><ENG> 3/16 inch</ENG> thick raised pattern floor plate.  Construct cover in sections with handles 
for ease of removal.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
]</SPT></SPT><SPT><TTL>2.9.7   Reclaim Hoppers</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Welded construction of not less than<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick structurally reinforced steel plate lined with 8 gage 
(<MET>4.18 mm</MET><ENG>0.1644 inch</ENG>) 410 stainless steel plate not less than<MET> 3 meters wide and 3 meters long</MET><ENG> 10 feet wide and 
10 feet long</ENG>.  Side slopes not less than 60 degrees from horizontal.  Interior bolts shall have flat heads.  
Support hopper from concrete pit walls as indicated.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.7.1   Grating</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Hopper grating shall have openings<MET> 90 by 90 mm</MET><ENG> 3 1/2 by 3 1/2 inches</ENG>.  Construct grating of<MET> 125 by 13 mm</MET><ENG> 5 by 
1/2 inch</ENG> steel bars and<MET> 25 by 10 mm</MET><ENG> one by 3/8 inch</ENG> steel cross bars.  Weld grating and make in sections for 
ease of removal.  Provide two intermediate support beams sized not less than W8 x 31 arranged for a maximum grating 
span of<MET> 1016 mm</MET><ENG> 3 feet 4 inches</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.7.2   Hopper Outlet</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Flanged not less than [_____] by [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG>.  Outlet shall contain a special reclaim hopper gate not less 
than [_____] by [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.7.3   Cover</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Structurally reinforced<MET> 5 mm</MET><ENG> 3/16 inch</ENG> thick raised pattern floor plate.  Construct cover in sections with handles 
for ease of removal.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.9.8   Belt Feeder</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Totally enclosed, dusttight, approximately [_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> between pulley centers, designed to operate at 
a speed not to exceed [_____]<MET> m/sec</MET><ENG> fpm</ENG>, and having a capacity of not less than [_____]<MET> Mg</MET><ENG> tons</ENG> per hour of [_____] 
size coal.  Provide belt feeder complete with continuous belt, shafts, pulleys, idlers, belt cleaner, frame, 
enclosure, reduction gear, and drive motor.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.8.1   Head and Foot Shafts</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Cold rolled steel, not less than<MET> [_____ and _____] mm</MET><ENG> [_____ and _____] inches</ENG> in diameter respectively.  Mount 
shafts in antifriction roller bearings with forced lubricating type fittings.  Mount head shaft in fixed pillow 
blocks. Foot shaft shall have screw-type takeups with not less than a [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> adjustment.  Shafts shall 
fit tight in pulley hubs.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.8.2   Pulleys</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Welded steel type with detachable compression grip-type hubs, steel plate ends, and crown faces<MET> 50 mm</MET><ENG> 2 inches</ENG>
 wider than the belt width.  [Provide an adjustable spring loaded or counter weighted type rubber bladed belt 
wiper beneath the head pulleys.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.8.3   Belt</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) approved fire resistant construction, belt not less than [_____]<MET>
 mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> wide, [_____] ply, [_____]<MET> kg per square meter</MET><ENG> ounces per square foot</ENG>, with<MET> 3 mm</MET><ENG> 1/8 inch</ENG> thick oil 
and chemical resistant cover on carrying side,<MET> 0.79 mm</MET><ENG> 1/32 inch</ENG> thick oil and chemical resistant rubber cover 
on under side.  Cover shall be fire resistant.  Belt shall have a cover tensile strength of not less than [_____]<MET>
 kPa</MET><ENG> pounds per square inch (psi)</ENG> and friction between plies of not less than [_____]<MET> kPa</MET><ENG> pounds per inch</ENG>.  Belt 
shall have vulcanized splice.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.8.4   Electric Motor</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Totally enclosed, fan cooled, high torque, [_____] volt, [_____] phase, 60 Hz, not less than [_____]<MET> kW</MET><ENG> hp</ENG> as 
specified in paragraph entitled "Motors and Drives."  Motor shall be direct connected by means of flexible coupling 
with guard to a reduction gear.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.8.5   Reduction Gear</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Alloy steel helical gear type enclosed in oiltight housing.  Provide an adjustable base for motor and reducer 
unit.  Drive from the output shaft of the speed reducer to the conveyor head shaft shall be by means of finished 
steel roller chain conforming to <RID>ASME B16.39</RID> running over cut tooth sprockets conforming to <RID>ASME B29.100</RID> and 
complete with steel plate chain guard.  Roller chain attachments shall also conform to <RID>ASME B29.100</RID>.  Properly 
tension drive chain.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.8.6   Backstop</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Differential band brake type, cam type, or internal type to prevent reversal of belt.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.8.7   Idlers</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Flat type with<MET> 125 mm</MET><ENG> 5 inch</ENG> diameter steel shells, malleable iron end brackets, grease sealed roller-type antifriction 
bearings, and self-cleaning angle bases.  Idler spacing shall be not greater than<MET> 1372 mm</MET><ENG> 4 feet 6 inches</ENG>.  Return 
idler shall be of the flat single-pulley type having<MET> 125 mm</MET><ENG> 5 inch</ENG> diameter steel shells, grease sealed roller-type 
antifriction bearings spaced on not more than [_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> on center.  Provide self-aligning training 
type idlers, as required, to ensure proper training of the belt.  Provide additional idlers, as required, beneath 
track or truck hopper for support of belt and coal and to properly protect belt from impact caused by coal.  
Extend grease pipes to one side for four point lubrication from tunnel walkway.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.8.8   Load Skirts</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Steel plate<MET> 6.35 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick supported by structural brackets from conveyor frame.  Skirts shall have rubber 
strips along bottom edge to seal the belt.  Strips shall be easily adjustable by means of a clamp bar arrangement 
not requiring slotted bolt holes.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.8.9   Frame, Supports, and Enclosure</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Construct frame of either structural steel channel side stringers properly tied and braced for support of head 
and foot shafts with 12 gage (<MET>2.66 mm</MET><ENG>0.1046 inch</ENG>) steel deck plate full length of feeder, or integrally formed 
plate conveyor and deck frame.  Support idlers from conveyor frame.  Support frame from floor of tunnel [by steel 
channel legs] [as indicated].  Completely enclose feeder in a dust-tight enclosure constructed of not less than 
10 gage (<MET>3.42 mm</MET><ENG>0.1345 inch</ENG>) steel plate with easily removable gasketed side panels containing handles at each 
panel end.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.8.10   Loading Hopper</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Constructed of not less than<MET> 10 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG> thick steel plate connected to bottom flange of the track or truck 
hopper.  Provide an adjustable regulating gate adjacent to loading hopper for regulating height of coal on the 
belt.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.8.11   Vibrating Feeder</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Flat pan type vibrating feeder to convey coal from day hopper to belt conveyor.  Pan shall be [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG>
 wide by [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> long, with<MET> 150 mm</MET><ENG> 6 inch</ENG> sides, constructed of<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick stainless steel.  
Provide feeder with integral electromechanical drive and a remote controller.  Controller shall contain operating 
switches and rate of flow adjustment and the power source for the feeder drive.  Controller shall be designed 
for 460 volt, 60 Hz. supply voltage.  Support feeder from hopper.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT>[<TTL>2.9.9   Shallow-In-Built Bar Flight Feeder and Receiving Hopper</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Determine by an economic analysis and a technical evaluation if shallow-in-built 
bar flight feeders and receiving hoppers might be used instead of track or truck 
hoppers with belt feeders.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Bar flight feeder shall be totally enclosed, dusttight type with shallow-in-built [track] [truck] hopper.  Bar 
flight feeder shall have a horizontal length of [_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG>between sprocket centers, 
operate at not greater than [_____]<MET> m/s</MET><ENG> fpm</ENG>, and have a capacity of not less than [_____]<MET> Mg</MET><ENG> tons</ENG> per hour of 
[_____] size coal.  Provide feeder complete with continuous chains and attached bars, terminal sprockets, gears, 
shafts, bearings, troughs, enclosure, frames, [truck] [track] hopper, grating, regulating gate, hinged inspection 
doors, discharge chute, electric motor, reduction gear, and supports.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.9.1   Head and Foot Shafts</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Head and foot shafts shall be not less than<MET> [_____ and _____] mm</MET><ENG> [_____ and _____] inches</ENG> in diameter, respectively.  
Construct shafts of cold rolled steel and mount in antifriction roller bearings.  Mount head shaft in fixed pillow 
blocks and foot shaft shall have screw-type takeups with not less than [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> adjustment.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.9.2   Terminal Sprockets</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Cast iron with chilled rims not less than<MET> 380 mm</MET><ENG> 15 inches</ENG> in diameter.  Foot shaft sprockets shall be split 
type in two 180 degree sections to facilitate removal in shallow pit.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.9.3   Chains and Flights</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Chains shall be bar link type each having a pitch of not greater than<MET> 150 mm</MET><ENG> 6 inches</ENG> and an ultimate strength 
of not less than<MET> 20,430 kg</MET><ENG> 45,000 pounds</ENG>.  Construct chain of heat treated carbon steel components with not less 
than a<MET> 22 by 38 mm</MET><ENG> 7/8 by 1 1/2 inch</ENG> wide center link,<MET> 10 mm wide by 38 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch wide by 1 1/2 inch</ENG> thick 
side bars, fastened with<MET> 18 mm</MET> <ENG>5/8 inch</ENG> diameter pins.  Construct bar flights of<MET> 10 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG> thick steel bars 
not less than<MET> 50 mm</MET><ENG> 2 inches</ENG> high with flight width of not less than [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG>.  Flight spacing shall 
be such that feeder shall move the required coal with a head shaft speed not greater than [_____] rpm.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.9.4   Frame and Enclosure</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Construct feeder frame of structural steel properly tied and braced, complete with guides and track for both 
carrying and return runs, of not less than<MET> 80 by 80 by 10 mm</MET><ENG> 3 by 3 by 3/8 inch</ENG> steel angles with not less than<MET>
 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> high renewable carbon steel wear bars.  Enclosure shall be dusttight of not less than 10 gage 
(<MET>3.42 mm</MET><ENG>0.1345 inch</ENG>) commercial hot rolled steel plate.  Enclosure shall be removable in sections.  Top and side 
panels at head and foot sections shall be hinged and removable for access to chain sprockets.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.9.5   Trough</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Construct with flat bottom of not less than<MET> 10 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG> thick steel plate.  Trough shall be removable and 
constructed with flanged discharge opening.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.9.6   Hopper</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Construct not less than<MET> 2 1/2 meters long and 3 meters wide</MET><ENG> 8 feet long and 10 feet wide</ENG> of structurally reinforced<MET>
 10 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG>thick steel plate lined with 10 gage (<MET>3.42 mm</MET><ENG>0.1345 inch</ENG>) 410 stainless steel plate.  Hopper sides 
shall not slope less than 55 degrees from the horizontal.  Construct hopper with a shield over return run so 
that coal is fed directly to bottom conveying run.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.9.7   Grating</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Hopper grating shall have openings<MET> 90 by 90 mm</MET><ENG> 3 1/2 by 3 1/2 inches</ENG>.  Construct grating of<MET> 65 by 10 mm</MET><ENG> 2 1/2 
by 3/8 inch</ENG> steel bars and<MET> 20 mm</MET><ENG> 3/4 inch</ENG> diameter steel rods.  Weld grating and make in sections for ease of 
removal.  Provide intermediate beams to support grating.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.9.8   Flight Feeder Drive</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Flight feeder shall be driven by an electric motor direct connected by means of flexible coupling to a reduction 
gear unit having alloy steel helical or herringbone gears and antifriction bearings enclosed in oiltight housing.  
Provide an adjustable base for motor and gear.  Drive from output speed shaft of the reduction gear to the conveyor 
head shaft shall be by means of standard finished steel roller chain running over cut tooth sprockets, both conforming 
to <RID>ASME B29.100</RID> and complete with steel plate chain guard.  Roller chain attachments shall also conform to</TXT><BRK/>
<TXT><RID>ASME B29.100</RID>.  Properly tension drive chain.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.9.9   Electric Motor</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Totally enclosed, fan cooled, high torque, [_____] volt, three phase, 60 Hz not less than [_____]<MET> kW</MET><ENG> hp</ENG> as specified 
in paragraph entitled "Motors and Drives."</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
]</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.9.10   Bucket Elevator</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Dusttight [centrifugal discharge] [continuous bucket] type having approximately [_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG>
 inch</ENG> sprocket centers, vertical chain and bucket, operating at a speed not to exceed [_____]<MET> m/s</MET><ENG> fpm</ENG>, and having 
a capacity of not less than [_____]<MET> Mg</MET><ENG> tons</ENG> per hour of [_____] size coal.  Provide bucket elevator complete 
with continuous double chains and attached buckets, upper and lower sprockets, gears, shafts, bearings, casing, 
top hood, discharge spout, bottom boot, access doors, electric motor drive, reduction gear, service platform, 
and accessories.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.10.1   Head and Foot Shafts</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Cold rolled steel not less than<MET> [_____ and _____] mm</MET><ENG> [_____ and _____] inches</ENG> in diameter, respectively.  Mount 
shafts in antifriction roller bearings with forced lubricating type fittings.  Mount head shaft in fixed pillow 
blocks. Foot shaft shall have screw-type takeups with not less than a [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> adjustment.  Shafts shall 
fit tight in sprocket hubs.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.10.2   Terminal Sprockets</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Cast iron with chilled rims.  Head sprockets shall be not less than [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> in diameter and foot sprockets 
not less than [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> in diameter.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.10.3   Buckets and Chain</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Construct buckets of [malleable iron] [not less than [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> steel plate] not less than [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG>
 long, [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> wide, and [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> deep.  Buckets shall be mounted by not less than four bolt 
attachments to double strand of steel bushed chain each having an ultimate strength of not less than [_____]<MET> 
kg</MET><ENG> pounds</ENG> and pitch of [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG>.  Bucket spacing shall not be greater than [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.10.4   Backstop</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Differential band brake type, cam type or internal type to prevent reversal of chain and buckets in case of power 
failure.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.10.5   Elevator Casing</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Not less than [_____] by [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> inside of not less than [_____] [gage] [<MET>mm</MET><ENG>inch</ENG> thick] commercial hot 
rolled mild steel plate with<MET> 50 by 50 by 6 mm</MET><ENG> 2 by 2 by 1/4 inch</ENG> corner angles for full height of elevator casing.  
Construct casing in standard sections from<MET> 3048 to 3658 mm</MET><ENG> 10 to 12 feet</ENG> high with<MET> 50 by 50 by 6 mm</MET><ENG> 2 by 2 by 
1/4 inch</ENG> angle flanges at the end of each section.  Provide a hinged inspection door not less than<MET> 610 by 760 
mm</MET><ENG> 24 by 30 inches</ENG> in the section immediately above the boot section [and where indicated].  Casing and inspection 
doors shall be of dust-tight construction with flange angles continuously welded and gasketed.  No makeshift 
repairs or field patching to overcome leakage shall be permitted.  Casing interior shall be given a<MET> 1.60 mm</MET><ENG> 1/16 
inch</ENG> thick coating of coal tar primer and enamel in accordance with <RID>SSPC PS 11.01</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.10.6   Head Section</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Not less than [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> thick commercial hot rolled mild steel plate in heavy angle frame with split, hinged, 
and removable top cover hood. Construct hood of not less than [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> thick commercial hot rolled mild 
steel plate with flanged discharge throat built of not less than [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> thick commercial hot rolled 
mild steel plate.  Design head section to support drive machinery and head bearings.  Provide maintenance access 
ladder and platform conforming to applicable OSHA regulations [as indicated].</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.10.7   Boot Section</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Not less than [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> thick commercial hot rolled mild steel plate in heavy rolled mild steel plate in 
heavy angle frame with curved and renewable bottom plate built of not less than [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> thick commercial 
hot rolled mild steel plate, and flanged inlet.  Mount take up and foot terminal bearing on one side of boot 
in a bolted removable side panel so foot shaft and [sprocket] [sprockets] may be removed through side of door.  
Bolt end panels so they are removable for cleanout and inspection.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.10.8   Electric Motor</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Totally enclosed, fan cooled, high torque, [_____] volt, three phase, 60 Hz not less than [_____]<MET> kW</MET><ENG> hp</ENG>, as specified 
in paragraph entitled "Motors and Drives."  Motor shall be direct connected by means of flexible coupling to 
a reduction gear.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.10.9   Reduction Gear</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Alloy steel herringbone or helical gear type enclosed in oiltight housing. Provide an adjustable base for motor 
and reduction gear unit.  Drive from the output shaft of the reduction gear to the elevator head shaft shall 
be by means of standard finished steel roller chain running over cut tooth sprockets, both conforming to <RID>ASME B29.100</RID>
 and complete with steel plate chain guard.  Roller chain attachments shall also conform to</TXT><BRK/>
<TXT><RID>ASME B29.100</RID>  Properly tension drive chain.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.10.10   Anchoring Brackets</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide steel brackets at intervals [as indicated] at [not less than [_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> over centers] for anchoring 
elevator and to increase rigidity.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.9.11   Flight Conveyor</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Dusttight double strand chain-type with [_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> sprocket centers, operating speed not greater than 
[_____]<MET> m/s</MET><ENG> fpm</ENG>, and having a capacity of not less than [_____]<MET> Mg</MET><ENG> tons</ENG> per hour of [_____] size coal.  Provide 
flight conveyor complete with continuous chain and attached flights, terminal sprockets, gears, shafts, bearings, 
trough, casing, frame, hinged inspection doors, electric motor drive, reduction gear, and supports.  [Design 
flight conveyor for future length of [_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> for future plant expansion.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.11.1   Head and Foot Shafts</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>SAE 1045 steel not less than<MET> [_____ and _____] mm</MET><ENG> [_____ and _____] inches</ENG> in diameter, respectively, mounted 
in antifriction tapered roller bearings with forced lubricating type fittings.  Mount head shaft in fixed pillow 
blocks.  Foot shaft shall have screw-type takeups with not less than [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> adjustment.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.11.2   Terminal Sprockets</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Cast iron with chilled rims and not less than 8 teeth.  One sprocket shall be keyed on shaft and the other shall 
be free to turn.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.11.3   Flights and Chain</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Construct flights not less than<MET> [457] [508] [610] [762] mm</MET><ENG> [18] [20] [24] [30] inches</ENG> long and<MET> [200] [250] mm</MET><ENG>
 [8] [10] inches</ENG> high of not less than<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick abrasion resistant steel. Mount flights at not greater 
than<MET> [457] [508] [610] [914] mm</MET><ENG> [18] [20] [24] [36] inch</ENG> intervals between two matched strands of steel bushed 
roller chain having [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> pitch and an ultimate strength of not less than [_____]<MET> kg</MET><ENG> pounds</ENG> per each 
strand.  Chain shall have [_____] by [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> high carbon steel side bars, high carbon steel, heat-treated 
pins, carbon steel case-hardened bushings, and [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> diameter single flange chilled gray iron or chrome 
iron rollers.  Support chain so that chain does not lie or run in coal.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.11.4   Frame and Enclosure</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Construct conveyor frame of structural steel properly tied and braced, complete with track for both the carrying 
and return run of chain of not less than<MET> 80 by 80 by 10 mm</MET><ENG> 3 by 3 by 3/8 inch</ENG> steel angles with not less than<MET>
 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> high renewable molybdenum steel wear bars.  Enclosure shall be dust-tight of not less than 10 
gage (<MET>3.42 mm</MET><ENG>0.1345 inch</ENG>) hot rolled steel plate with easily removable side panels containing handles at each 
panel end.  Enclosure shall have hinged inspection doors<MET> 600 mm</MET><ENG> 24 inches</ENG> wide and full height of the enclosure 
opposite loading hopper and at each discharge chute.  End panels shall be hinged and removable for access to 
the chain sprockets.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.11.5   Trough</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Not less than<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick corrosion resistant steel plate made in boxlike U-shape.  Trough shall be removable 
in not more than<MET> 2.44 meters</MET><ENG> 8 foot</ENG> long sections and constructed with flanged discharge openings where indicated.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.11.6   Loading Hopper</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Steel plate not less than<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick sloped at not less than 60 degrees.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.11.7   Outlets</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Bottom of trough shall have [_____] outlets not less than<MET> [457] [508] [610] [762] mm</MET><ENG> [18] [20] [24] [30] inches</ENG>
 long with gates to discharge coal into cylindrical bunkers.  Provide outlets with deflection plate type baffle 
designed to make coal drop straight down into bunker.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.11.8   Electric Motor</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Totally enclosed, fan cooled, high torque, [_____] volt, three phase, 60 Hz, not less than [_____]<MET> kW</MET><ENG> hp</ENG> as specified 
in paragraph entitled "Motors and Drives."  Motor shall be directly connected by means of flexible coupling to 
a reduction gear.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.11.9   Gates</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide coal gates on bottom trough of flight conveyor, immediately under outlets.  Opening shall be [_____]<MET> 
mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> square with motor operated slide gates for controlling discharge to each bunker.  Provide double rack 
and pinion type gates driven by not less than<MET> 0.56 kW</MET><ENG> 3/4 hp</ENG> motor.  Provide limit switches for signal lights, 
control and interlocking.  Provide outlets from gates with a<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> abrasion resistant steel plate discharge 
chute.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.11.10   Reduction Gear</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Alloy steel helical or herringbone gear type with antifriction bearings enclosed in oiltight housing.  Provide 
an adjustable base for motor and reduction gear.  Drive from output shaft of motor reducer to conveyor head shaft 
shall be by means of standard finished steel roller chain conforming to <RID>ASME B29.100</RID> running over cut tooth sprockets 
conforming to</TXT><BRK/>
<TXT><RID>ASME B29.100</RID> and complete with steel plate chain guard.  Roller chain attachments shall conform to <RID>ASME B29.100</RID>
.  Provide means to properly tension drive chain.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.9.12   Belt Conveyor</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Inclined and approximately [_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> between pulley centers, operated at a speed not to exceed [_____]<MET>
 m/s</MET><ENG> fpm</ENG>, and have a capacity of not less than [_____]<MET> Mg</MET><ENG> tons</ENG> per hour of [_____] size coal.  Provide belt conveyor 
complete with continuous belt, shafts, pulleys, idlers, takeups, belt cleaner, frame with conveyor cover and 
walkway, transfer chute, hopper, emergency stop cord and switch, alignment switch, reduction gear, electric motor, 
bin high level limit switch and alarm.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.12.1   Head and Foot Shafts</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Construct shafts of turned and polished cold rolled steel not less than<MET> [_____ and _____] mm</MET><ENG> [_____ and _____] 
inches</ENG> in diameter, respectively.  Mount shafts in antifriction roller bearings with forced lubricating type 
fittings. Mount head shaft in fixed pillow blocks.  Foot shaft shall have screw-type takeups with not less than 
[_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> adjustment.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.12.2   Takeups</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>[Three pulley guided vertical counter weighted type] [Screw type] to maintain proper belt tension.  Shafts shall 
be as specified above and not less than [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> in diameter.  Provide a safety device to prevent free 
fall of takeup pulley.  Takeups shall provide a minimum adjustment of 1.5 percent of total belt length.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.12.3   Pulleys</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Welded steel type with detachable compression grip-type hubs, steel plate ends, and crown faces<MET> 50 mm</MET><ENG> 2 inches</ENG>
 wider than the belt width.        Provide a multiple belt scraper at each head pulley.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.12.4   Magnetic Pulley</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Drive pulley of [_____] conveyor shall be a nonelectric permanent magnet type designed to remove tramp iron.  
Provide a removable pan to collect tramp iron.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.12.5   Belt</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Synthetic fabric, not less than [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> wide, a minimum of [_____] ply, with<MET> 3 mm</MET><ENG> 1/8 inch</ENG> thick oil 
and chemical resistant cover on carrying side,<MET> [1.59] [0.79] mm</MET><ENG> [1/16] [1/32] inch</ENG> thick oil and chemical resistant 
rubber cover on under side.  Cover shall be fire resistant.  Belt shall have a tension pull strength of not less 
than [_____]<MET> N per mm</MET><ENG> pounds per inch</ENG> of belt width.  Belt shall have vulcanized splice.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.12.6   Electric Motor</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Totally enclosed, fan cooled, high torque, [_____] volt, three phase, 60 Hz, not less than [_____]<MET> kW</MET><ENG> hp</ENG> as specified 
in paragraph entitled "Motors and Drives."  Motor shall be direct connected by means of flexible coupling with 
guard to a reduction gear.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.12.7   Reduction Gear</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Alloy steel helical gear type enclosed in an oiltight housing.  Provide an adjustable base for mounting motor 
and reducing unit.  Drive from output shaft of speed reducer to conveyor head shaft shall be by means of finished 
steel roller chain conforming to <RID>ASME B29.100</RID> running over cut tooth sprockets conforming to <RID>ASME B29.100</RID> and 
complete with steel plate chain guard.  Roller chain attachments shall conform to <RID>ASME B29.100</RID>.  Provide means 
to properly tension drive chain.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.12.8   Backstop</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Differential band brake type, cam type, or internal type to prevent reversal of belt.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.12.9   Emergency Stop Cord and Switch</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide emergency stop cord the length of the conveyor to actuate a switch for stopping the conveyor.  Switch 
shall have flag to indicate actuated switch and shall have positive safety lock that cannot be accidentally reset.  
Cord shall be not less than<MET> 2.38 mm</MET><ENG> 3/32 inch</ENG> galvanized aircraft cable with a minimum<MET> 1.19 mm</MET><ENG> 3/64 inch</ENG> vinyl 
or nylon protective coating.  Provide sufficient number of switches to prevent cable weight from actuating switch.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.12.10   Belt Alignment Switch</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide belt alignment switches on each side of the belt mounted off conveyor frame or discharge chute to stop 
conveyor under belt misalignment or runoff conditions.  Mount switches on breakaway mounts to prevent damage 
from runaway belt.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.12.11   Idlers</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Troughing idlers shall be [20] [35] degree three-pulley type with<MET> 125 mm</MET><ENG> 5 inch</ENG> diameter steel shells, malleable 
iron end brackets, grease sealed roller type antifriction bearings, and self-cleaning angle bases.  Troughing 
idler spacing shall be not greater than<MET> 1.37 meters</MET><ENG> 4 feet 6 inches</ENG>, with additional idlers at the loading point.  
Return idler shall be flat single-pulley type having<MET> 125 mm</MET><ENG> 5 inch</ENG> diameter steel shells, grease sealed roller 
type antifriction bearings and spaced not more than<MET> 3 meters</MET><ENG> 10 feet</ENG> on center.  Provide self-aligning training 
type trough and return idlers at not greater than<MET> 15.24 meters</MET><ENG> 50 foot</ENG> intervals to ensure proper training of 
belt.  Extend grease pipes to one side for four point lubrication from walkway.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.12.12   Load Skirts</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Not less than<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick steel plate and supported by structural brackets from conveyor frame.  Skirts 
shall have rubber strips along bottom edge to seal belt.  Strips shall be easily adjustable by means of a clamp 
bar arrangement not requiring slotted bolt holes.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.12.13   Frame, Supports, and Walkway</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Frame shall be structural steel truss type with head and foot terminals framed of structural steel.  Support 
frame from grade on structural A-frames set on concrete footings as indicated.  Support idlers on not less than<MET>
 150 mm</MET><ENG> 6 inch</ENG> channel stringers braced and tied to structural steel truss frame.  Provide a 12 gage (<MET>2.66 mm</MET><ENG>
0.1046 inch</ENG>) steel deck plate for full length of conveyor.  Provide a curved belt cover constructed of not less 
than 16 gage (<MET>1.52 mm</MET><ENG>0.0598 inch</ENG>) corrugated galvanized metal having removable panels on walkway side for access 
to idlers.  Provide walkway not less than<MET> 914 mm</MET><ENG> 36 inches</ENG>wide, supported from structural steel framing for entire 
length of conveyor.  Walkway shall be complete with handrails and metal nonslip grating meeting requirements 
of <RID>29 CFR 1910-SUBPART D</RID>, Walking and Working Surfaces.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.12.14   Discharge Hopper</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Construct of not less than<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick steel plate to discharge on a discharge chute.  Provide a discharge 
hood built of 10 gage (<MET>3.42 mm</MET><ENG>0.1345 inch</ENG>) steel plate enclosing top, front, and sides above discharge hopper.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.9.13   Coal Scales</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Stationary, automatic, dust-proof, belt-fed, batch type with rated capacity of not less than [_____]<MET> Mg</MET><ENG> tons</ENG> 
per hour and a hopper capacity of<MET> 91 kg</MET><ENG> 200 pounds</ENG>.  Coal scales shall be complete units, including body, belt 
feeder, feeder drive, bypass, weighing mechanism, weigh hopper, controls, counters, and remaining items required 
to make a completely automatic coal scale.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.13.1   Body</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Dusttight, of welded heavy steel plate construction with base angles not less than<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick.  Top 
plate, bypass plate, and reducer mounting plate shall be not less than<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick, with other plates 
of not less than 11 gage (<MET>3.04 mm</MET><ENG>0.1196 inch</ENG>) steel plate.  Provide large, gasketed, dusttight doors with adjustable 
pre-set compression type latches and forged steel hinges for inspection and maintenance purposes.  Door openings 
shall be sufficient to allow removal of feeder and hopper without removal of screws or bolts.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.13.2   Feeder</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>A self-contained unit with an endless belt which is capable of being removed from one end or side.  Construct 
feeder of heavy rigid steel frame with an 11 gage (<MET>3.04 mm</MET><ENG>0.1196 inch</ENG>) stainless steel plate to support the belt 
on the carrying run.  Head and takeup shafts shall be cold rolled steel carried on self-aligning ball bearings 
equipped with dust seals and fitted for pressure lubrications.  Bearings shall be capable of being lubricated 
during scale operation.  Takeup shaft shall have screw-type takeup bearings and pulleys shall be crown faced 
steel for proper belt tracking.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.13.3   Feed Belt</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Channel type and of endless construction without splice.  Belt shall be not less than<MET> 7.94 mm</MET><ENG> 5/16 inch</ENG> thick 
of three ply heavy fabric core construction with chemical and abrasion resistant rubber coating.  Feeder skirts 
and leveling plate shall be stainless steel and shall be arranged to provide a continuous stream of constant 
width and depth coal on the feed belt.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.13.4   Electric Motor And Drive</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Totally enclosed [_____] volt, [_____] phase, 60 Hz, with heavy duty reduction gear not less than<MET> 0.56 kW</MET><ENG> 3/4 
hp</ENG> as specified in paragraph entitled "Motors and Drives."  Scale shall be capable of bypassing coal without 
disconnection of drive.  Drive disconnection shall not be required for feeder removal unless special provisions 
are made for a quick and simple drive disconnection.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.13.5   Coal Bypass</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a quick-operating coal bypass with an easily operable lever located on the outside of scale body.  Operating 
lever operation shall instantly bypass coal around the feeder section and weighing mechanism without release 
of belt tension to prevent entry of coal between belt and pulley or support plates.  Bypass construction shall 
not restrict inlet opening size for normal scale operation.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.13.6   Weighing Mechanism</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Enclose in a dusttight compartment.  Construct of cold rolled steel for minimum deflection, warp, and twist.  
Pivot points shall be self-aligning with hardened double bearing surfaces.  Weighing mechanism shall be complete 
with weight lever, tare adjustment, and compensator, [with design subject to approval by the Contracting Officer], 
and scale shall be guaranteed to weigh coal accurately within 0.25 percent.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.13.7   Scale Weigh Hopper</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Construct scale weigh hopper and discharge gate of not less than 14 gage stainless steel plate, continuously 
welded and stiffened with angle irons. Weigh hopper shall be of such design and construction to ensure clean 
discharge.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.13.8   Controls</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide controls, except those required for weigh hopper discharge, prewired and located in a NEMA [12] [3] dusttight 
enclosure.  Provide circuit breaker interlocked with electrical panel door.  Control circuits shall be two wire 
nominal 120 volt systems obtained by using an isolation transformer with one side grounded and wired to a single 
terminal block which shall be included in the electrical panel.  Segregate circuits of different voltage levels.  
Controls shall include large, oiltight, industrial type pushbuttons for use as "start-stop," "test," and "dump" 
switches mounted on the scale body adjacent to the electrical panel.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.13.9   Counters</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Mount a mechanical type coal counter on the scale body.  Counter shall be rugged, reliable, with heavy duty register 
and designed so that double counting is impossible.  [A remote motor operated counter shall be furnished located 
on the coal handling control panel in the control room. Counter shall be designed so that double counting is 
impossible.]  [Provide a contact closure for sending a pulse signal of each weigh hopper discharge to the operator 
control console.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.13.10   Scale Inlet</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Scale inlet shall contain coal gate with opening not less than<MET> 457 by 457 mm or 406 by 508 mm</MET><ENG> 18 by 18 inches 
or 16 by 20 inches</ENG> along with a dusttight all metal slip joint constructed of not less than<MET> 4.76 mm</MET><ENG> 3/16 inch</ENG>
 thick steel plate.  Slip joint shall be of split construction to allow for installation after coal scale is 
in place.  Design slip joint to allow necessary flexibility to take care of deflection of [bunker] [silo] outlet 
due to varying load and temperature variations without imposing load on the scale.  Provide rope packing or other 
resilient gasket material to make slip joint completely dusttight.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.13.11   Scale Outlet Hopper</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Not less than<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick 410 stainless steel plate of capacity not less than<MET> 227 kg</MET><ENG> 500 pounds</ENG> and<MET> 13 
mm</MET><ENG> 1/2 inch</ENG> thick steel plate flanges.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.9.14   Stoker Hopper Extension</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Dusttight and bolted to hopper furnished with stokers.  Construct hopper extensions as indicated of<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 
inch</ENG> thick 410 stainless steel plate with structural stiffeners.  Hopper extension shall hold not less than [_____]<MET>
 Mg</MET><ENG> tons</ENG> of coal at a density of<MET> 800 kg per cubic meter</MET><ENG> 50 pounds per cubic foot</ENG>.  Hopper extensions shall have 
bolted emergency firing doors of not less than<MET> 610 by 610 mm</MET><ENG> 24 by 24 inches</ENG> which shall contain a<MET> 152 by 152 
mm</MET><ENG> 6 by 6 inch</ENG> glass observation window.  Connections shall be dusttight.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.15   Coal Valve</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Dusttight and dripproof of the double ladder rack-and-pinion type sized as indicated for each valve.  Valve shall 
be capable of closing through a standing coal column.  Valve opening shall be full size with no bridges, internal 
braces, or other barriers.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.15.1   Valve Body</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Not less than<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick formed 410 stainless steel with heavy<MET> 19 mm</MET><ENG> 3/4 inch</ENG> thick flanges.  Continuously 
weld joints in contact with coal both inside and out and grind smooth.  Valve body shall have dusttight steel 
gate assembly cover with molded gasket for removal of gate without removing coal valve.  Provide a minimum of 
two dusttight poke holes with rigid covers and molded gaskets.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.15.2   Valve Gate</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Dripproof and siftproof of<MET> 10 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG> thick steel plate with an 11 gage (<MET>3.04 mm</MET><ENG>0.1196 inch</ENG>) 410 stainless 
steel liner.  Support gate by ball bearing rollers with 16 gage (<MET>1.52 mm</MET><ENG>0.0598 inch</ENG>) stainless steel shells equipped 
with felt grease seals and stainless steel grease retainers.  Provide rollers with grease fittings extended through 
valve body for pressure lubrication.  Design gate so that supporting rollers, racks, and pinions are located 
completely out of the coal stream.  Provide cold formed, self cleaning racks, with stainless steel self cleaning 
pinions located over racks for positive tooth engagement.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.15.3   Operating Shaft</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Mount operating shaft in ball bearings with felt seals, stainless steel shells, stainless steel grease retainers, 
and grease fittings.  Provide handwheels with proper finger clearance or pocket sheaves with heavy hot-dipped 
galvanized chain and chain guard as indicated.  Handwheels and sheaves shall be not less than<MET> 457 mm</MET><ENG> 18 inches</ENG>
 in diameter.  Provide valves with mechanical type position indicator consisting of large pointer and legend 
to indicate position of valve gate.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.15.4   Electric Motor Operators</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide motor operators where indicated and capable of remote operation from the coal handling control panel.  
Operator shall consist of totally enclosed, fan cooled, high torque, [_____] volt, [_____] phase, 60 Hz motor 
as specified in paragraph entitled "Motors and Drives" with reduction gear, clutch and limit switches.  Motor 
horsepower shall be as recommended by the manufacturer.  Provide motorized valves that have manual operators, 
with fail-safe interlocks that make manual operation impossible while motor is operating.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.9.16   Track and Reclaim Hopper Valves</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Dusttight, double rack and pinion type, with water collecting trough.  Valve shall have inlet opening not less 
than [_____] by [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> in direction of gate travel with a larger outlet opening.  Inlet and outlet 
shall be flanged and constructed of mild steel.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.16.1   Valve Body</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Not less than<MET> 10 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG> thick mild steel continuously welded both internally and externally and lined with 
11 gage (<MET>3.04 mm</MET><ENG>0.1196 inch</ENG>) 410 stainless steel plate where body comes in direct contact with coal.  Construct 
inlet skirt of not less than<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick 410 stainless steel with outlet body plates constructed of<MET> 10 
mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG> thick mild steel lined with 11 gage (<MET>3.04 mm</MET><ENG>0.1196 inch</ENG>) 410 stainless steel plate.  Construct water 
collecting trough of not less than 11 gage (<MET>3.04 mm</MET><ENG>0.1196 inch</ENG>) 410 stainless steel plate and containing water 
sprays for flushing.  Valve body shall have dust-tight steel gate assembly cover with molded gasket for removal 
of gate without removing the coal valve.  Provide a hinged access panel not less than [_____] by [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG>
 in the direction of gate travel with compression-type latches over water collecting trough for removing obstructions.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.16.2   Valve Gate</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Slope gate plate toward water collecting trough and mount it on large ball bearing rollers with 16 gage (<MET>1.52 
mm</MET><ENG>0.0598 inch</ENG>) stainless steel shells equipped with felt grease seals and stainless steel grease retainers.  
Provide rollers with grease fittings extended through valve body for pressure lubrication.  Gate shall be U-shaped 
with ladder racks on both sides and shall be constructed of not less than<MET> 15.90 mm</MET><ENG> 5/8 inch</ENG> thick mild steel 
lined with 11 gage (<MET>3.04 mm</MET><ENG>0.1196 inch</ENG>) 410 stainless steel plate.  Gate design shall be such that supporting 
rollers, racks, and pinions are located completely out of coal stream.  Racks shall be cold formed and self-cleaning, 
with stainless steel, self cleaning pinions over racks.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.16.3   Operating Shaft</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Mount operating shaft in ball bearings with felt seals, stainless steel shells, stainless steel grease retainers, 
and grease fittings.  Mount a reduction gear on the gate shaft and provide an ample gate clearance pocket in 
the body to ensure ease of operation through a standing column of coal. Handwheel for operating valve shall be 
not less than<MET> 457 mm</MET><ENG> 18 inches</ENG> in diameter.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.9.17   Chutes</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Construct coal chutes dusttight as indicated of not less than<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick 410 stainless steel plate.  
Weld chutes with flanges located as indicated to facilitate equipment and chute section removal.  Flanges shall 
be not less than<MET> 10 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG> thick steel and gasketed to maintain dust-tight seal.  Provide poke holes and 
access panels where indicated.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.18   Coal Presence Indicators and Equipment Response Switches</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>May be of the following types and shall be interlocked with coal handling controls to indicate equipment failures, 
coal stoppages, and provide for a semi-automatic system.  Enclosures for components shall meet requirements of 
NEMA Type 7, Class I, Division I, Groups C and D, and NEMA Type 9, Class II, Division I, Groups E, F, and G.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.18.1   Type A - Diaphragm Type Presence Indicator</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Pressure-sensitive to presence of coal consisting of housing, diaphragm, limit switches, wiring, and mounting 
bracket flanges.  Housing shall be either cast iron, stainless steel, or protected cast aluminum, with synthetic 
diaphragm as recommended for coarse slightly abrasive materials. Diaphragm deflection shall actuate a limit switch 
to indicate coal presence.  Design unit so that maintenance, diaphragm replacement and sensitivity adjustment 
can be made from outside the bin.  Type and number of contacts and voltages shall be as indicated on control 
diagrams.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.18.2   Type B - Paddle Type Presence Indicator</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Paddle mounted on a counterweighted horizontal shaft so that deflection of paddle rotates a cam which actuates 
a limit switch in a control box mounted on the shaft.  Unit shall consist of paddle, shaft, enclosure, limit 
switches, wiring, and mounting brackets.  Shaft shall be cold rolled steel and paddle shall be stainless steel 
with control enclosure of cast iron, stainless steel, or suitably protected cast aluminum.  Type and number of 
contacts and voltages shall be as indicated on control diagram.  Mount shaft in ball bearings equipped with suitable 
dust seals and fittings for pressure grease lubrication.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.18.3   Type C - Tilt Type Presence Indicator</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Conical steel float that shall be tilted by presence of coal.  Unit shall consist of housing, conical float, 
universal pivot-collar, pendant mechanism, dust seal, limit switches, wiring, and mounting brackets.  Unit shall 
operate so that tilting of float actuates a limit switch in enclosed housing above.  Provide a hood constructed 
according to manufacturer's recommendations for the indicator's location of not less than<MET> 5 mm</MET><ENG> 3/16 inch</ENG> thick 
steel plate.  Provide access panel for servicing the unit.  Tilt type indicator may be a totally enclosed type 
in which tilting causes a ball to roll off the center actuating a limit switch. Design unit to be cable hung 
and to tilt on presence of coal.  Type and number of contacts and voltages shall be as indicated on control diagram.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.18.4   Type D - Rotating Type Presence Indicator</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Rotating paddle where presence of coal stalls motor and actuates a limit switch.  Unit shall have either cast 
iron or cast aluminum housing, stainless steel paddle, couplings, and flexible shaft.  Shaft seal shall be spring 
loaded and shall prevent buildup of fines between shaft and hub. Operation shall be such that when paddle stalls 
motor continues to operate until limit switch is actuated, which in turn shuts off current to motor.  Vane and 
baffle arrangements shall be according to manufacturer's recommendations for each indicator location.  Type and 
number of contacts and voltages shall be as indicated on control diagrams.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.18.5   Type E - Vibrating Type Presence Indicator</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Vibrating sensing rod so that presence of coal dampens vibrations actuating a control signal.  Sensing rod shall 
be stainless steel not less than<MET> 10 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG> in diameter.  Control unit shall be solid state, with type and 
number of contacts and voltages as indicated on control diagrams.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.18.6   Equipment Speed Response Switch</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Actuates a control signal when preset abnormal equipment operating conditions are encountered.  Switch shall 
be adjustable so that it may be used as an underspeed switch, overspeed switch, or zero speed switch. Switch 
shall consist of input shaft from which the equipment speed is measured and compared to a preset point.  Enclosure 
shall be cast iron or suitably protected cast aluminum.  Mount speed response switches as indicated.  Type of 
switch adjustment, type and number of contacts, and voltages shall be as indicated on control diagrams.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.18.7   Presence Indicators and Response Switches</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide at hoppers and conveyor discharges located and protected according to manufacturer's recommendations 
to ensure safe and reliable operation.  Mount presence indicators in such a manner that they will not be damaged 
by occasional large lumps or falsely operated by stray lumps or collected amounts of coal.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.9.19   Control Panel and Controls</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a semi-automatic control system for coal handling system as indicated.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.19.1   Control Panel</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>NEMA 12 construction, centrally located in main plant control room. Panel front shall include a system graphic 
display as indicated.  Display shall be approximately to scale and painted with an industrial acrylic enamel.  
Outline each item with<MET> 3 mm</MET><ENG> 1/8 inch</ENG> wide black lines.  Lettering shall be on engraved plastic screwed to front 
of panel, with white letters on a black background.  Provide controls for operation on [_____] volt, [_____] 
phase, 60 Hz ac.  Panel shall be complete with an annunciator and interlocks, relays, switches, running and safety 
lights, and auxiliary parts necessary to safely control and operate the system.  Items located in door shall 
be dust-tight and oil tight with push-to-test transformer type indicating lights.  Control relays shall be 10 
amp, 600 volt class with convertible contacts.  Provide and mark terminals for connections with the exception 
of the neutral.  Panel shall contain [_____] percent spare terminals.  Wiring shall be No. 14 AWG type THHN stranded.  
Neutral wire shall be white.  Color code and label wiring of 120 volts or less.  Provide plastic wire duct of 
sufficient size to provide [_____] percent cross sectional spare.  Wiring shall be in accordance with requirements 
of <RID>NFPA 70</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Panel Devices:  Control panel shall include the following indicating lights (color in parenthesis):</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Power - ON                                     (red)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  System Run (3 required)</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Rail unloading hopper to boiler plant          (green)</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Rail unloading hopper to storage yard          (green)</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Reclaim hopper to boiler plant                 (green)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Rail unloading hopper surfactant sprays - ON   (green)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Reclaim hopper surfactant sprays - ON          (green)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(5)  Belt feeders - ON                              (green)</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>(one required for each feeder)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(6)  Reversible belt conveyor to</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>stackout conveyor - ON                         (green)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(7)  Reversible belt conveyor to</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>transfer belt conveyor - ON                    (green)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(8)  Transfer belt conveyor - ON                    (green)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(9)  Stackout tube belt conveyor -  ON              (green)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(10) Reclaim belt conveyor - ON                     (green)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(11) Bucket elevator belt conveyor - ON             (green)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(12) Bucket elevator - ON                           (green)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(13) Bunker - HIGH LEVEL                            (green)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(14) Bunker - LOW LEVEL                             (red)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(15) Underbunker conveyor to</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>emergency discharge - ON                       (green)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(16) Coal scale - ON                                (green)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(17) Stoker hopper - HIGH LEVEL</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>(one required for each hopper)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(18) Stoker hopper - LOW LEVEL</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>(one required for each hopper)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Provide momentary contact pushbuttons or selector switches for the following:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  System START (3 required)</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Rail unloading hopper to boiler plant</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Rail unloading hopper to storage yard</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Reclaim hopper to boiler plant</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  System - STOP (red head)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Rail unloading surfactant spray system - ON-OFF</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Rail unloading hopper surfactant spray - START/STOP</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(5)  Reclaim surfactant spray system - ON-OFF</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(6)  Reclaim hopper surfactant spray - START/STOP</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(7)  Coal to stackout tube (SELECT)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(8)  Alarm - ACKNOWLEDGE</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Annunciator panel shall include the following:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Bunker - HIGH LEVEL</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Bunker - LOW LEVEL</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Stoker hopper (one required for each hopper) - HIGH LEVEL</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Stoker hopper (one required for each hopper) - LOW LEVEL</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(5)  EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN (Auxiliary contacts for remote alarm)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(6)  Blank (3 required)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Size panel to accommodate future addition of one stoker hopper and associated equipment.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Provide auxiliary devices required for control functions indicated above.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Provide laminated plastic name plates for devices on panel face.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.19.2   Remote Controls</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide controls for the following items in the main plant control room as specified in VAMS Section 
<SRF>23 09 53.00 20</SRF> CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION BOILER PLANT:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Conveyor system - EMERGENCY STOP</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Bunker - HIGH LEVEL ALARM</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Bunker - LOW LEVEL ALARM</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Stoker hopper (one required for each hopper) - HIGH LEVEL</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Stoker hopper (one required for each hopper) - LOW LEVEL</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Under Bunker conveyor system - START/STOP</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">g.  Coal scale - START/STOP</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.19.3   Control Sequence</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>To ensure that coal does not back up during system startup or shutdown, design controls so that on startup, the 
last piece of equipment to handle coal starts first and on shutdown, stops last.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.19.4   Additional Controls</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide as shown.  These controls include local START and STOP pushbuttons or three-position selector switches 
for the following:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Belt feeders</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Belt conveyors (at head pulley)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Flight conveyor</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Coal scale</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  EMERGENCY STOP pushbuttons which stop the entire system shall be provided where indicated.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.9.20   Multiple Belt Scrapers</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Equip conveyor belts at the head pulley, with multiple belt scrapers. Provide adequate room and service access 
in head chute design for multiple cleaners.  Provide a doctor blade on face of head pulley to remove most of 
the carryback material and a torsion arm type multiple blade cleaner to scrape and remove material that bypasses 
primary cleaner.  Provide tail pulley takeups with a plow to protect against material being carried back between 
belt and pulleys.  Both cleaners and plows shall have features that enable the operator to safely inspect and 
adjust the blades.  Dribble chutes shall be designed to resist material buildup and shall be plastic lined.  
Provide a convenient dust tight door for clean out and inspection purposes on each side of the dribble chute.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.21   Steel Coal Bunker</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Cylindrical shaped type having a storage capacity of not less than [_____]<MET> Mg</MET><ENG> tons</ENG> of coal having a density of<MET>
 800 kg per cubic meter</MET><ENG> 50 pounds per cubic foot</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.21.1   Construction</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>All welded construction, not less than [_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> in diameter with a vertical cylindrical section [_____]<MET>
 meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> high.  Construct vertical cylindrical section of not less than<MET> 7.90 mm</MET><ENG> 5/16 inch</ENG>
 thick steel plate.  Slope bottom cone shaped hopper section at not less than 55 degrees and fabricate from not 
less than<MET> 10 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG> thick 410 stainless steel plate.  Top of bunker shall be conical 35 degree sloped structurally 
reinforced<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick steel plate.  Provide ladder inside bunker.  Provide dusttight, weather tight 
access hatch of not less than<MET> 610 by 610 mm</MET><ENG> 24 by 24 inches</ENG> in bunker top immediately above ladder.  Shell and 
bottom plates shall be beveled for full penetration butt weld on inside of bunker and a finish weld on outside 
of bunker.  Provide bunker with flanged outlet drilled to match inlet of gate.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Responsibility:  Ensure that full responsibility for final design and details of construction 
of steel coal bunker is assumed by the manufacturer.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Supports:  Bunker shall be self supporting from four stub columns which shall be supported 
from on top horizontal structural steel framing.  Structural steel framing for supporting the 
stub columns is specified in Section <SRF>05 12 00</SRF> STRUCTURAL STEEL.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Liner:  Surface blast vertical inside surfaces of the bunker to a near white metal, and 
then coat with<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick troweled-on heavy duty three compound corrosion resistant 
liner consisting of a resin, a hardener and graphite aggregate.  Liner shall have an operating 
temperature limitation of not less than<MET> 66 degrees C</MET><ENG> 150 degrees F</ENG>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.21.2   Accessories:</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Alarm Switches:  Provide bunker with two automatic bin level indicators with neoprene rubber 
diaphragm and a single pole, double throw switch mounted in explosion proof aluminum housing 
to signal high and low level alarms.  Provide mounting plates on bunker shell and holes for 
installation of indicator housing on outside of bunker.  Wiring shall be as specified in Division 
16.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Vibrators:  Provide on cone bottom of coal bunker a heavy duty pulsating magnet electric 
vibrator, semi-noiseless type, complete with mounting plate.  Provide one vibrator controller 
panel arranged for mounting in wall mounted control panel.  Panel shall contain an "ON-OFF" 
switch, power control dial, fuses and rectifier.  Power supply to panel shall be 460 volt, single 
phase, 60 Hz current.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.9.22   Stackout Tube</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a stackout type discharge tube not less than<MET> 10 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG> thick, reinforced, stainless steel plate 
for discharging coal from stackout conveyor to coal storage yard.  Tube shall be<MET> 1220 mm</MET><ENG> 4 feet</ENG> in diameter, 
and designed as the structural support for a portion of the stackout conveyor and support steel as indicated.  
Tube shall be a window chute designed to discharge coal at not more than<MET> 1829 meters</MET><ENG> 6 feet</ENG> above coal pile.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.10   FUEL OIL SYSTEM</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  In reference to the following text, choose either Section 33 56 10 FACTORY-FABRICATED 
FUEL STORAGE TANKS, for below gound tanks, or Section 33 52 10 SERVICE PIPING, 
FUEL SYSTEMS, for above ground tanks.  The rest of the fuel oil system is covered 
in Section 33 52 10 SERVICE PIPING, FUEL SYSTEMSG.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The fuel oil system shall be designed and built in accordance with Section <SRF>33 52 10</SRF> SERVICE PIPING, FUEL SYSTEMS[.][, 
except for below grade level fuel tanks, which shall be constructed to Section <SRF>33 56 10</SRF> FACTORY-FABRICATED FUEL 
STORAGE TANKS.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11   ASH HANDLING SYSTEM (PNEUMATIC)</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Designer shall select type of ash handling system most suited for each 
project.  For plants over<MET> 4 kg per second</MET><ENG> 31,500 pounds per hour</ENG> steam ultimate 
capacity use a pneumatic ash handling system.  For plants under<MET> 4 kg per second</MET><ENG>
 31,500 pounds per hour</ENG> steam ultimate capacity use a mechanical system.  Refer 
to NAVFAC DM-3.6, NAVFAC Design Manual DM-3.6, Section 5, paragraph 4d for design 
criteria.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Choose this article (and the paragraphs and subparagraphs following) 
or the article, (paragraphs and subparagraphs) below, entitled "Ash Handling 
System (Mechanical)."</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.1   System Requirements</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a complete integrated, pneumatic, semi-automatic sequencing, ash handling system with air intakes, material 
intakes, [ash doors and enclosures,] iron alloy conveyor line, fittings, rotary slide gates, primary and secondary 
material separators, tertiary bag filter, [steam exhauster,] [electric motor driven positive displacement blower 
(mechanical exhauster),] [air washer,] silo vent filter, ash silo, rotary ash conditioner, and equipment that 
may be necessary for a complete pneumatic ash handling system.  Provide related electrical work required to operate 
the ash handling system.  Design system so that the ash silo is never placed under a partial vacuum.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.2   Type</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>System shall be the intermittent vacuum type, whereby the vacuum is interrupted permitting periodic discharge 
of collected materials into the silo on a programmed time cycle.  System shall have sufficient air velocity to 
pick up ash that may be deposited in the pipe.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.3   Ash Silo</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>System shall receive, and on a sequenced basis convey to the ash silo, ash from the stoker fired boiler [ash 
storage hoppers,] [ash storage pits,] [siftings hoppers,] [soot hoppers,] [economizer hoppers,] [baghouse hoppers,] 
and other pollution control equipment hoppers.  Convey ash from only one pickup point at a time.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.4   Ash</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Discharge ash into the ash storage silo in a dry condition.  Arrange silo equipment for disposal of conditioned 
ash to trucks.  The operation shall be as nearly dustless as possible.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.5   Maximum Noise Level</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The noise level of the operation shall not exceed 85 decibels sound pressure level<MET> 1.50 meters</MET><ENG> 5 feet</ENG> from the 
equipment in any direction.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.6   Dry Ash Storage Hopper</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide for each boiler to receive and store bottom ash as it is discharged from the traveling grate.  Hopper 
shall be compatible with the grate ash discharge enclosure and shall have a net volume to receive and to store 
material for an 8 hour period at maximum boiler output.  Size hopper for mean ash level for<MET> one meters</MET><ENG> 3 feet</ENG>
 below the stoker floor with ash density of<MET> 640 kg per cubic meter</MET><ENG> 40 pounds per cubic foot</ENG> for volumetric sizing.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.6.1   Construction</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Not less than<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick, <RID>ASTM A 36/A 36M</RID>, steel plate, dusttight, floor supported steel structure with 
refractory lining.  Provide required steel columns, beams stiffeners and cross bracing.  Bolt top section of 
hopper to stoker support steel.  Base design load of hopper on<MET> 1120 kg per cubic meter</MET><ENG> 70 pounds per cubic foot</ENG>
.  Slope sides at not less than 45 degrees from horizontal to maintain positive feed to outlet.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.6.2   Refractory Materials</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>As recommended by the manufacturer; minimum total thickness of refractory and insulating block lining shall not 
be less than<MET> 178 mm</MET><ENG> 7 inches</ENG>.  Refractory shall be minimum of<MET> 114 mm</MET><ENG> 4 1/2 inches</ENG> thick.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.6.3   Discharge Doors or Gates</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide each hopper with refractory lined, dusttight, water cooled, vertical lift doors, of an opening size not 
less than<MET> 560 by 560 mm</MET><ENG> 22 by 22 inches</ENG>.  Each door shall be [air-cylinder operated] [chain wheel operated].  
[Provide intermediate positioning capability with air cylinder operators.] Provide each door with guide rollers 
and support arms to ensure smooth operation without binding.  When doors are vertical, minimum number of guide 
rollers shall be 4; for a sloping surface, minimum number of guide rollers shall be 6.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.6.4   Hopper Lift Door Enclosure</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide not less than<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick steel, dusttight, enclosure, for each vertical lift door.  Match enclosure 
to housing of clinker crusher and make enclosure large enough to enclose the outlet and the vertical lift door.  
Provide hinged inspection and cleanout door on enclosure front.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.6.5   Hinged Hopper Access Door</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide on one side wall of each hopper.  Door shall be cast iron, air tight swingaway locking type with refractory 
lining.  Install door so that it is conveniently accessible and easy to use.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.11.7   Clinker Crusher</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide mounted below each hopper discharge outlet, under vertical lift door enclosure, capable of reducing clinkers 
from bottom ash to a maximum size of<MET> 50 mm</MET><ENG> 2 inches</ENG> at a rate not less than conveyor system capacity.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.7.1   Construction</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Single roller crusher unit with extra heavy housing, outboard bearings sealed against grit infiltration, motor 
and drive.  Housing shall be<MET> 15 mm</MET><ENG> 1/2 inch</ENG> thick.  Crusher rollers shall have replaceable cam segments (teeth) 
with a minimum Brinell hardness of 450.  Each cam tooth shall be designed to permit resurfacing with hard material.  
Stationary heavy cast iron or manganese steel abrasion resistant wear plates, of a Brinell hardness not less 
than 350, shall be mounted about the crusher rollers.  Cam shaft rotational speed shall not exceed 20 rpm.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.7.2   Fluid Gear Drive</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Crushers shall be driven by a fluid gear drive including a totally enclosed, fan cooled, [_____] volt, three 
phase, 60 Hz electric motor not less than<MET> 3.75 kW</MET><ENG> 5 hp</ENG>, as specified in paragraph entitled "Motors and Drives," 
fluid coupling and reduction gear, integrally mounted in dust and oil tight enclosures.  Fluid drive shall protect 
unit from excessive shock.  Drive shall automatically reverse when stalled; crusher shall reverse and move forward 
three times and, after third time, shut down and alarm when still stalled.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.11.8   System Valving</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.8.1   Side Intake Valves for Fly Ash Collection</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide at each hopper, including dust collection hoppers and rear pass hoppers, and other collection points. 
Side intake valve shall be pneumatically opened, spring closed, totally enclosed disc valve of cast iron construction 
with wearing surfaces of Brinell hardness not less than 350.  Provide valve complete with flanged inlet hopper, 
handhole with gasketed cover and clamp and couplings.  Side intake valve shall feed ash to conveyor line on an 
angle, thus permitting air to mingle with ash in the proper proportion to eliminate clogging. Valves shall provide 
positive and automatic air tight shutoff and dust tight pickup.  Valve shall close on failure of operating air 
and before discharge cycle of intermittent conveyor operation.  A full load regulating switch shall control each 
valve to prevent overloading of conveyor system.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT>[<TTL>2.11.8.2   Manual Valve Intakes for Bottom Ash</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Choose this subparagraph or the subparagraph below, entitled "Rotary 
Valve Intake for Bottom Ash."</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide in front of stoker ash pit doors, a<MET> 610 by 610 mm</MET><ENG> 24 by 24 inch</ENG> cast iron grid and hopper complete with 
a self-feeding bottom ash intake, seal plug and pull-out rod that may be lifted to permit ash to enter system.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
]</SPT><SPT>[<TTL>2.11.8.3   Rotary Valve Intakes for Bottom Ash</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a rotary valve, designed for regulating bottom ash to the a conveyor pipeline, under each crusher.  Valve 
shall provide intake isolation and prevent overfilling or plugging of the conveyor line. Construction of valve 
shall be of cast iron with wearing surfaces of Brinell hardness not less than 350.  Valve shall be pneumatically 
operated.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
]</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.11.8.4   Air Intake</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide spring loaded, swing disc, check valve type air intake, designed for air induction, at the end of each 
conveyor branch.  When intake is located exposed to weather, provide a rain hood.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.8.5   Isolating Valves (Line Valves)</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide an air operated, totally enclosed rotary slide gate isolating valve at each branch pipe line connection 
to prevent air flow through an unused branch line.  Construct valve of abrasion resistant metal, machined and 
fitted to ensure a vacuum tight fit and guard against leakage and excessive maintenance.  Provide purge air connection 
and a solenoid valve in the valve housing or cavity for purging the gate cavity of ash.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.8.6   Silo Discharge Valve</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a rotary feeder for discharging bottom ash and fly ash from the ash silo.  Feeders shall be of ductile 
iron or cast steel and shall be complete with motor, motor support, chain drive, and necessary guards.  Chain 
shall be driven through a torque limiting clutch on the driven sprocket equipped with electric cutout switch 
and alarm.  [Feeder shall have spring-loaded hinged bypass plate to permit passage of clinkers.]  Inlet and outlet 
flanges shall be standard drilled pipe flange.  Rotor blades and sealing arrangement shall be the manufacturer's 
standard for the intended service. When rotors are equipped with adjustable tips, provide a service door in the 
valve body for tip adjustment.  Provide packing gland type shaft seals with suitable packing materials.  Shaft 
bearings shall be outboard sealed ball bearings.  Periphery seals shall be such that a complete seal is accomplished 
at a differential of [_____]<MET> Pa</MET><ENG> inches of water</ENG> static pressure.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.11.9   Ash Conveyor Pipe and Fittings</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Abrasion resistant cast iron alloy free of blowholes and other defects and suitable for use in ash conveying 
systems.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.9.1   Conveyor Piping</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Centrifugally cast, abrasion resistant cast iron alloy pipe with a Brinell hardness of not less than 280.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.9.2   Elbows and Fittings</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Cast iron alloy with a Brinell hardness of not less than 350 and shall have renewable wearbacks not less than<MET>
 25 mm</MET><ENG> one inch</ENG> thick.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.9.3   Hangers and Supports</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide adjustable roller supports and pipe hangers to properly support the pipe.  System supplier shall design 
support system and furnish supports.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.9.4   Contractor's Option</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>At the Contractor's option, conveyor pipe handling only fly ash may be Schedule 80 black steel pipe in lieu of 
the iron alloy pipe; however outlet fitting, elbows, tees and laterals shall be iron alloy with wearbacks.  Pipe 
for a distance of<MET> one meter</MET><ENG> 3 feet</ENG> after the cast iron alloy fittings shall be cast iron alloy pipe.  Provide 
pipe with couplings or split flanges, bolts and gaskets all rated not less than<MET> 538 degrees C</MET><ENG> 1000 degrees F</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.9.5   Expansion Joints</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Stainless steel bellows type with abrasion resistant liners of a Brinell hardness not less than 350 or slip tube 
expansion joints fabricated of cast iron alloy, of Brinell hardness not less than 280, machined for smooth sliding 
fit with its mating part to absorb system thermal movement and shock loads.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.11.10   Vacuum Air Piping</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide from the secondary separator to the tertiary bag filter and from the tertiary bag filter to the [steam 
exhauster] [mechanical exhauster] not less than 10 gage, <RID>ASTM A 211</RID>, spiral welded, vacuum air piping with <RID>ASTM A 570/A 570M</RID>
, standard radius, mitered 10 gage elbows.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.11   Compressed Air Piping and Accessories</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide pressure reducing valves, safety valves, pressure gages, manual plug or ball valves, compressed air piping, 
as specified under paragraph entitled "Piping" and other items required for a complete, operable, pneumatic system.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.12   Primary Ash Receiver-Separator and Secondary Ash Separator</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide on top of ash silo two stages of receiving and separating, with each stage a complete self-contained 
unit with efficient dust and air separation and gravity dump bottom gates to open with interruption of vacuum 
and discharge into a silo.  Design system so that suction is positively shut off from receiver during its dumping 
period, so that no dust can be sucked out through exhaust while discharge of the receiver is open or opening.  
Air from the primary receiver shall enter the external secondary separator which shall remove approximately 85 
percent of the dust not collected by the primary receiver.  Combined efficiency of primary and external secondary 
separators shall be not less than 95 percent.  Provide completely contained gate assemblies in a dust-tight enclosure 
fitted with access doors large enough to remove the entire gate assembly.  Provide receivers of hard abrasion-resistant 
cast alloy iron with a Brinell hardness of not less than 500 constructed as specified below:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.12.1   Primary Receiver-Separator</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Not less than<MET> [914] [1219] mm</MET><ENG> [36] [48] inches</ENG> inside diameter with cast sections<MET> 19 mm</MET><ENG> 3/4 inch</ENG> thick and<MET> 50 
mm</MET><ENG> 2 inch</ENG> thick impingement section.  Cylinder, along with discharge hopper shall be of segmental bolted construction.  
Construct receiver to ensure dropping of maximum quantity of solids from transporting air.  Provide carbon steel 
outlet pipe and discharge gate.  Receiver-separator shall have an internal baffle assembly to prevent reentrainment 
of ash.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.12.2   Secondary Separator</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Not less than<MET> [406] [508] [610] mm</MET><ENG> [16] [20] [24] inches</ENG> inside diameter of not less than<MET> 8 mm</MET><ENG> 5/16 inch</ENG> thick 
one piece construction with at least<MET> 13 mm</MET><ENG> 1/2 inch</ENG> thick inlet wear section.  Design receiver to minimize carryover 
of fly ash into the [air washer] [tertiary bag filter].  Separator shall have an internal baffle assembly to 
prevent reentrainment of ash once it has fallen into the collection hopper of the separator.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.12.3   Dusttight Enclosure</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Support primary and secondary receivers on not less than<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick, dust tight, carbon steel support 
boxes with hinged access doors or removable panels on each side for servicing the receiver swing gates. Provide 
support box with airtight roller bearings, hinged, counterweighted swing gates with removable neoprene seals.  
Gates may as an option, be air cylinder operated gates in lieu of the counterweighted gates.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.11.13   Mechanical Exhausters</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  When environmental restraints, availability of steam or water or economics 
preclude the use of steam exhausters, use a mechanical (electrical driven) exhauster 
with a pulse jet bag filter to produce the required system air flow.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide two, V-belt drive, positive displacement, blowers with electric motors and accessories with each capable 
of producing a vacuum of at least<MET> 41 kPa</MET><ENG> 12 inches of mercury</ENG> and with air flow necessary for handling ashes 
through the system.  One blower (exhauster) shall be used as a prime mover and the other as a standby unit.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.13.1   Isolation Gates</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Each exhauster shall include a manual bolt-up type gate for isolation and crossover.  Gates shall include limit 
switches for status indication.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.13.2   Accessories</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Exhauster shall be complete with belt guard, air inlet silencer, air discharge snubber, support stand, expansion 
joint on inlet and outlet, belt and shaft guards, high temperature safety switch and vacuum relief valve.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.13.3   Electric Motor</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Totally enclosed, fan cooled, [_____] volts, three phase, 60 Hz as specified in paragraph entitled "Motors and 
Drives."</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.13.4   Noise Level</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Not to exceed 85 dBA sound pressure level at<MET> 1.50 meters</MET><ENG> 5 feet</ENG> above the floor and<MET> 1.50 meters</MET><ENG> 5 feet</ENG> from blower 
in any direction.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.11.14   Pulse Jet Self-Cleaning Bag Filter Assembly</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide as a tertiary means of removing fine ash particles from the conveying air system. Installation of the 
assembly shall be on the silo roof, downstream of the two-stage cyclone type mechanical separator so as to permit 
a combined minimum separating efficiency of 99.5 percent (by weight), with a guaranteed outlet emission less 
than 0.005 grains particulate per dry standard cubic foot of exhaust air.  Filter assembly shall include a main 
housing, bag assemblies, bag cleaning mechanism, discharge gate and control panel.  Equipment shall be integrated 
with cyclone type separators, vacuum breakers, vacuum switches and conveying system controls as specified elsewhere.  
Bag filter shall be capable of operating at 25 percent above the system design vacuum.  Filter housing shall 
be capable of withstanding a vacuum of<MET> 96 kPa</MET><ENG> 28.5 inches of mercury</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.14.1   Cloth Area</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Size filter on the basis of not greater than<MET> 25.40 L/s</MET><ENG> 5 acfm</ENG> of air per square<MET> meter</MET><ENG> foot</ENG> of cloth area.  The 
acfm shall be calculated on the maximum system air flow.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.14.2   Filter Construction</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>All welded construction housing or body of, <RID>ASTM A 36/A 36M</RID> plate with an upper clean gas plenum, bag compartment, 
hopper bottom, internal access platform and support structure.  Plate thickness shall be a minimum of<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 
inch</ENG> with exception of plenum tube sheet, which shall be a minimum of<MET> 13 mm</MET><ENG> 1/2 inch</ENG> thick.  Housing shall be 
cylindrical, having a minimum diameter of [_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Upper Gas Plenum:  Dished head, with flanged inlet and discharge connections, tube sheet, 
venturis and blow tubes.  These appurtenances shall be welded airtight.  Venturis shall be fabricated 
from carbon steel having a minimum thickness of 16 gage.  Minimum centerline spacing between 
venturis shall be<MET> 191 mm</MET><ENG> 7 1/2 inches</ENG>.  A series of blow tubes shall be employed over the venturis.  
Each tube shall extend through dished housing wall and be manifolded externally.  Include support 
of external manifold.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Bag Compartment:  Of sufficient height to allow internal access by maintenance personnel.  
Base of compartment shall include metal platform supported by steel angle cross bracing.  Platform 
shall extend over entire base area of compartment.  Sidewall of compartment shall include a 
hinged access door with locking handle.  Door shall be gasketed and opening shall be a minimum 
of<MET> 762 mm high by 406 mm wide</MET><ENG> 30 inches high by 16 inches wide</ENG>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Hopper Bottom:  Conical having a slope angle of not greater than 45 degrees with a flanged 
outlet.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Access Platform:  With [stairs] [ladder] and safety handrail for external mounting to filter 
housing.  Mount platform at a height to allow convenient access through hinged door located 
on bag compartment sidewall.  Platform floor area shall be not less than<MET> 1.40 square meter</MET><ENG> 15 
square feet</ENG>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Provide filter housing with required columns and cross bracing to support structure from 
silo roof to discharge directly into silo.  This support shall be of sufficient height to allow 
convenient installation of filter discharge gate.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.14.3   Discharge Gate</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Air cylinder operated swing disc type.  A rotary feeder type gate is not acceptable.  When in the open position, 
gate disc shall swing out of the path of material being discharged.  Both gate disc and seal shall be replaceable.  
Include handhole on gate housing for easy access to both disc and seat.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.14.4   Bag Cleaning Mechanism</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide venturis, blow tubes, manifold, solenoid air valves, diaphragm valves and differential pressure switch 
conveniently located at the filter unit.  Operation of these devices shall be on a sequential basis (adjustable 
setting) to allow periodic surges of compressed air through the filter venturi sections.  Compressed air requirement 
for bag cleaning shall not be greater than<MET> 7.08 standard L/s at 690 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 15 scfm at 100 psig</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.14.5   Filter Bag Assemblies</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Each shall include the filtering media, wire retainer and stainless steel clamping device.  Filter bag shall 
slide over retainer and both shall be clamped to the venturi by a stainless steel common band clamp.  Top portion 
of retainer shall have the inside dimension equal to the mating venturi to ensure a tight fit.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Retainers:  Cage type construction, fabricated from No. 1018 rounds or equal, using minimum 
of<MET> 3 mm</MET><ENG> 1/8 inch</ENG> diameter rounds on vertical strands and<MET> 5 mm</MET><ENG> 3/16 inch</ENG> diameter rounds on horizontal 
strands.  Coat retainer with nickel and zinc after completion of fabrication.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Filter Bags:  Not less than<MET> 474 g per square meter</MET><ENG> 14 ounces per square yard</ENG> felted material.  
Provide felted polyester or dacron bags when operating temperatures are below<MET> 135 degrees C</MET><ENG> 
275 degrees F</ENG>.  Provide Nomex bags or bags of similar abrasion and temperature resistant qualities 
when temperatures are above<MET> 135 degrees C</MET><ENG> 275 degrees F</ENG> but not greater than<MET> 218 degrees C</MET><ENG> 425 
degrees F</ENG>.  Bags shall have an exterior finish to aid in dust release.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.14.6   Control Panel</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>NEMA 4, wall mounted control panel to sequentially control bag cleaning and dump operations of the filter unit.  
Locate panel near filter unit to permit easy field adjustment of sequence timers.  Panel overall dimensions shall 
be not less than<MET> 610 mm wide by 762 mm high by 200 mm deep</MET><ENG> 24 inches wide by 30 inches high by 8 inches deep</ENG>.  
As a minimum, panel instrumentation shall include a dump cycle timer, pulse valve sequence timer, two high differential 
pressure delay relays, alarm relay, time delay relay, manual/auto selector switch, pulse valve "ON" indicating 
light, high differential indicating light, terminal blocks and internal wiring.  Welds and scratches of panel 
enclosure shall be polished smooth and thoroughly cleaned before painting.  Surface finish shall be free from 
blemishes.  Paint panel exterior with manufacturer's standard enamel.  Interior of panel shall be white enamel.  
Shop inspect panel and test prior to shipment.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.14.7   Vacuum Breakers</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide two air cylinder operated vacuum breakers.  One shall be a pop-up or single ported type for installation 
in the air line between the secondary separator and tertiary bag filter.  Second breaker shall be a three-ported 
type for locations in the air line between the tertiary bag filter and the exhauster.  Each breaker shall use 
a disc type gate or equivalent to ensure full closure of the gate against its mating seat.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.11.15   Steam Exhauster</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  The steam exhauster system requires<MET> 0.32 kg os stream per second</MET><ENG> 2500 
pounds of steam per hour</ENG> for a<MET> 150 mm</MET><ENG> 6 inch</ENG> system (<MET>8 to 23 Mg</MET><ENG>9 to 25 tons</ENG> 
per hour) and<MET> 0.44 kg of steam per second</MET><ENG> 3500 pounds of steam per hour</ENG> for 
an<MET> 200 mm</MET><ENG> 8 inch</ENG> system (<MET>13.60 to 31.75 Mg</MET><ENG>15 to 35 tons</ENG> per hour) and approximately<MET>
 1.89 L/s</MET><ENG> 30 gpm</ENG> of water to the air washer.  A steam condenser, air washer 
and silencer should be used when the steam exhauster is used and should not 
be used when a mechanical exhauster is specified.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a steam jet exhauster of cast iron construction with venturi throat of the high efficiency type for producing 
the vacuum necessary for handling ashes through the system.  Make inlet air connection on the steam jet exhauster 
through a special spiral fitting so that air enters the exhauster unit tangentially, avoiding direct impingement 
on the nozzle.  Provide a unit capable of producing a vacuum of at least<MET> 40.56 kPa</MET><ENG> 12 inches of mercury column</ENG>
 at shutoff and not requiring more than<MET> [0.32] [0.44] kg of steam per second at 690 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> [2,500] [3,500] 
pounds of steam per hour at 100 psig</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.15.1   Steam Condenser, Air Washer and Silencer</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  The steam exhauster system requires<MET> 0.32 kg of steam per second</MET><ENG> 2500 
pounds of steam per hour</ENG> for a<MET> 150 mm</MET><ENG> 6 inch</ENG> system (<MET>8 to 23 Mg</MET><ENG>9 to 25 tons</ENG> 
per hour) and<MET> 0.44 kg of steam per second</MET><ENG> 3500 pounds of steam per hour</ENG>for an<MET>
 200 mm</MET><ENG> 8 inch</ENG> system (<MET>13.60 to 31.75 Mg</MET><ENG>15 to 35 tons</ENG> per hour) and approximately<MET>
 1.89 L/s</MET><ENG> 30 gpm</ENG> of water to the air washer.  A steam condenser, air washer 
and silencer should be used when the steam exhauster is used and should not 
be used when a mechanical exhauster is specified.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a double stage cyclone type steam condenser, which also extracts the remaining solids from the steam-air 
system.  Construct steam condenser body of hard metal castings not less than<MET> 16 mm</MET><ENG> 5/8 inch</ENG> thick suitable for 
this special service except that inlet connector shall be not less than<MET> 19 mm</MET><ENG> 3/4 inch</ENG> thick.  Castings shall 
have a Brinell hardness of not less than 250.  Remaining metal used in the condenser shall be at least<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 
inch</ENG> thick steel with the top not less than<MET> 13 mm</MET><ENG> 1/2 inch</ENG> thick steel plate.  Provide drain connection not less 
than<MET> 76 mm</MET><ENG> 3 inches</ENG> and water connection not less than<MET> 38 mm</MET><ENG> 1 1/2 inches</ENG>.  Provide silencer as required for 
quiet operation.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.11.16   Ash Storage Silo</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Use enclosure for silo roof and unloader level in climates where protection 
of equipment and personnel from the weather is desired.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>[_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> in diameter with [_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> high walls with a live bottom and flyash storage capacity 
of not less than [_____]<MET> Mg</MET><ENG> tons</ENG>, based on ash bulk density of<MET> 640 kg per cubic meter</MET><ENG> 40 pounds per cubic foot</ENG>
 for volumetric sizing.  Structural joints shall be dusttight and watertight.  Provide columns, beams, bracing, 
and other structural members as required for complete erection of silo and accessories.  Live storage capacity 
shall allow for 20 degree angle of repose from silo outlet.  Height of silo storage shall not be more than twice 
the diameter.  Provide a minimum of<MET> one meter</MET><ENG> 3 feet</ENG> of freeboard above the ash level.  Design of support steel 
shall be approved by the ash system supplier.  Design silo in accordance with the <RID>ICBO UBC</RID>.  Design shall take 
into account seismic load, wind load, snow load, equipment loads and an ash bulk density of<MET> 1120 kg per cubic 
meter</MET><ENG> 70 pounds per cubic foot</ENG>.  Ash silo support shall be free standing and shall be of sufficient height to 
allow gravity discharge of ash through the rotary ash conditioner to a [truck] [railroad car].  Provide access 
stair tower with intermediate platforms at<MET> 3.66 meters</MET><ENG> 12 feet</ENG> intervals for access to ash conditioner level, 
silo floor level and silo roof level.  Platforms from adjacent structures with stair access may be provided in 
lieu of the stair tower, but ladders with safety cages and access platforms must then be also provided.  Provide 
ladder with stainless steel fall prevention device on inside of silo from manhole in top of silo to bottom of 
silo.  [Provide silo roof enclosure and unloader room enclosure each with single<MET> one by two meters</MET><ENG> 3 by 7 feet</ENG>
 access door, [_____] by [_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> double door, two windows, ventilator, [heater], insulated metal 
panel siding to match boiler plant walls and electrical lighting and convenience receptacles.  Unloader room 
enclosure shall have reinforced concrete floor.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.16.1   Construction</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Construct silo of steel with refractory lining or of concrete staves with steel hoops and concrete roof.  Roof 
accessories shall include manhole, relief valve and vent filter.  Bottom of silo shall be [conical, sloped a 
minimum of 45 degrees] [flat with a steel plate feeding hopper in bottom of silo to funnel the ash into the inlet 
of the rotary vane feeder].  Provide hopper with expansion joints and sufficient poke holes with cover or cap.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.16.2   Concrete Stave Silo</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Construct of either lightweight solid or hollow precast concrete staves with post-tensioned steel reinforcing 
hoops around the exterior.  Mechanically measure and mix materials in concrete staves. Vibrate and shape staves 
under pressure and steam or air cure.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Wall Coating:  Coat interior surface with a three-step process of a brush coat, scratch 
coat, and finish trowel coat of a mixture of fine sand and portland cement in accordance with 
silo manufacturer's recommendations.  Apply each coat successively to produce a smooth interior 
surface.  Work mixture into the formed horizontal and vertical grooves to permanently interlock 
the concrete staves.  Brush coat the exterior surface with a double application of waterproof 
mixture.  Mixture shall include a chemical agent for waterproofing and portland cement, sand, 
and water.  Work coating into joints and over the steel reinforcing hoops to form a weatherproof 
protective coating.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Steel Reinforcing Hoops:  Galvanized steel rods not less than<MET> 14 mm</MET><ENG> 9/16 inch</ENG> in diameter 
with not less than<MET> 16 mm</MET><ENG> 5/8 inch</ENG> rolled threads.  Join hoop ends together with nuts and heavy 
malleable galvanized iron lugs or heavy duty galvanized steel lugs to a close tolerance for 
a tight fit.  Electrogalvanize rods, nuts, and lugs to ensure adequate protection against corrosion.  
Rods shall be high quality, metallurgically sound steel with tensile strength not less than<MET> 
448 MPa</MET><ENG> 65,000 pounds per square inch</ENG>, yield point not less than<MET> 276 MPa</MET><ENG> 40,000 pounds per square 
inch</ENG>, and a minimum elongation of 14 percent in<MET> 229 mm</MET><ENG> 9 inches</ENG>.  Reinforcing shall be sufficient 
to resist maximum lateral pressure and loads imposed by ash pressure within the silo.  Structurally 
connect together hoop rods that pass through silo outlets on inspection frames.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Hollow Concrete Stave Silos:  Construct silo of precast concrete staves with lateral air 
spaces.  Cast staves from a well proportioned mix of portland cement and an expanded clay light 
weight aggregate.  Minimum compressive strength of concrete at 28 days shall be<MET> 34.50 MPa</MET><ENG> 5,000 
psi</ENG>.  Hollow staves shall be<MET> 92 mm thick by 250 mm wide by 762 mm long</MET><ENG> 3 5/8 inches thick by 
10 inches wide by 30 inches long</ENG> with five lateral air cores per stave, except that shorter 
starter staves may be used to permit horizontal joints to be staggered.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Solid Concrete Stave Silos:  Construct silo of solid lightweight precast concrete staves.  
Solid staves shall be not less than<MET> 92 mm thick and 250 mm wide by 762 mm long</MET><ENG> 3 5/8 inches 
thick and 10 inches wide by 30 inches long</ENG>, except starter staves may be shorter.  Solid staves 
shall be constructed from a well proportioned mix of portland cement, washed sand and gravel 
which is free from injurious organic impurities and contains less than 5 percent of deleterious 
substances.  Grade aggregate from coarse to fine.  Compressive strength of solid concrete staves 
at 28 days shall be<MET> 34.50 MPa</MET><ENG> 5,000 psi</ENG>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.11.17   Bag Filter Vent</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Consult the manufacturer of ash handling equipment for venting requirements.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide pulse jet bag filter vent for silo constructed of 10 gage steel plate, fitted with rain hood.  Bag material 
shall be sateen cotton capable of withstanding not less than<MET> 91 degrees C</MET><ENG> 195 degrees F</ENG>, weighing<MET> 0.33 kg per 
square meter</MET><ENG> 9.75 ounces per square yard</ENG>, having thread count of<MET> 4 by 2 per square mm</MET><ENG> 96 by 60 per square inch</ENG>
 and permeability of<MET> 76 to 102 L/s per square meter at 249 Pa</MET><ENG> 15 to 20 cfm per square foot at one inch water 
column</ENG>.  Vent shall have not less than [_____] square<MET> meter</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> effective cloth filtering area, with each bag 
having a maximum effective cloth filtering area of<MET> 0.56 square meter</MET><ENG> 6 square feet</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.18   Rotary Ash Conditioner (Unloader)</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a complete dustless horizontal, floor mounted unloading device to discharge ashes from silo to a [truck] 
[railroad car].  Unloader (ash conditioner) shall include a<MET> 762 mm</MET><ENG> 30 inch</ENG> diameter revolving drum which rotates 
about fixed spray nozzles, and shall be complete with conditioner and discharge compartments, scrapers, and other 
accessories as required.  Unloader drum shall be constructed of steel plate not less than<MET> 10 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG> thick 
and shall be roller chain driven by a totally enclosed, fan cooled, [_____] volt, three phase, 60 Hz electric 
motor not less than<MET> 3.75 kW</MET><ENG> 5 hp</ENG> as specified in paragraph entitled "Motors and Drives."  Unloader shall discharge 
conditioned ashes to a truck through a<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick steel plate chute.  Unloader shall be designed to 
eliminate most dust in unloading ash from the ash silo.  Unloaders that utilize screws as a means of mixing are 
not acceptable.  Dustless unloader shall add water to ash, but not to the extent that there is free or surplus 
water running or dripping from the ash after discharge.  Discharge ash shall be in a semi-fluid, loose, free 
flowing condition.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.19   Fluidizing System</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Delete fluidizing system if not necessary.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a fluidizing system on the silo floor to ensure a constant and uniform feed of ash through silo discharge 
outlet.  System shall consist of a series of diffuser modules, a conical diffuser hood, designed to support the 
total weight of ash when the silo is full, and compressed air piping.  Each diffuser module shall be mounted 
on the silo floor using sloped concrete  pads.  System shall operate from plant air system.  Provide pressure 
reducing valves, safety valves, and controls for a complete system.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.20   Control Panel and Controls</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a semi-automatic control system for the ash handling system [as indicated].</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.20.1   General</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a centrally controlled operation, with auxiliary local operation, and a monitoring control system with 
graphic display for the ash conveying system.  Provide local control stop-start pushbuttons and indication stations 
for [clinker crusher and ash hopper vertical lift door at each bottom ash hopper] [mechanical exhausters] and 
rotary ash conditioner.  Ash handling system manufacturer shall provide measuring devices, status switches, solenoid 
vales, and auxiliary parts necessary to safely control and operate the system.  Provide related electrical work 
required to operate the ash handling system.  [Provide detailed control logic diagrams from ash handling system 
manufacturer to the manufacturer of the digital process control and data acquisition system.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.20.2   Control Panel</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a [separate control panel] [subpanel mounted in the main plant control panel] of NEMA 12 construction, 
centrally located in the main plant control room.  Panel front shall include a system graphic display as indicated.  
Display shall be approximately to scale and painted with an industrial acrylic enamel.  Outline items with<MET> 3 
mm</MET><ENG> 1/8 inch</ENG> wide black lines.  Lettering shall be on engraved plastic screwed to front of panel, with white letters 
on a black background.  Provide controls for operation on [_____] volt, [_____] phase, 60 Hz ac.  Panel shall 
be complete with an annunciator and interlocks, relays, switches, running and safety lights, and auxiliary parts 
necessary to safely control and operate the system.  Items located in the door shall be dusttight and oil tight 
with push-to-test transformer type indicating lights.  Control relays shall be 10 amp, 600 volt class with convertible 
contacts.  Provide and mark terminals for connections with the exception of the neutral.  Panel shall contain 
[_____] percent spare terminals.  Wiring shall be No. 14 AWG type THHN stranded.  Neutral wire shall be white 
and remaining wiring of 120 volts or less shall be color coded and labeled.  Provide a plastic wire duct of sufficient 
size to provide [_____] percent cross sectional spare.  Wiring shall be in accordance with requirements of <RID>NFPA 70</RID>
.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Provide capability to perform the following functions from the ash handling system control 
panel [operator interface console].</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  System Start</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  System Stop</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Auto/Manual/Index Mode of Operation Selection</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Selection of Bypass of any Boiler [Bottom Ash,] [Siftings,] [Economizer] Hoppers</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(5)  Manual Index to any Intake</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(6)  Selection of Ash Silo for Baghouse Ash</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Provide sensors or contact closures for status indication on the ash handling system control 
panel annunciator [operator interface console].</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Conveyor On</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Unit on (one required for each unit)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Final Line Purge On/Complete</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Baghouse Ash to Ash Silo</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Provide sensors such that the following items can be alarmed on the ash handling system 
control panel annunciator [operator interface console].</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>[(1) Blower Failure]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>[(2) Blower High Temperature]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Bag Filter Failure</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Bag Filter High Differential</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(5)  Bag Filter Off</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(6)  Plugged Hopper</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(7)  Conveying Complete</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>[(8) Clinker Crusher Abnormal Shutdown</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>(1 required for each boiler)]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(9)  Low Conveying Air</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(10) High Conveying Vacuum</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Vacuum Transmitter:  To measure conveying system vacuum.  Range shall be zero to<MET> 101 kPa</MET><ENG>
 30 inches mercury</ENG> with 4 to 20 mA dc linear transmitter output.  Display vacuum on the ash 
handling system control panel [operator interface console].</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.20.3   Operation</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Normally operated in the automatic mode.  Automatically sequence through the automatic intakes 
except [clinker crusher] [bottom ash intake] for each boiler after system is started.  When 
a unit is not in operation, selecting the "bypass mode" shall cause intakes on that unit to 
be skipped.  For manual operation, "index" is used to select the desired intake.  As conveying 
system shuts down automatically, main conveyor line shall be purged for approximately one minute 
to remove ash remaining in it.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Sequence system under control of vacuum switches and timers. Maximum vacuum will be when 
system is conveying material.  When a hopper is empty, vacuum will drop and a "no load" vacuum 
switch shall cause system to shift to the next intake.  Prevent premature sequencing due to 
momentary low vacuum with a timer.  When a plugged hopper occurs, vacuum will be between "no 
load" and normal value.  Provide a timer to allow packed or arched material to break loose before 
alarming the condition.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Provide solenoid air valves for each air operated device, timers, contactors, relays and 
devices and equipment required for system control, measuring and operation.  Identify each device 
with an engraved plastic identification plate [in accordance with a system graphic display] 
to be provided by the ash handling system supplier.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Bottom Ash Hopper Local Control Stations:  Provide a wall mounted, NEMA [_____], control 
station at each bottom ash hopper with front access door, lock, circuit breakers, selector switches, 
lights and pushbuttons.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Selector Switches:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(a)  Crusher:  three position switch, "Reverse (momentary)-Off-Forward"</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(b)  Rotary Valve Intake:  two position switch "Open-Close"</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(c)  Vertical Lift Door:  position switch "Open-Intermediate-Close"</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Emergency "Stop" Pushbutton, for clinker crusher, with manual reset.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Indicating Lights:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(a)  "On-Manual"</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(b)  "Crusher Stalled"</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT></SPT><SPT>[<TTL>2.12   ASH HANDLING SYSTEM (MECHANICAL)</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Designer shall select type of ash handling system most suited for each 
project.  For plants over<MET> 4 kg per second</MET><ENG> 31,500 pounds per hour</ENG>steam ultimate 
capacity use a pneumatic ash handling system.  For plants under<MET> 4 kg per second</MET><ENG>
 31,500 pounds per hour</ENG> steam ultimate capacity use a mechanical system.  Refer 
to NAVFAC Design Manual DM-3.6, Section 5, paragraph 4d for design criteria.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Choose this article, paragraphs and subparagraphs or the article, paragraphs 
and subparagraphs above entitled "Ash Handling System (Pneumatic)."</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  The designer shall perform an economic analysis and make a technical 
evaluation to determine the degree of sophistication of the mechanical ash handling 
system.  Preference should be given to keeping the system as simple as possible.  
An example of this would be an arrangement where the plant would not require 
an ash silo and ash is simply removed by the operators raking the ash pits and 
shoveling the ash into wheeled dumpsters for removal.  Mechanical collector 
hoppers would have ash removed by means of rotary airlock valves dumping through 
chutes into additional wheeled covered dumpsters.  For greater ash removal rates 
screw conveyors could be used for removing ash from the stoker ash pits.  These 
could convey ash to wheeled ash dumpsters or into a drag conveyor, bucket elevator, 
ash silo system.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a complete integrated, mechanical, semi-automatic, ash handling system with chain drag conveyor, screw 
conveyors, bucket elevator, material intakes, rotary valves, [ash doors and enclosures,] silo vent filter, ash 
silo, rotary ash conditioner, and other equipment that may be necessary for a complete mechanical ash handling 
system.  Provide related electrical work required to operate the ash handling system.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.12.1   Ash Silo</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The system shall receive, and convey to the ash silo, ash from the stoker fired boiler ash storage pits, [economizer 
hoppers,] [baghouse hoppers,] and other pollution control equipment hoppers.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.12.2   Ash</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Discharge ash into the ash storage silo in a dry condition.  Arrange silo equipment for disposal of conditioned 
ash to trucks.  Operation shall be as dustless as possible.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.12.3   Maximum Noise Level</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Noise level of operation shall not exceed 85 decibels sound pressure level<MET> 1.50 meters</MET><ENG> 5 feet</ENG> from the equipment 
in any direction.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.12.4   System Valving</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.12.4.1   Rotary Valves</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide rotary valve feeders of carbon steel construction complete with drive, guard, motor mount and gaskets, 
carbon steel adjustable blade tips, adjustable shoe type air seal and right angle gearhead drive motor.  Rotor 
blade tips and shoes shall have a minimum Brinell hardness of 500.  Valves requiring part of the housing to form 
an airlock seal are not acceptable.</TXT><BRK/>
<TXT>The electric motor for the rotary valve feeders shall be totally enclosed, fan cooled, [_____] volt, [_____] 
phase, 60 Hz., and not less than [_____]<MET> kW</MET><ENG> hp</ENG>, as specified in paragraph entitled "Motors and Drives."</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.12.4.2   Manual Valve Intakes for Bottom Ash</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide in front of stoker ash pit doors, a<MET> 610 by 610 mm</MET><ENG> 24 by 24 inch</ENG> cast iron grid and hopper with opening 
approximately sized for the conveyor.  Provide intake with dusttight, removable<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick checkered 
steel plate cover.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.12.4.3   Silo Discharge Valve</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a rotary feeder for discharging bottom ash and fly ash from the ash silo.  Feeders shall be of ductile 
iron or cast steel and shall be complete with motor, motor support, chain drive, and necessary guards.  Chain 
shall be driven through a torque limiting clutch on the driven sprocket equipped with electric cutout switch 
and alarm.  [Feeder shall have spring-loaded hinged bypass plate to permit passage of clinkers.]  Inlet and outlet 
flanges shall be standard drilled pipe flange.  Rotor blades and sealing arrangement shall be manufacturer's 
standard for the intended service. When rotors are equipped with adjustable tips, provide a service door in body 
of valve for tip adjustment.  Provide packing gland type shaft seals with suitable packing materials.  Shaft 
bearings shall be outboard sealed ball bearings.  Periphery seals shall be such that a complete seal is accomplished 
at a differential of [_____]<MET> Pa</MET><ENG> inches of water</ENG> static/pressure.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.12.5   Conveyors</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.12.5.1   Chain Drag Conveyor</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide with endless chain for dragging coal ashes from front of boilers along a recessed trough to the inlet 
chute of a bucket elevator.  Conveyor shall have [_____]<MET> meter</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> sprocket centers, operate at speed not greater 
than<MET> 35 mm/sec</MET><ENG> 7 fpm</ENG>, and have a capacity of not less than [_____]<MET> Mg</MET><ENG> tons</ENG> per hour of<MET> 640 kg per cubic meter</MET><ENG>
 40 pounds per cubic foot</ENG> ash.  Provide conveyor complete with continuous chain, drive, and take up terminals, 
gears, shafts, bearings, return rolls, hard white iron trough, ash intake gratings, floor plates, discharge chute, 
electric motor, reduction gear, and supports.  [Chain drag conveyor shall be designed for future length of [_____]<MET>
 meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG>.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Head and Foot Shafts:  Provide SAE-1045, steel head and foot shafts not less than<MET> [_____ 
and _____] mm</MET><ENG> [_____ and _____] inches</ENG>in diameter, respectively, mounted in anti-friction roller 
bearings in pillow blocks.  Foot shaft shall have screw-type takeups with not less than [_____]<MET>
 mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> adjustment.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Terminal Sprockets:  Gray iron chilled rim not less than [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> in diameter with 
solid web and not less than eight teeth each.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Chain:  Combination drag type of riveted construction.  Design chain symmetrically so that 
it can be turned over after one side is worn.  Chain shall be [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> wide with a 
pitch not greater than<MET> 200 mm</MET><ENG> 8 inches</ENG> and an ultimate strength of not less than<MET> [187] [249] 
kN</MET><ENG> [42,000] [56,000] pounds</ENG>.  Construct chain of promal, a pearlitic malleable iron, center 
links not less than [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> high, and heavy [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> thick heat treated carbon 
steel side bars.  Steel pins shall be cold rolled steel not less than [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> in diameter, 
press-fitted into sidebars, and machined flat on one side to prevent rotation.  Center section 
shall be rugged block type forming a rigid rectangle for maximum resistance to distortion with 
broad wearing shoes contoured to prevent snagging and damage to chain or trough.  Barrels of 
center section shall be chambered to provide lubricant reservoir and still provide maximum bearing 
area for pins.  Shape barrel with pushing surface on one side and for contact with sprocket 
on the other side.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Trough:  Concrete lined with not less than [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> thick hard white iron approximately 
as indicated.  Trough shall be [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> wide with hinged<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick checkered 
steel plate covers.  Covers shall be installed to be dusttight.  Coordinate concrete work with 
conveyor manufacturer's requirements.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Return Rollers:  Chilled rim, single flange, enclosed-oiling type on [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> diameter 
carbon steel shafts spaced at not more than<MET> 3 meters</MET><ENG> 10 feet</ENG> apart.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Discharge Chute:  Construct of not less than<MET> 10 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG> steel plate and slope at not 
less than 60 degrees.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">g.  Electric Motor and Drive:  Totally enclosed, fan cooled, high torque, [_____] volt, [_____] 
phase, 60 Hz not less than [_____]<MET> kW</MET><ENG> hp</ENG> as specified in paragraph entitled "Motors and Drives," 
in this section, direct connected by means of flexible coupling to a reduction gear unit having 
alloy steel helical or herringbone gears and antifriction bearings enclosed in oiltight housing.  
Provide an adjustable base for motor and reduction gear.  Drive, from output shaft of reduction 
gear to conveyor head shaft, shall be by means of finished steel roller chain running over cut 
tooth sprockets complete with steel plate chain guard.  Roller chain, sprockets and roller chain 
attachments shall conform to <RID>ASME B29.100</RID>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.12.5.2   Screw Conveyors</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide each screw conveyor dusttight and furnished complete, with trough, screw, inlet and discharge spouts, 
discharge gates, bearings, bearing hangers, dust cover, electric motor, reduction gear, [service platform,] and 
supports.  Each screw conveyor shall meet the following minimum design and performance specifications when handling 
dry flyash of density not greater than [_____]<MET> kg per cubic meter</MET><ENG> pounds per cubic foot</ENG>:</TXT><BRK/>
<MET><TBL><THD><BRK/>
                            <HL1>CONVEYOR NO. 1    CONVEYOR NO. 2</HL1><BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
  Capacity                   [_____] Mg/hr     [_____] Mg/hr<BRK/>
<BRK/>
  Screw diameter             [_____] mm        [_____] mm<BRK/>
<BRK/>
  Length                     [_____] meters    [_____] meters<BRK/>
<BRK/>
  Coupling diameter          [_____] mm        [_____] mm<BRK/>
<BRK/>
  Motor horsepower           [_____] kW        [_____] kW<BRK/>
<BRK/>
  Screw flight thickness     [_____] mm        [_____] mm<BRK/>
<BRK/>
  Trough thickness           [_____] mm        [_____] mm<BRK/>
<BRK/>
  Trough cover thickness     [_____] mm        [_____] mm<BRK/>
<BRK/>
  Trough end plate thickness [_____] mm        [_____] mm<BRK/>
<BRK/>
  Maximum speed              [_____] rpm       [_____] rpm<BRK/></TBL>
</MET><ENG><TBL><THD><BRK/>
                            <HL1>CONVEYOR NO. 1    CONVEYOR NO. 2</HL1><BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
  Capacity                   [_____] tons/hr   [_____] tons/hr<BRK/>
<BRK/>
  Screw diameter             [_____] inches    [_____] inches<BRK/>
<BRK/>
  Length                     [_____] feet      [_____] feet<BRK/>
<BRK/>
  Coupling diameter          [_____] inches    [_____] inches<BRK/>
<BRK/>
  Motor horsepower           [_____] hp        [_____] hp<BRK/>
<BRK/>
  Screw flight thickness     [_____] inches    [_____] inches<BRK/>
<BRK/>
  Trough thickness           [_____] inches    [_____] inches<BRK/>
<BRK/>
  Trough cover thickness     [_____] inches    [_____] inches<BRK/>
<BRK/>
  Trough end plate thickness [_____] inches    [_____] inches<BRK/>
<BRK/>
  Maximum speed              [_____] rpm       [_____] rpm<BRK/></TBL>
</ENG><BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Inlet and Discharge Spouts:  Arrange as indicated.  Spouts shall be flanged and square with 
opening dimensions equal to inside diameter of trough.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Screw Trough:  Provide dusttight screw trough with trough covers. Support trough by<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG>
 1/4 inch</ENG> thick steel plate feet at not less than<MET> 3 meter</MET><ENG> 10 foot</ENG> intervals.  Individual trough 
sections shall not be greater than<MET> 3 meters</MET><ENG> 10 feet</ENG> long with steel angle end flanged connections.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Bearings and Hangers:  Provide thrust bearings and trough end dust seals for both drive 
and tail bearings.  Thrust bearings shall be bronze in antifriction pillow blocks.  Screw hanger 
bearings shall be babitted-type, with cast iron hangers having removable bearing caps held in 
place by a U-bolt.  Design hangers to fit inside the conveyor trough and equip bearings for 
grease lubrication with grease fittings penetrating dust cover to allow bearings to be greased 
without removing dust cover.  Hangers shall not be located at trough joints, feed, or discharge 
openings.  Locate hangers at not less than [<MET>3.66 meter</MET><ENG>12 foot</ENG> intervals for screw diameters 
larger than<MET> 250 mm</MET><ENG> 10 inches</ENG>] [and] [<MET>3 meter</MET><ENG>10 foot</ENG> intervals for screw diameters <MET>250 mm</MET> <ENG>10 
inches</ENG>in diameter and smaller].</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Conveyor Screws and Couplings:  Construct conveyor screws of helocoid-type flights and connect 
with cold rolled steel couplings. Assemble conveyor screws so that at the hangers there is 180 
degrees rotation between flight ends of each adjacent screw section.  Screw flight shall end 
over last discharge spout so bare pipe extends across this area to prevent material carry-over.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Electric Motor:  Totally enclosed, fan cooled, high torque, [_____] volt, three phase, 60 
Hz, not less than [_____]<MET> kW</MET><ENG> hp</ENG> as specified in paragraph entitled "Motors and Drives."  Install 
motor at discharge end of conveyor.  Motor shall be supported by a unit bracket attached to 
the screw conveyor trough end plate and connected to reduction gear through a V-belt drive.  
Reduction gear shall be shaft mounted, double reduction type mounted directly on the conveyor 
shaft.  Provide tie rods, when required, to prevent reduction gear rotation and for adjusting 
belt tension.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Service Platforms:  Conform to OSHA regulations as indicated to properly maintain and service 
conveyor drive unit.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.12.6   Bucket Elevator</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a dusttight bucket elevator centrifugal discharge type, having approximately [_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> [_____]<MET>
 mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> sprocket centers, vertical chain and bucket, operating at a speed not to exceed [_____] <MET>m/s</MET> <ENG>fpm</ENG>, and 
having a capacity of not less than [_____]<MET> Mg</MET><ENG> tons</ENG> per hour of<MET> 640 kg per cubic meter</MET><ENG> 40 pounds per cubic foot</ENG>
 ash.  Provide bucket elevator complete with continuous chain and attached buckets, sprockets, gears, shafts, 
bearings, casing, top hood, discharge spout, bottom boot, access doors, electric motor, reduction gear, service 
platform, and accessories.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.12.6.1   Head and Foot Shafts</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Not less than<MET> [_____ and _____] mm</MET><ENG> [_____ and _____] inches</ENG> in diameter, respectively. Construct shafts of cold 
rolled steel and mount in antifriction roller bearings with forced lubricating type fittings.  Mount foot shaft 
in fixed pillow blocks.  Head shaft shall have screw-type takeups with not less than [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> adjustment.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.12.6.2   Terminal Sprockets</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Cast iron with chilled rims.  Head sprocket shall be not less than [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> in diameter and foot sprocket 
not less than [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> in diameter.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.12.6.3   Buckets ands Chain</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Construct buckets of malleable iron not less than<MET> 200 mm long, 127 mm wide, and 140 mm deep</MET><ENG> 8 inches long, 5 
inches wide, and 5 1/2 inches deep</ENG>.  Buckets shall be mounted by not less than four bolt attachments to a single 
strand of steel bushed chain having an ultimate strength of not less than<MET> 178 kN</MET><ENG> 40,000 pounds</ENG> and pitch of<MET> 100 
mm</MET><ENG> 4 inches</ENG>.  Bucket spacing shall not be greater than<MET> 406 mm</MET><ENG> 16 inches</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.12.6.4   Backstop</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Differential band brake type to prevent reversal of chain and buckets in case of power failure.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.12.6.5   Elevator Casing</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Not less than<MET> 298 by 991 mm</MET><ENG> 11 3/4 by 39 inch</ENG> internal dimension and constructed of not less than<MET> 5 mm</MET><ENG> 3/16 inch</ENG>
 commercial hot rolled mild steel plate with<MET> 50 by 50 by 6 mm</MET><ENG> 2 by 2 by 1/4 inch</ENG> corner angles for full height 
of elevator casing.  Fabricate casing in standard sections from<MET> 3 to 3.66 meters</MET><ENG> 10 to 12 feet</ENG> high with<MET> 50 by 
50 by 6 mm</MET><ENG> 2 by 2 by 1/4 inch</ENG> angle flanges at the end of each section.  Provide a hinged inspection door not 
less than<MET> 610 by 762 mm</MET><ENG> 24 by 30 inches</ENG> in the section immediately above the boot section and where indicated.  
Casing and inspection doors shall be of dusttight construction with flange angles continuously welded and gasketed.  
No makeshift repairs or field patching to overcome leakage shall be permitted.  Coat casing interior with not 
less than<MET> 1.60 mm</MET><ENG> 1/16 inch</ENG> thick coal tar primer and enamel conforming to <RID>SSPC PS 11.01</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.12.6.6   Head Section</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Construct of not less than<MET> 5 mm</MET><ENG> 3/16 inch</ENG> commercial hot rolled mild steel plate in heavy angle frame with split, 
hinged, and removable top cover hood built of not less than 10 gage (<MET>3.42 mm</MET><ENG>0.1345 inch</ENG>) commercial hot rolled 
mild steel plate and flanged discharge throat built of not less than<MET> 5 mm</MET><ENG> 3/16 inch</ENG> commercial hot rolled mild 
steel plate.  Design head section to support the drive machinery and head bearings.  Provide access ladder and 
service platform conforming to applicable OSHA regulations as indicated for providing proper service and maintenance 
of elevator.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.12.6.7   Boot Section</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Construct of not less than<MET> 5 mm</MET><ENG> 3/16 inch</ENG> commercial hot rolled mild steel plate in heavy angle frame with curved 
and renewable bottom plate and renewable internal loading leg, both built of not less than<MET> 5 mm</MET><ENG> 3/16 inch</ENG> commercial 
hot rolled mild steel plate, and flanged inlet.  Mount take-up and foot terminal bearing on one side of boot 
in a bolted removable side panel so foot shaft and sprocket may be removed through side of the door.  Bolt end 
panels so they are removable for cleanout and inspection.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.12.6.8   Electric Motor</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Totally enclosed, fan cooled, high torque, [_____] volt, three phase, 60 Hz, not less than [_____]<MET> kW</MET><ENG> hp</ENG> as specified 
in paragraph entitled "Motors and Drives," direct connected by means of flexible coupling to a reduction gear 
unit having alloy steel herringbone or helical gears and antifriction bearings enclosed in oiltight housing.  
Provide an adjustable base for motor and reduction gear unit.  Drive, from the output speed shaft of the reduction 
gear to the elevator head shaft, shall be by means of finished steel roller chain running over cut tooth sprockets, 
complete with steel plate chain guard.  Roller chain, sprockets, and roller chain attachments shall conform to <RID>
ASME B29.100</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.12.6.9   Anchoring Brackets</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide steel brackets as indicated at intervals for anchoring elevator to increase rigidity.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.12.6.10   Discharge Chute</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Construct of not less than<MET> 10 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG> thick steel plate and attach to ash silo.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.12.7   Ash Storage Silo</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Use enclosures for silo roof and unloader level in climates where protection 
of equipment and personnel from the weather is desired.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>[_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> in diameter with [_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG>high walls with a live bottom and flyash storage capacity 
of not less than [_____]<MET> Mg</MET><ENG> tons</ENG>, based on ash bulk density of<MET> 640 kg per cubic meter</MET><ENG> 40 pounds per cubic foot</ENG>
 for volumetric sizing.  Structural joints shall be dusttight and watertight.  Provide columns, beams, bracing, 
and other structural members as required for complete erection of silo and accessories.  Live storage capacity 
shall allow for 20 degree angle of repose from silo outlet.  Height of silo storage shall not be more than twice 
the diameter.  Provide a minimum of<MET> one meter</MET><ENG> 3 feet</ENG> of freeboard above the ash level.  Provide support steel 
design approved by the ash system supplier.  Design silo in accordance with <RID>ICBO UBC</RID>.  Design shall take into 
account seismic load, wind load, snow load, equipment loads and an ash bulk density of<MET> 1120 kg per cubic meter</MET><ENG>
 70 pounds per cubic foot</ENG>.  Ash silo support shall be free standing and of sufficient height to allow gravity 
discharge of ash through the rotary ash conditioner to a [truck] [railroad car].  Provide access stair tower 
with intermediate platforms at<MET> 3.66 meters</MET><ENG> 12 feet</ENG> intervals for access to ash conditioner level, silo floor 
level and silo roof level.  Platforms from adjacent structures with stair access may be provided in lieu of the 
stair tower, but ladders with safety cages and access platforms shall then be also provided.  Provide ladder 
with stainless steel fall prevention device on inside of silo from manhole in top of silo to bottom of silo.  
[Provide silo roof enclosure and unloader room enclosure each with single<MET> one by 2 meters</MET><ENG> 3 by 7 feet</ENG> access 
door,<MET> [_____ by _____] meter</MET><ENG> [_____ by _____] feet</ENG> double door, two windows, ventilator, [heater], insulated 
metal panel siding to match boiler plant walls and electrical lighting and convenience receptacles.  Unloader 
room enclosure shall have reinforced concrete floor.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.12.7.1   Construction</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Construct silo of steel with refractory lining or of concrete staves with steel hoops and concrete roof.  Roof 
accessories shall include manhole, relief valve and vent filter.  Bottom of silo shall be [conical, sloped a 
minimum of 45 degrees] [flat with a steel plate feeding hopper in bottom of silo to funnel the ash into the inlet 
of the rotary vane feeder].  Provide hopper with expansion joints and sufficient poke holes with cover or cap.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.12.7.2   Concrete Stave Silo</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Construct of either lightweight solid or hollow precast concrete staves with post-tensioned steel reinforcing 
hoops around the exterior.  Mechanically measure and mix materials in concrete staves.  Vibrate and shape staves 
under pressure and steam or air cure.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Wall Coating:  Coat interior surface with a three-step process of a brush coat, scratch 
coat, and finish trowel coat of a mixture of fine sand and portland cement in accordance with 
silo manufacturer's recommendations.  Apply each coat successively to produce a smooth interior 
surface.  Work mixture into the formed horizontal and vertical grooves to permanently interlock 
the concrete staves.  Brush coat exterior surface with a double application of waterproof mixture.  
Mixture shall include a chemical agent for waterproofing and portland cement, sand, and water.  
Work coating into joints and over steel reinforcing hoops to form a weatherproof protective 
coating.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Steel Reinforcing Hoops:  Galvanized steel rods not less than<MET> 14 mm</MET><ENG> 9/16 inch</ENG> in diameter 
with not less than<MET> 16 mm</MET><ENG> 5/8 inch</ENG> rolled threads.  Join hoop ends together with nuts and heavy 
malleable galvanized iron lugs or heavy duty galvanized steel lugs to a close tolerance for 
a tight fit.  Electrogalvanize rods, nuts, and lugs to ensure adequate protection against corrosion.  
Rods shall be high quality, metallurgically sound steel with tensile strength not less than<MET> 
488 MPa</MET><ENG> 65,000 pounds per square inch</ENG>, yield point not less than<MET> 276 MPa</MET><ENG> 40,000 pounds per square 
inch</ENG>, and a minimum elongation of 14 percent in<MET> 229 mm</MET><ENG> 9 inches</ENG>.  Reinforcing shall be sufficient 
to resist the maximum lateral pressure and loads imposed by the ash pressure within the silo.  
Structurally connect together hoop rods that pass through silo outlets on inspection frames.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Hollow Concrete Stave Silos:  Construct silo of precast concrete staves with lateral air 
spaces.  Cast staves from a well proportioned mix of portland cement and an expanded clay light 
weight aggregate.  Minimum compressive strength of the concrete at 28 days shall be<MET> 34.50 MPa</MET><ENG>
 5,000 psi</ENG>.  Hollow staves shall be<MET> 92 mm thick by 250 mm wide by 762 mm long</MET><ENG> 3 5/8 inches thick 
by 10 inches wide by 30 inches long</ENG> with five lateral air cores per stave, except that shorter 
starter staves may be used to permit the horizontal joints to be staggered.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Solid Concrete Stave Silos:  Construct silo of solid lightweight precast concrete staves.  
Solid staves shall be not less than<MET> 92 mm thick by 250 mm wide by 762 mm long</MET><ENG> 3 5/8 inches thick 
and 10 inches wide by 30 inches long</ENG>, except starter staves may be shorter.  Solid staves shall 
be constructed from a well proportioned mix of portland cement, washed sand and gravel which 
is free from injurious organic impurities and contains less than 5 percent of deleterious substances.  
Grade the fine aggregate from coarse to fine.  Compressive strength of the solid concrete staves 
at 28 days shall be<MET> 34.50 MPa</MET><ENG> 5,000 psi</ENG>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.12.8   Pulse Jet Bag Filter Vent</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Consult the manufacturer of ash handling equipment for venting requirements.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide for the silo constructed of 10 gage steel plate, fitted with rain hood.  Bag material shall be sateen 
cotton capable of withstanding not less than<MET> 91 degrees C</MET><ENG> 195 degrees F</ENG>, weighing<MET> 0.33 kg per square meter</MET><ENG> 9.75 
ounces per square yard</ENG>, having thread count of<MET> 4 by 2 per square mm</MET><ENG> 96 by 60 per square inch</ENG> and permeability 
of<MET> 76 to 102 L/s</MET><ENG> 15 to 20 cfm</ENG> per square<MET> meter</MET><ENG> foot</ENG> at<MET> 249 Pa</MET><ENG> one inch water column</ENG>.  Vent shall have not less 
than [_____] square<MET> meter</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> effective cloth filtering area, with each bag having a maximum effective cloth 
filtering area of<MET> 0.56 square meter</MET><ENG> 6 square feet</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.12.9   Rotary Ash Conditioner (Unloader)</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a complete dustless horizontal, floor mounted unloading device to discharge ashes from silo to a [truck] 
[railroad car].  Unloader (ash conditioner) shall include a<MET> 762 mm</MET><ENG> 30 inch</ENG> diameter revolving drum which rotates 
about fixed spray nozzles, and be complete with conditioner and discharge compartments, scrapers, and other accessories 
as required.  Unloader drum shall be constructed of steel plate not less than<MET> 10 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG> thick and shall 
be roller chain driven by a totally enclosed, fan cooled, [_____] volt, three phase, 60 Hz electric motor not 
less than<MET> 3.75 kW</MET><ENG> 5 hp</ENG> as specified in paragraph entitled "Motors and Drives." Unloader shall discharge conditioned 
ashes to a truck through a<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick steel plate chute.  Unloader shall be designed to eliminate most 
dust when in operation.  Unloader may utilize screws as a means of mixing.  Dustless unloader shall add water 
to ash, but not to the extent that free or surplus water is running or dripping from ash after discharge.  Discharge 
ash shall be in a semi-fluid, loose, free flowing condition.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.12.10   Fluidizing System</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Delete fluidizing system if not necessary.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a fluidizing system on silo floor to ensure a constant and uniform feed of ash through the silo discharge 
outlet.  System shall consist of a series of diffuser modules, a conical diffuser hood, designed to support the 
total weight of ash when silo is full, and compressed air piping.  Each diffuser module shall be mounted on the 
silo floor using sloped concrete pads.  System shall operate from the plant air system.  Provide pressure reducing 
valves, safety valves, and controls for a complete system.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.12.11   Control Panel and Controls</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a semi-automatic control system for the ash handling system [as indicated]. Provide a centrally controlled 
operation, with auxiliary local operation, and a monitoring control system with graphic display for the ash conveying 
system.  Provide local control stop-start pushbuttons and indication stations for chain drag conveyor, screw 
conveyors, bucket elevator, and rotary ash conditioner.  Ash handling system manufacturer shall provide measuring 
devices, status switches, solenoid valves, and auxiliary parts necessary to safely control and operate the system.  
Provide related electrical work required to operate the ash handling system.  [Provide detailed control logic 
diagrams from ash handling system manufacturer to manufacturer of the digital process control and data acquisition 
system.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.12.11.1   Control Panel</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a [separate control panel] [subpanel mounted in the main plant control panel] of NEMA 12 construction, 
centrally located in the main plant control room.  Panel front shall include a system graphic display as indicated.  
Display shall be approximately to scale and painted with an industrial acrylic enamel.  Outline items with<MET> 3 
mm</MET><ENG> 1/8 inch</ENG> wide black lines.  Lettering shall be on engraved plastic screwed to front of panel, with white letters 
on a black background.  Provide controls for operation on [_____] volt, [_____] phase, 60 Hz ac.  Panel shall 
be complete with an annunciator and interlocks, relays, switches, running and safety lights, and auxiliary parts 
necessary to safely control and operate the system.  Items located in the door shall be dusttight and oil tight 
with push-to-test transformer type indicating lights.  Control relays shall be 10 amp, 600 volt class with convertible 
contacts.  Provide and mark terminals for connections with the exception of the neutral.  Panel shall contain 
[_____] percent spare terminals.  Wiring shall be No. 14 AWG type THHN stranded.  Neutral wire shall be white 
and remaining wiring of 120 volts or less shall be color coded and labeled.  Provide a plastic wire duct of sufficient 
size to provide [_____] percent cross sectional spare.  Wiring shall be in accordance with requirements of <RID>NFPA 70</RID>
.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Panel Devices:  Control panel shall include the following indicating lights (color in parenthesis):</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Power - ON                           (red)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  System Run  (3 required)</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Chain drag conveyor to elevator      (green)</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Screw conveyors to drag conveyor     (green)</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Bucket elevator to silo              (green)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Ash Silo - HI LEVEL                  (red)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Ash Silo - LOW LEVEL                 (red)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(5)  Silo Vent Filter - ON                (green)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Provide momentary contact pushbuttons or selector switches for the following:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  System - START  (3 required)</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Bucket elevator</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Chain drag conveyor</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM>Screw conveyors</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  System - STOP (red head)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Provide sensors such that the following items can be alarmed on an ash handling system control 
panel annunciator.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Ash silo - HIGH LEVEL</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Bucket elevator - EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Screw conveyor - EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Chain drag conveyor - EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(5)  Silo vent filter - OFF</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(6)  Plugged Hopper</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Provide auxiliary devices required for the control functions above and laminated plastic 
name plates for devices on the panel front.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Provide local control panel for operating and indication of the rotary ash conditioner with 
the following functions:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Power - ON (red)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Water - ON/OFF</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Ash feeder - ON/OFF</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Rotary ash conditioner - START/STOP/JOG</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(5)  Normal Stop</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(6)  Wash out - START/STOP</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(7)  Emergency Stop:  Provide control panel mounted at grade level for remote operation of the 
rotary ash conditioner with the following functions:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(a)  Rotary ash conditioner - START/STOP</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(b)  Normal stop</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(c)  Emergency stop</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT>]</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.13   AIR POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENT</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Mechanical cyclone collectors should be used for soot blowing and as 
a prefilter on baghouse fabric filters or electrostatic precipitators.  The 
fabric filter should be used where necessary to meet local, state or federal 
regulations or statutes for particulate emissions, when sulfur emissions are 
within regional limits through the burning of low sulfur "compliance coal."  
When coal containing more than 2 percent sulfur is burned, an electrostatic 
precipitator is generally more economical for control of particulates than the 
fabric filters, if sulfur emissions will meet regional limitations. When sulfur 
emissions are not within the regional limits, a scrubber with a prefilter mechanical 
cylone and possibly a baghouse filter may be required to meet the emission limitations.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.13.1   Mechanical Cyclone Collectors</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>As specified in Section <SRF>23 51 43.01 20</SRF> MECHANICAL CYCLONE DUST COLLECTOR OF FLUE GAS PARTICULATES.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.13.2   Fabric Filter Baghouse</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>As specified in Section <SRF>23 51 43.03 20</SRF> FABRIC FILTER DUST COLLECTOR OF FLYASH PARTICULATES IN FLUE GAS.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.13.3   Electrostatic Precipitator Filters</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>As specified in Section <SRF>23 51 43.01 20</SRF> MECHANICAL CYCLONE DUST COLLECTOR OF FLUE GAS PARTICULATES.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.13.4   Scrubbers</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Insert appropriate Section number and title in blank below using format 
per UFC 1-300-02.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>As specified in [_____].</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.14   MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.1   Condensate Receiver</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a [horizontal] [vertical] type tank not less than [_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> in diameter by 
[_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> [_____] <MET>mm</MET> <ENG>inches</ENG> [long] [high] overall with a storage capacity of not less than [_____]<MET> 
liters</MET><ENG> gallons</ENG>.  Tank shall be constructed of welded steel plate not less than<MET> 10 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG> thick.  Provide 
condensate tank with a<MET> 610 mm</MET><ENG> 24 inch</ENG>diameter manway, dual gage glasses with protective guards, saddles, and 
other connections as indicated.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.1.1   Coating</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Surface blast interior of tank to bare metal and coat with a bake-on phenolic lining or corrosion resistant liner 
consisting of a resin and hardener suitable for immersion in water at not less than<MET> 121 degrees C</MET><ENG> 250 degrees 
F</ENG>.  Coat exterior of tank with one shop coat of manufacturer's standard primer rated for service of not less 
than<MET> 121 degrees C</MET><ENG> 250 degrees F</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.1.2   Accessories</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide condensate receiver with the following:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Connections for condensate pumped return, vent, water outlet, drain, sampling outlet, level 
transmitter and controls.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> vent.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Reflex type water gage glasses with shutoff valves and guards.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  One,<MET> 125 mm</MET><ENG> 5 inch</ENG> dial, thermometer,<MET> 10 to 149 degrees C</MET><ENG> 50 to 300 degree F</ENG> range, with 
lagging extension type wells, for steam and water space.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> overflow trap.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  One high water alarm switch with stainless steel float and trim. Circuit shall close as 
liquid level rises.  Locate switch to close circuit when water level rises to<MET> 25 mm</MET><ENG> one inch</ENG>
 below overflow level of receiver.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">g.  One low water alarm switch with stainless steel float and trim. Circuit shall close as liquid 
level falls.  Locate switch to close circuit when water level drops to 25 percent of the storage 
capacity of the storage tank.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">h.  Install switches on a single column with valved connections to tank.  Provide unions in 
pipe on each side of each float switch.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">i.  Furnish pipe, fittings, controls, specialties, bolts, gaskets, drains, valves, necessary 
for a complete unit and install at jobsite.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">j.  Provide automatic control system to control level in condensate tank by modulating discharge 
from condensate pumps.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.14.2   Deaerating Heater</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a deaerating feedwater heater with storage tank conforming to <RID>FS W-H-2904</RID>, except as modified below and 
to <RID>ASME BPVC SEC VIII D1</RID>.  Tank shall be ASME Code stamped.  Provide stainless steel trays.  No test model will 
be required.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Model A - Pressurized operation.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Type I  - Tray-type heating and deaerating element.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Class 3 - 10 minute water storage capacity (minimum).</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Grade A - Guaranteed removal from water of all dissolved oxygen in excess of<MET> 0.005 cubic 
centimeters (cc) per liter</MET><ENG> 0.0012 cubic inches per gallon</ENG>, over a ten to one load swing.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.2.1   Heater Capacity</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide deaerating heater capable of heating and deaerating makeup water consisting of [_____]<MET> kg per second</MET><ENG> 
pounds per hour</ENG> of softened makeup water from [_____ to _____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG> (outlet temperature).</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.2.2   Inlet Water Characteristics</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Softened makeup water:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Ph: [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Total hardness (as CaC03): [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.2.3   Storage Tank</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Horizontal design with steel supports [drilled for bolting] of approved design.   Provide storage tank with not 
less than a<MET> 410 by 510 mm</MET><ENG> 16 by 20 inch</ENG> minimum size manhole and cover and provide heater section with not less 
than a<MET> 300 by 460 mm</MET><ENG> 12 by 18 inch</ENG> minimum size tray access handhole and door.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.2.4   Vent Condensing Arrangement</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide deaerating heater with a vent condenser which shall condense vented steam when heater is operating at 
full capacity with inlet water mixture at a temperature not exceeding<MET> 82 degrees C</MET><ENG> 180 degrees F</ENG>.  Construct 
vent condenser, when of the direct contact type, with stainless steel baffling.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.2.5   Materials</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Construct trays, tray supports, water distributors, and all other parts coming in contact with undeaerated water 
or air laden steam of 430 stainless steel.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.2.6   Accessories</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide the deaerating heater with the following accessories:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Pressure Relief Valve:  Sized in accordance with <RID>FS W-H-2904</RID>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Thermometers:  Two,<MET> 125 mm</MET><ENG> 5 inch</ENG> dial thermometers,<MET> 10 to 149 degrees C</MET><ENG> 50 to 300 degrees 
F</ENG>, with lagging extension type wells for the storage tank and heater section.  Provide a thermometer 
similar to above but with range of minus [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG> to plus [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG> for 
the makeup water connection.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Lifting attachments for tray section and storage tank.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Water Gage Glasses:  Reflex type with shutoff valve and guards.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Pressure Gages:  One<MET> 150 mm</MET><ENG> 6 inch</ENG> dial compound pressure gage for the heater section with 
range from [_____]<MET> kPa</MET><ENG> inches of mercury</ENG> (vacuum) to [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Float Controllers:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Inlet condensate controller</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Makeup water controller</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Overflow controller</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">g.  Overflow Control Valve:  With pneumatic controller arranged for local automatic operation.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">h.  Storage Tank Gage Glass:  Full height, shielded, for storage tank including shutoff valve 
and drain cocks.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">i.  Makeup Water Inlet Control Valve:  With pneumatic controller.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">j.  Switches:  For low water level alarm in the storage tank, high water level alarm, condensate 
pump shutdown in the storage tank, and low steam pressure alarm.  Install switches on a single 
column with connections valved and unions provided in pipe on each side of each float switch.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">k.  Special Tools:  One set for maintenance.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">l.  Condensate Pump Reset:  With stainless steel float and trim to reset pump shutdown switch 
on fall of liquid level in tank to [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> below level of overflow level of storage 
tank.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">m.  Furnish pipe, fittings, controls, specialties, bolts, gaskets, drains, and valves, necessary 
for proper attachment of accessories and trimmings and install.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">[n.  Oil separator]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.2.7   Connections</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide necessary connections for condensate, steam, makeup water, removal of vented gases, vacuum breakers, 
discharge of deaerated water, and instruments and controls.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Provide heater connections as follows:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> steam inlet</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> makeup water inlet</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> condensate</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> high pressure trap return</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(5)  [_____] relief valves sized as required</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(6)  [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> vent</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(7)  [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> for thermometer well</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(8)  [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> for pressure gage</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(9)  Vacuum Breakers:  As required</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(10)  [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> heater drain</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(11)  [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> spare [capped] [flanged]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(12)  [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> spare [capped] [flanged]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(13)  Handholes And Manhole:  With covers</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Tank connections shall include:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> drain</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> boiler feed recirculation ([_____] required)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3) <MET> 25 mm</MET><ENG> One inch</ENG> sampling</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4) <MET> 25 mm</MET><ENG> One inch</ENG> chemical feed</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(5)  [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> for sight glass ([_____] sets required)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(6)  [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> for high and low level alarm switches</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(7)  [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> thermometer well</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(8)  Vacuum Breakers:  As required</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(9)  [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> spare (capped)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(10) [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> spare (flanged)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(11) [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> level transmitter and controller ([_____] sets required)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(12) Downcomer And Equalizer:  As required</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(13) [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> feedwater outlet</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(14) [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> overflow outlet with internal water seal</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.2.8   Level Control</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide an automatic control system to control the water level in the storage tank, by modulating valves in the 
makeup water lines.  Output of condensate pump shall be controlled by level in condensate storage tank.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Controllers:  Provide external cage type air operated level controllers for both the condensate 
and makeup water lines complete with<MET> 40 mm</MET><ENG> 1 1/2 inch</ENG> screwed connections, external cage, and 
controller.  Cage body shall be Class 125 cast iron construction.  Internal components including 
displacer, torque tube, displacer rod, displacer rod driver and bearings shall be 316 stainless 
steel.  Displacer shall be<MET> 356 mm</MET><ENG> 14 inches</ENG> long.  Controller shall be direct acting with<MET> 20 
to 103 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 3 to 15 psig</ENG> range with proportional band adjustment.  Locate controller to 
maintain an operating level at 2/3 full point of storage tank.  Provide level controller with 
air pressure reducing valve, filter, gages and isolating valves for float cage. Provide unions 
on each side of float cage.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Air Operated Regulating Valves:  Provide air operated control valves for both the condensate 
and makeup water lines.  Valves shall have Class 125 or Class 150 rating with iron or semi-steel 
bodies and 316 stainless steel internals.  Provide condensate valve which fails open on loss 
of air and makeup water valve with an air lock mounted on valve diaphragm to hold valve in last 
position on loss of air.  Design valves for the following conditions:</ITM><BRK/>
<MET><TBL><THD><BRK/>
                          <HL1>Condensate          Makeup Water</HL1><BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
   Valve size              [_____] mm         [_____] mm<BRK/>
<BRK/>
   Capacity                [_____] L/s        [_____] L/s<BRK/>
<BRK/>
   Maximum pressure drop<BRK/>
    at above capacity      [_____] kPa (gage) [_____] kPa (gage)<BRK/>
<BRK/>
   Available pressure      [_____] kPa (gage) [_____] kPa (gage)<BRK/>
<BRK/>
   Minimum Cv at 100<BRK/>
    percent open           [_____]            [_____]<BRK/></TBL>
</MET><ENG><TBL><THD><BRK/>
                          <HL1>Condensate          Makeup Water</HL1><BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
   Valve size              [_____] inch       [_____] inch<BRK/>
<BRK/>
   Capacity                [_____] gpm        [_____] gpm<BRK/>
<BRK/>
   Maximum pressure drop<BRK/>
    at above capacity      [_____] psig       [_____] psig<BRK/>
<BRK/>
   Available pressure      [_____] psig       [_____] psig<BRK/>
<BRK/>
   Minimum Cv at 100<BRK/>
    percent open           [_____]            [_____]<BRK/></TBL>
</ENG><BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.2.9   Low Pressure Steam Control</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide an automatic control system to control steam to the deaerating heater.  Maintain steam pressure in the 
heater by modulating a pressure reducing valve in the steam supply line.  Control shall be local and remote from 
the control panel.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Controller:  Adjustable proportional band, 0 to<MET> 103 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 15 psig</ENG> brass bellows for 
input signal, and<MET> 20 to 103 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 3 to 15 psig</ENG> output air pressure range, pilot controller 
complete with air set (valve, filter, drier and pressure regulator) mounted on control valve 
yoke.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Pressure Reducing Station Control Valve:  Provide a [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> air operated pressure 
reducing valve with proper internals to pass a flow of [_____]<MET> kg per second</MET><ENG> pounds per hour</ENG>
 of steam.  Steam at the valve inlet shall be [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG> saturated, and outlet 
shall be controlled at [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG>.  Minimum steam flow shall be approximately [_____]<MET>
 kg per second</MET><ENG> pounds per hour</ENG>.  Minimum valve Cv shall be [_____] at 100 percent open.  Valve 
shall be Class 250 or Class 300 flanged, iron or semi-steel body with stainless steel internals 
equal percentage flow characteristics and a full size port.  Provide valve actuator including 
travel indicator, hand jack, valve positioner, and air supply filter-reducer set.  Valve shall 
move to open position in case of failure.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.2.10   Gage Glasses</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide to cover the entire range of water level in the storage section.  Gage glasses shall not be greater than<MET>
 610 mm</MET><ENG> 24 inches</ENG> center-to-center.  Provide gage glasses complete with [chain operated] ball check shutoff and 
drain cock valves and safety shield.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.2.11   Alarms</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide high and low water level alarms for storage tank as follows:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  High Water Level Alarm:  Switch with stainless steel float and trim.  Locate switch to close 
circuit when water level rises to<MET> 25 mm</MET><ENG> one inch</ENG> below overflow level of storage tank.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Low Water Level Alarm:  Switch with stainless steel float and trim. Locate switch to close 
circuit when water level falls to [_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> above bottom of storage 
tank.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Coordinate alarms with annunciator panel as indicated.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.2.12   Multiport Back Pressure Relief Valve</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Use multiport valve on systems where deaerating heater will be subject 
to occasional overpressuring.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide valve capable of relieving not less than [_____]<MET> kg per second</MET><ENG> pounds per hour</ENG> of steam with not more 
than a [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG> pressure rise when set at [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG> initial operating pressure.  
Set pressure shall be fully adjustable by means of an external handwheel or chain operator for a range of zero 
to<MET> 172 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 25 psig</ENG>.  Locate on low pressure steam header manifold for the deaerating heater.  Valve shall 
be multiport vapor cushion type rated for operating temperatures up to but not greater than<MET> 149 degrees C</MET><ENG> 300 
degrees F</ENG> with Class 125 cast iron body, bronze trim and carbon steel springs.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.2.13   Exhaust Head</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Type [I (cast iron)] [II (fabricated steel plate)] of [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> size with [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> diameter drain, 
and a capacity of [_____]<MET> kg per second</MET><ENG> pounds per hour</ENG> of steam at [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.14.3   Boiler Feed <SUB>Pumps</SUB></TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Use this paragraph for centrifugal boiler feed pumps.  If regenerative 
type turbine pumps are required for the smaller capacities, they must be specified.  
Use Style 1, horizontal split case pumps in all sizes where available.  Pump 
service requirements shall include pump capacity of a minimum of 135 percent 
of boiler requirements at maximum load for modulating service and 200 percent 
for on-off service.  Discharge head must include all change in elevation, friction 
losses through pipe, valves and fittings and be sufficient to deliver water 
to the boiler at a pressure 6 percent higher than the setting of the lowest 
set boiler safety valve.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT><RID>FS A-A-50562</RID>, Type II (boiler feed), Style 1 (horizontal split case), Class [1 single] [2 multi-] stage except 
as modified below.Submit pump characteristic curves superimposed on system curves at various pumping rates, 20, 
40, 60, 80, 100 percent capacity.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.3.1   Pump Service Requirements</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Capacity: [_____]<MET> L/s</MET><ENG> gpm</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Pumping temperature: [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Liquid pH: [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Discharge head: [_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Available NPSH: [_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  In addition to the operating point established above, pump curve shall run through the following 
points:</ITM><BRK/>
<MET><TBL><THD><BRK/>
                 <HL1>Capacity</HL1>               <HL1>Discharge Head</HL1><BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
                 [_____] L/s              [_____] meters<BRK/>
                 [_____] L/s              [_____] meters<BRK/></TBL>
</MET><ENG><TBL><THD><BRK/>
                 <HL1>Capacity</HL1>               <HL1>Discharge Head</HL1><BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
                 [_____] gpm              [_____] feet<BRK/>
                 [_____] gpm              [_____] feet<BRK/></TBL>
</ENG><BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.3.2   Construction</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Bronze fitted including bronze impeller and impeller wear rings, and<ENG><RID>ASTM A 48/A 48M</RID></ENG>, Class 30, cast iron casing.  
Provide casing with suction and discharge gages in tapped openings.  Mount each pump and prime mover on a fabricated 
steel bed plate having a drip collection chamber with tapped drain openings.  Provide lifting attachments to 
enable equipment to be set into its normal position and to enable pumps to be easily dismantled in place.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.3.3   Drives</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  The designer shall perform an economic analysis and make a technical 
evaluation to determine if the boiler feed or condensate pump motors shall be 
provided with variable speed control.  Generally variable speed drives for pumps 
over<MET> 5 1/2 kW</MET><ENG> 7 1/2 hp</ENG> will be cost effective.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>[Variable speed] electric motors [or turbines] direct connected to respective pumps with a gear type, forged 
steel, flexible coupling.  Provide a shaft and coupling guard.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Electric Motors:  [Variable speed], [open dripproof], [totally enclosed], [fan cooled], 
[_____] volt, three phase, 60 Hz of not less than [_____]<MET> kW</MET><ENG> hp</ENG>, as specified in paragraph[s] 
entitled "Motors and Drives" [and "Variable Speed Control For Motors"].</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">[b. Steam Turbines:  Single stage, rated at not less than [_____]<MET> kW</MET><ENG> hp</ENG>, with inlet steam pressure 
of [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG> and [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG> and normal exhaust back pressure of<MET> 34 kPa 
(gage)</MET><ENG> 5 psig</ENG> or a maximum back pressure of<MET> 103 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 15 psig</ENG>.  Water rate at full load 
and normal steam conditions shall not exceed [_____]<MET> kg per BkW per second</MET><ENG> pounds per BHP per 
hour</ENG>.  Provide a stainless steel steam strainer, sentinel relief valve, sight oil level indicator 
and one hand valve.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Turbine Construction:  Turbine casing split on the horizontal centerline constructed of<ENG><RID>
ASTM A 48/A 48M</RID></ENG>cast iron, with a design pressure rating of<MET> 1724 kPa (gage) at 232 degrees C</MET><ENG> 
250 psig at 450 degrees F</ENG> at inlet, and<MET> 379 kPa (gage) at 232 degrees C</MET><ENG> 55 psig at 450 degrees 
F</ENG> at the outlet.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Turbine Bearings and Shaft:  Horizontal split, ring oiled, sleeve type, water cooled.  
Shaft shall be stainless steel or chrome plated under the packing glands.  Shaft seals shall 
be segmented carbon rings with springs and stops.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Speed Governor:  Variable speed oil relay, <RID>NEMA SM 23</RID>, Class D governor for speed control 
and pneumatic operator to maintain an adjustable, preset pump discharge header pressure by variation 
of turbine speed.  Input to the operator shall be a<MET> 20 to 103 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 3 to 15 psig</ENG> pneumatic 
signal.  Provide an electro-pneumatic transducer to accept the 4 to 20 mA signal from the control 
acquisition system.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Emergency Overspeed Governor:  Completely independent of the speed governor and shall operate 
a separate trip valve.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(5)  Insulation:  Turbine shall be insulated and lagged by the manufacturer as specified in 
Section <SRF>23 07 00</SRF> THERMAL INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS.]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.3.4   Minimum Flow Protection for Boiler Feed Water Pumps</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Automatic Flow Control Valve:  Provide with each pump an automatic bypass valve.  Valve 
shall automatically program recirculation flow, detection of low flow, cycling of control valve 
and pressure letdown for high pressure boiler feedwater return to the feedwater heater.  Bypass 
valve shall be cast steel with stainless steel internals, and shall have a rating of not less 
than<MET> 2068 kPa (gage) at 204 degrees C</MET><ENG> 300 psig at 400 degrees F</ENG>.  Valve shall have a line size 
body with a<MET> 25 mm</MET><ENG> one inch</ENG>recirculation connection.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Boiler Feedwater Automatic Recirculation System:  (Option to Automatic Valve).  Provide 
to protect feedwater pumps at low flow conditions.  System shall be capable of recirculating 
the minimum flow recommended by the pump manufacturer.  System shall be an engineered system 
consisting of various functional components specified or shall be a self-contained and self-powered 
mechanical system.  Components of the engineered system shall include a flow transmitter with 
orifice in feedwater line, bypass flow controller with bypass flow control valve, and a bypass 
pressure reducing orifice.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  System Bypass Flow Controller:  Include detection of low flow and modulation of a control 
valve in a bypass line returning to a low pressure sink.  Incorporate a pressure let-down feature 
or device to reduce pressure from boiler feedwater pump discharge pressure to that of the low 
pressure sink.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  System Bypass Control Valve:  Modulate to provide minimum flow recommended by the pump 
manufacturer and to provide shutoff or recirculation flow when feedwater flow to boilers exceeds 
minimum flow required for pump protection.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.3.5   Feedwater Stop and Check Valves</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a Class 300, flanged, cast steel feedwater stop gate valve and check valve on the feedwater outlet of 
each pump.  Provide piping from valves to economizer inlet, and from economizer to flanged connection on boiler 
drum.  Provide connection on pipe at economizer outlet for remote recording thermometer.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.14.4   Condensate Pumps</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Use this paragraph for centrifugal condensate pumps.  If regenerative 
type turbines are required for the smaller capacities, they must be specified.  
Use Style 1, horizontal split case pumps in all sizes where available.  Pump 
service requirements shall include pump capacity of a minimum of 135 percent 
of boiler requirements at maximum load for modulating service to the deaerator 
and 200 percent for on-off service.  Discharge head must include all change 
in elevation and friction loses through pipe, valves and fittings.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT><RID>FS A-A-50562</RID>, Type I (general service), Style [1 (horizontally split case)] [2 (end suction)], Class 1 (single 
stage) unless modified below.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.4.1   Pump Service Requirements</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Capacity:  [_____]<MET> L/s</MET><ENG> gpm</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Pumping temperature range:  [_____ to _____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Liquid pH:  [_____]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Discharge head:  [_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Available NPSH:  [_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  In addition to the operating point established above, pump curve shall also run through 
the following points:</ITM><BRK/>
<MET><TBL><THD><BRK/>
                 <HL1>Capacity</HL1>                    <HL1>Discharge Head</HL1><BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
                 [_____] L/s                   [_____] meters<BRK/>
                 [_____] L/s                   [_____] meters<BRK/></TBL>
</MET><ENG><TBL><THD><BRK/>
                 <HL1>Capacity</HL1>                    <HL1>Discharge Head</HL1><BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
                 [_____] gpm                   [_____] feet<BRK/>
                 [_____] gpm                   [_____] feet<BRK/></TBL>
</ENG><BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.4.2   Construction</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Bronze impellers and impeller wear rings.  [Cast iron] [ductile iron] pump casing designed for the specified 
conditions.  Bearings shall be oil lubricated.  Equip casing with tapped openings for suction and discharge gages.  
Provide gages in openings.  Mount pump and driver on a fabricated steel bed plate having a drip collection chamber 
with tapped drain openings.  Provide lifting attachments for installation and maintenance.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.4.3   Drives</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  The designer shall perform an economic analysis and make a technical 
evaluation to determine if the boiler feed or condensate pump motors shall be 
provided with variable speed control.  Generally variable speed drives for pumps 
over<MET> 5 1/2 kW</MET><ENG> 7 1/2 hp</ENG> will be cost effective.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>[Variable speed] electric motors or [turbines] direct connected to respective pumps with a gear type flexible 
coupling.  Provide shaft and coupling guards.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Electric Motors:  [Variable speed], [open driproof], [totally enclosed], [fan cooled], [_____] 
volt, three phase, 60 Hz of not less than [_____]<MET> kW</MET><ENG> hp</ENG>, as specified in paragraph[s] entitled 
"Motors and Drives" [and "Variable Speed Control For Motors"].</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">[b.  Steam Turbines:  Single stage, rated at not less than [_____]<MET> kW</MET><ENG> hp</ENG>, with inlet steam pressure 
of [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG> and [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG>, normal exhaust back pressure of<MET> 34 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG>
 5 psig</ENG> and a maximum back pressure of<MET> 103 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 15 psig</ENG>.  Water rate at full load and 
normal steam conditions shall not exceed [_____]<MET> kg per BkW per second</MET><ENG> pounds per BHP per hour</ENG>
.  Provide a stainless steel steam strainer, sentinel relief valve, sight oil level indicator 
and one hand valve.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Turbine Construction:  Turbine casing split on the horizontal or vertical centerline constructed 
of<ENG><RID>ASTM A 48/A 48M</RID></ENG> cast iron, with a design pressure rating of<MET> 1724 kPa (gage) at 232 degrees 
C</MET><ENG> 250 psig at 450 degrees F</ENG> at inlet, and<MET> 379 kPa (gage) at 232 degrees C</MET><ENG> 55 psig at 450 degrees 
F</ENG> at the outlet.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Turbine Bearings Shaft:  Ring oiled, anti-friction type.  Shaft shall be stainless steel 
or chrome plated under the packing glands.  Shaft seals shall be segmented carbon rings with 
springs and stops.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Speed Governor:  Variable speed governor for speed limiting and pneumatic operator to maintain 
an adjustable preset level in [deaerator tank] [condensate receiver] by variation of turbine 
speed.  Input to the operator shall be a<MET> 20 to 103 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 3 to 15 psig</ENG> pneumatic signal 
and vary the turbine speed from minimum to full speed in a linear response.  Maximum and minimum 
speed shall be adjustable.  Provide an electro-pneumatic transducer to accept the 4 to 20 mA 
signal from the controller.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Emergency Overspeed Governor:  Completely independent of the speed governor and shall operate 
a separate trip valve.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(5)  Insulation:  Turbine shall be insulated  and lagged as specified in Section <SRF>23 07 00</SRF> THERMAL 
INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS.]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.14.5   Variable Speed Motor Control</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Remotely installed cabinet housed units with solid state rectification and inverter equipment to vary frequency 
of electrical power to drive motors.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.5.1   Housing</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>House controller in a [wall] [floor] mounted, NEMA [_____] enclosure finished with manufacturers standard painted 
finish.  Provide control panel complete with fused disconnect switches, magnetic [across the line] [part winding] 
starters with thermal overload protection, transformer, hand-off-automatic selector switches, hand potentiometer 
for manual speed control, fuses and running lights.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Provide the manual switch within the control panel so that in the event failure of a component, 
motor can be put across the line at full voltage to maintain air or pump pressure.  Provide 
a mechanical door interlock that allows panel to open only when fused disconnect is in the off 
position.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Variable Frequency Controllers:  Variable frequency controllers shall use solid-state semiconductor 
power conversion equipment. Provide controllers as integrated and assembled products.  Controllers 
shall be furnished by the same manufacturer.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Each controller shall be rated for a supply of [_____] volts, three phase, 60 Hz.  Output 
shall be [_____] volts, three phase with frequency variable between zero and 60 Hz. Controllers 
shall be rated to operate motors continuously at their rated horsepower and frequency.  Speed 
regulation shall be three percent or better without tachometer feedback. Electrical supply system 
has an available short circuit rating of [_____] amperes symmetrical.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Each controller shall be capable of driving motor continuously at a lower speed no greater 
than 20 percent of full rated motor speed with stable operation and without overheating the 
motor under rated ambient conditions.  Provide estimate of minimum speed at which motor can 
be operated continuously without overheating or problems of instability due to overhauling of 
load.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Provide controller fault protection so that a single or three phase short circuit at the 
controller terminals or inverter commutation failure will not result in damage to power circuit 
components. Provide overload protection so that motor and controller are protected against operating 
overloads.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Provide adjustable time delay undervoltage protection so that motors will continue to operate 
during momentary voltage fluctuation or loss of voltage.  Time adjustment shall be zero to 5 
seconds.  Provide for orderly shutdown on undervoltage conditions exceeding the time delay interval.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Provide adjustable timed linear acceleration and deceleration.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Provide volts/Hz control to prevent motor overheating throughout the speed range.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">g.  Provide door interlocks to prevent opening of enclosure doors unless power is disconnected.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">h.  Controllers shall be self protecting and shall provide orderly shutdown for, but not limited 
to, the following conditions:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Loss of input power</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Undervoltage</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Sustained gradual overload</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Fault or large instantaneous overload</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(5)  Overtemperature</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(6)  Failure of ventilating system</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(7)  Overvoltage</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(8)  Control circuit failure</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide contacts for remote annunciation of shutdown or abnormal condition.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">i.  Electrical Bypass:  Provide each controller with manual isolation and bypass switching.  
Switch shall be manually operated with controller deenergized.  Switch shall be two position 
with provisions for locking switch in either position.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Normal Position:  Bypass shall be open and controller shall be connected to supply circuit 
and load.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Bypass Position:  Bypass shall be closed and controller shall be electronically isolated 
from supply and load. Isolating contacts shall be located so that it is possible to verify by 
visual inspection that contacts are open and controller is electrically isolated.  In the bypass 
position the motor shall be operated at constant speed and controlled from the air circuit breaker.  
Provide auxiliary contacts that close in the bypass position.  Auxiliary contacts shall be used 
to activate the damper control to provide fan load control in the bypass position.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.5.2   Controller Environmental Protection</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Ventilation:  Design controllers enclosed and ventilated for installation in a moderately 
dusty area.  Provide forced filtered ventilation including fans, filters, controls and accessories 
required for operation.  Enclosures shall be operated under positive pressure at all times.  
Provide filtered ventilating openings and gasketed doors to prevent infiltration of dust.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Heating:  Provide electric heaters to prevent condensation in the enclosure and to prevent 
low ingoing air temperatures that exceed the equipment rating.  Provide a low temperature alarm 
to sound when enclosure temperature falls below required minimum temperature.  Provide contacts 
for remote annunciation of alarm condition.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.5.3   Method of Control</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Supply each controller from an electrically operated air circuit breaker or motor starter.  Controller ventilation 
and heating shall be from another circuit.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Start Signal:  Closes the electrically operated air circuit breaker or motor starter to 
energize the controller.  Controller shall accelerate fan to operating speed.  Fan speed shall 
be controlled from the load control signal.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Stop Signal:  Opens electrically operated air circuit breaker or motor starter to deenergize 
the controller.  Upon deenergization, controller control system shall revert to stop condition.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Boiler Feedwater Pump Speed Control System:  Matches pump discharge to system demand and 
maintains a system header pressure controlled to the set point values.  Provide Manual/Automatic 
control stations for master pressure and for each boiler feed pump.  Provide indicators for 
feedwater header pressure and individual boiler feedwater pump flow.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.5.4   <SUB>Variable Speed Motor Controller</SUB></TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT><TST>Conduct burn-in tests for at least 50 hours at rated conditions.  If a component fails during burn-in test, replace 
it, and run test again on entire assembly for another 50 hours.  Burn-in test shall not be complete until entire 
assembly has operated for 50 hours without failure.</TST></TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.14.6   Valve Actuators</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>[Electrically] [or] [pneumatically] operated and designed so that valve may be manually operated by removing 
drive pins.  Actuators shall be operated by push button control.  Locate one push button at a position adjacent 
to the valve.  Locate a second push button within the boiler control room.  Provide a valve position indicator 
utilizing indicating lights.  A green light shall indicate valve is fully open and an amber light shall indicate 
valve is fully closed.  Both lights on shall indicate when valve is partially open.  [Provide torque limit controls 
to protect valve during opening and closing for electrically operated valves.]  Actuator electric motor shall 
be totally enclosed, [_____] volts, [_____] phase, 60 Hz as specified in paragraph entitled "Motors and Drives."  
Provide NEMA 4 control enclosures.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.7   Sump Pumps</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT><RID>FS A-A-50555</RID> with automatic float switch and disconnect switch in NEMA 6 enclosure.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.8   Water Softening System</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  One hundred percent makeup shall be assumed in calculating the sustained 
softening rate.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Ion exchange resin type conforming to <RID>WQA S-100</RID> except as modified below.  [Manual] [Push button automatic] [Fully 
automatic] in operation with operating controls housed in a NEMA 12 enclosure having a minimum total capacity 
between regenerations of [_____]<MET> liters</MET><ENG> gallons</ENG> of water of [_____]<MET> grams</MET><ENG> grains</ENG> hardness when operated at a 
sustained softening rate of [_____]<MET> L/s</MET><ENG> gpm</ENG>.  Maximum effluent water temperature shall be [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG>
.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.8.1   Softener Equipment</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Including but not limited to the following:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Water Hardness Monitor:  Provide with an alarm point at 1.0 ppm to ensure compliance for 
boilers rated above<MET> 3150 grams/sec</MET><ENG> 25,000 lb/hr</ENG>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Total Solids Monitor and Controller:  Provide a continuous monitor and controller (when 
required) to control concentration of dissolved solids and treatment chemicals in water for 
boilers rated above<MET> 3150 grams/sec</MET><ENG> 25,000 lb/hr</ENG>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Water Meter:  Provide a [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> cold water meter on each softener unit.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Ion Exchange Resin:  High capacity, polystyrene base, sulfonated synthetic type except that 
exchange capacity shall be not less than<MET> 68.70 kg per cubic meter</MET><ENG> 30 kilograins per cubic foot</ENG>
 at a salt dosage of<MET> 240 kg per cubic meter</MET><ENG> 15 pounds per cubic foot</ENG>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Tank Sizing:  Minimum acceptable bed depth of<MET> 762 mm</MET><ENG> 30 inches</ENG>; maximum acceptable bed depth 
of<MET> 1829 mm</MET><ENG> 72 inches</ENG>.  Base reactor tank sizes on allowing a freeboard above the resin bed of 
not less than 75 percent of resin bed depth, and flow rate between<MET> 1.11 and 7.13 L/s per cubic 
meter</MET><ENG> 0.5 and 3.2 gpm per cubic foot</ENG> of resin.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.8.2   Brine Storage System</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide complete, including fiberglass storage tank, sight level gage, bulk salt delivery tube, internal distribution 
system, level control system, tank vent with dust collection system, top and side manholes, access ladder, and 
other required appurtenances.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Storage Tank:  Filament wound fiberglass with flat bottom and domed top as recommended by 
the manufacturer for brine storage.  Tank shall be [_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> in diameter 
by [_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> wall height with a nominal capacity of [_____]<MET> liters</MET><ENG>
 gallons</ENG> and a dry salt storage capacity of [_____] <MET>Mg</MET><ENG>tons</ENG>.  Design water distribution system, 
internal piping distributors, and brine collection system so that system shall be capable of 
dissolving [_____]<MET> kg</MET><ENG> pounds</ENG> of rock salt per<MET> second</MET><ENG> minute</ENG> to produce [_____]<MET> L/s</MET><ENG> gpm</ENG> of brine.  
System shall be able to dissolve [_____]<MET> Mg</MET><ENG> tons</ENG> of salt before cleanout.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Accessories:  Provide the following accessories:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Steel holddown lugs securely bonded to tank in adequate number to properly anchor tank 
to concrete base;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Side bottom flanged drain not less than<MET> 100 mm</MET><ENG> 4 inches</ENG> in diameter;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Side and top manholes not less than<MET> 559 mm</MET><ENG> 22 inches</ENG> in diameter;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Flanged top connections for delivery pipe and vent;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(5)  Ladder for access to top manhole;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(6)  Water inlet connection;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(7)  Brine outlet connection;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(8)  Level control system; and</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(9)  Sight level gage</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Pneumatic Delivery Pipe:  Not less than<MET> 100 mm</MET><ENG> 4 inches</ENG> in diameter.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Dust Collection Vent System and Safety Relief Valve:  Provide storage tank with dust collection 
vent system and safety relief valve.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Access Ladder:  Of steel construction to be bolted to tank by means of FRP (fiberglass reinforced 
plastic) mounting lugs complete with safety cage.  Platform shall connect ladder to tank for 
safe access to the manhole.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Tank Internals:  Construct tank internals including water distribution piping and brine 
collectors of FRP or polyvinyl chloride (PVC).</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">g.  Tank Nozzles:  <RID>ASME B16.5</RID>, Class 150, FRP or PVC flanges.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">h.  Level Control System:  Electrode holder and electrodes mounted in a standpipe exterior to 
the tank.  Position electrodes so that a solenoid operated water makeup valve will be opened 
or closed to maintain liquid level to within plus or minus<MET> 25 mm</MET><ENG> one inch</ENG> of the set level.  
Provide tank with a high water alarm.  Electrodes shall be easily removable for cleaning and 
constructed of materials, that will allow continual immersion in brine.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.14.9   Chemical Feed Systems</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide systems complete with storage tank, supporting framework, hinged cover, mixer, strainers, level indicators, 
proportioning pumps, relief valves and interconnecting piping for a complete chemical feed packaged unit.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.9.1   Storage Tank</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Capacity of<MET> 190 liters</MET><ENG> 50 gallons</ENG> constructed of FRP.  Provide removable, hinged cover.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.9.2   Exterior Gage Glass</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Protected, full height of tank complete with gage cocks.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.9.3   Low Level Alarm</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide tank with a low level switch to sound alarm and shut down pumps should level drop to preset minimum.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.9.4   Dissolving Baskets</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  The chemical feed solution to be used shall be inserted here.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Construct baskets of a corrosion resistant material suitable for continuous immersion in a [_____] solution.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.9.5   Tank Strainer</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>In suction line to pump.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.9.6   Supporting Steelwork</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide to adequately support tank, mixer, and the number of proportioning pumps specified.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.9.7   Agitator</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide with mounting bracket to mount to storage tank. Agitator shaft and propeller shall be of stainless steel.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.9.8   Proportioning Pumps</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide [two] [three] [_____] [simplex] [duplex] proportioning pump[s].  Each pump shall have a minimum capacity 
of [_____]<MET> L/s</MET><ENG> gallons per hour</ENG> at a [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG> discharge pressure.  Capacity shall be adjustable 
from zero to 100 percent by a convenient screw adjustment of stroke length.  Provide pump with integral check 
valves.  Electric motors shall be [totally enclosed], [fan cooled], [_____] volts, [_____] phase, 60 Hz as specified 
in paragraph entitled "Motors and Drives."</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.9.9   Safety Relief Valve</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide for each pump to discharge back into the tank in event of excessive line pressure.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.14.10   All Welded Blowdown Tank</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide in accordance with the <RID>NBBPVI NB-27</RID> (supplemental to the National Board Inspection Code) latest edition 
published by the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors, Columbus, Ohio.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.10.1   Construction</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  The volume of the blowdown tank shall be calculated to be twice the volume 
of water removed from one boiler when the normal water level is reduced not 
less than<MET> 100 mm</MET><ENG> 4 inches</ENG>.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Construct equipment and accessories in accordance with requirements of <RID>ASME BPVC SEC VIII D1</RID> for a working pressure 
of at least the maximum allowable working pressure of the boiler but in no case shall plate thickness be less 
than<MET> 10 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG>.  Provide corrosion allowance of<MET> [2.54] [_____] mm</MET><ENG> [0.1] [_____] inch</ENG>.  Tank dimensions shall 
be [_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> o.d. by [_____]<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> long over the heads (overall).  
Provide tank with wear plate not less than<MET> 10 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG> thick and<MET> [279 by 381 mm] [457 by 508 mm]</MET><ENG> [11 by 15 
inch] [18 by 20 inch]</ENG> manhole.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Provide the following tank connections:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Blowdown inlet for bottom blowdown: <MET> [20] [25] mm</MET><ENG> [3/4] [one] inch</ENG>;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Tangential blowdown inlet:  [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG>;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Steam vent, flanged:  [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG>;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Discharge water outlet, flanged:  [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> with internal water seal and<MET> 20 mm</MET><ENG>3/4 
inch</ENG> siphon breaker;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(5)  Drain: <MET> 50 mm</MET><ENG> 2 inch</ENG>;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(6)  Thermometer connection: <MET> 20 mm</MET><ENG> 3/4 inch</ENG>;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(7)  Pressure gage connection: <MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG>;</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(8)  Cold water inlet:  [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> with temperature regulating valve and backflow preventer; 
and</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(9)  Two gage glass connections: <MET> 15 mm</MET><ENG> 1/2 inch</ENG>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Angle Supports and Coating:  Provide tank with steel angle support legs extending [_____]<MET>
 meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> below bottom of tank.  Coat tank with one coat of manufacturer's standard high 
temperature primer.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.10.2   Accessories</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Gage Glass: <MET> 300 mm</MET><ENG> 12 inch</ENG> reflex type with shutoff valves and guard.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Thermometer:  Bi-metal dial type with separable socket,<MET> 125 mm</MET><ENG> 5 inch</ENG> dial,<MET> 10 to 149 degrees 
C</MET><ENG> 50 to 300 degrees F</ENG> range.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Pressure Gage:  Zero to<MET> 172 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 25 psig</ENG> range.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Internal Baffles and Pipes:  As detailed.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.10.3   Controls</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a self operating regulator to control the flow of cooling water to the tank.  Regulator shall include 
a<MET> 20 mm</MET><ENG> 3/4 inch</ENG> screwed bronze body with stainless steel trim, reverse acting actuator (for cooling), capillary 
tubing and a union connection bulb with a stainless steel well.  Control setting shall be<MET> 60 degrees C</MET><ENG> 140 degrees 
F</ENG> with a minimum Cv of [_____].</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.14.11   Continuous Blowdown System</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a complete automatic continuous boiler blowdown system which shall include a controller/programmer unit 
and flow assembly for each boiler, plus a continuous blowoff heat exchanger, flash tank and boiler water sample 
cooler.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.11.1   Automatic Blowdown Controller</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Intermittent type boiler blowdown system rated for not less than<MET> 1724 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 250 psig</ENG> steam pressure.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Flow Assembly:  Include a<MET> 25 mm</MET><ENG> one inch</ENG> ball valve with 316 stainless steel ball and stem 
and stainless steel electrode assembly.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Controller/Programmer:  Include a conductivity meter with zero to 6000 micromhos range, 
valve open/closed indicators and manual/auto control switch.  Cycle interval and sample duration 
shall both be adjustable over a wide range.  Mount units at the operating floor near the boiler 
front.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Accessories and Connections:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Continuous Blowdown Connection:  At each boiler, provide a gate valve and extend piping 
to header at flash tank.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Header Connections:  Provide with a tee with valved sampling connection.  Provide a<MET> 20 
mm</MET><ENG> 3/4 inch</ENG>, three globe valve bypass around each flow assembly.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Common Header:  Provide from valved outlet connections on flow assembly units to connection 
on flash tank.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.11.2   Flash Tank</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Designed for [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG> and constructed in accordance with <RID>ASME BPVC SEC VIII D1</RID>.  Tank shall be 
[_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> in diameter by [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> long including heads and shall be ASME Code stamped.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Provide tank with blowdown inlet, steam outlet, gage glass, float operated outlet valve, 
relief valve, and inspection openings.  Tank shall have steel angle legs with plate feet for 
bolting to floor.  Legs shall be of sufficient length so that bottom of lower head of tank will 
be not less than<MET> 457 mm</MET><ENG> 18 inches</ENG> above floor.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Automatic Control System:  Control level in the flash tank, by modulating a valve in the 
water outlet line.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Level Controller:  External cage type air operated level controller, complete with<MET> 40 mm</MET><ENG>
 1 1/2 inch</ENG> screwed connection,<MET> 350 mm</MET><ENG> 14 inch</ENG> stainless steel float and Class 125 cast iron 
body.  Controller shall be direct acting with<MET> 20 to 103 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 3 to 15 psig</ENG> range with proportional 
band.  Locate controller to maintain an operating level at center line of storage tank.  Provide 
level controller with air pressure reducing valve, filter, gages and isolating valves for float 
cage.  Provide unions on each side of float cage.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Outlet Water Valve:  [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> air operated control valve with a capacity to pass 
[_____]<MET> L/s</MET><ENG> gpm</ENG> at a pressure drop of [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG>.  Cv shall not be less than [_____] 
at 100 percent open.  Valve shall be Class [_____], flanged, iron or semi-steel body with stainless 
steel internals.  Valve shall have equal percentage flow characteristics with a full size port.  
Provide an air lock mounted on valve diaphragm and piped to hold valve in last position on air 
failure.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.11.3   Sample Cooler</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Water cooled shell and tube type with valves and accessories required to safely withdraw a water sample from 
the boiler drum.  Provide drain under sampling valve terminating with a<MET> 20 mm</MET><ENG> 3/4 inch</ENG> splash proof funnel,<MET> 229 
mm</MET><ENG> 9 inches</ENG> below outlet of valve.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14.11.4   Heat Exchanger</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide an ASME code stamped continuous blowoff heat exchanger designed and constructed in accordance with <RID>ASME BPVC SEC VIII D1</RID>
, to transfer heat from the continuous blowoff water leaving continuous blowoff flash tank to treated makeup 
water entering the feedwater heater.  Heat exchanger shall be a bare tube, helical coiled bundle, installed in 
a one piece casing with removable front plate.  Bundle shall be removable.  Tube diameter shall be not less than<MET>
 20 mm</MET><ENG> 3/4 inch</ENG>.  Tubes shall be <RID>ASTM B 111/B 111M</RID> copper alloy with cast iron shell.  Design tube side for not 
less than [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG> pressure at [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG>.  Design shell side for not less than [_____]<MET>
 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG> pressure at [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT></SPT><SPT><TTL>2.15   PIPING</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Piping work shall include the provision of piping systems, including valving and specialty items, for steam plant 
and related external auxiliary equipment.  Piping shall be in accordance with <RID>ASME B31.1</RID> except as modified below 
or indicated otherwise.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.15.1   Expansion</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Compute expansion of pipe with operating temperatures above<MET> minus 19 degrees C</MET><ENG> zero degrees F</ENG> with<MET> minus 19 degrees 
C</MET><ENG> zero degrees F</ENG> in lieu of <MET>21 degrees C</MET><ENG> 70 degrees F</ENG> specified in <RID>ASME B31.1</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.15.2   Steam Heating and Distribution and Hot Water</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Requirements of <RID>ASME B31.1</RID> apply to building steam heating and steam distribution piping designed for<MET> 103 kPa 
(gage)</MET><ENG> 15 psig</ENG> or lower and hot water heating systems<MET> 207 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 30 psig</ENG> or lower.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.15.3   Materials</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Suitable for the maximum pressure at the maximum temperature at which equipment must operate.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.15.3.1   Pipe Materials</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Steel Pipe:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Steam Pipe, Boiler Feedwater Pipe, Relief Pipe and Steam Tracer Pipe: Black, <RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID>
 or <RID>ASTM A 106/A 106M</RID> seamless steel pipe, Grade A or B.  Wall thickness not less than Schedule 
40.  Steam tracer pipe, with steam up to<MET> 103 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 15 psig</ENG>, may be<MET> <RID>ASTM B 88M</RID></MET><ENG> <RID>ASTM B 88</RID></ENG>
, Type K copper tubing.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Condensate Pipe and Boiler Blowdown Pipe:  Black, welded or seamless <RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID> or <RID>
ASTM A 106/A 106M</RID>, steel pipe, Grade A or B.  Wall thickness not less than extra strong (XS 
or Schedule 80).</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Chemical Feed Pipe:  <RID>ASTM A 312/A 312M</RID> austenitic stainless steel.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Fuel Oil Pipe:  <RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID> or <RID>ASTM A 106/A 106M</RID>, seamless black steel pipe, Grade 
A or B.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(5)  Treated Water, Hot Water Heating, High Temperature Water, Drains (Other Than Sanitary), 
and Overflow Pipe:  <RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID> or <RID>ASTM A 106/A 106M</RID>, Grade A or B.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(6)  Gas Pipe and Compressed Air Pipe:  <RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID> or <RID>ASTM A 106/A 106M</RID>, Grade A or B.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Copper Tubing:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Instrument Air Pipe: <MET> <RID>ASTM B 88M</RID></MET><ENG> <RID>ASTM B 88</RID></ENG>hard copper tubing, Type K or L; except in a 
corrosive atmosphere or outside pipe shall be copper tubing, Type K or L, with <RID>ASTM D 1047</RID> PVC 
jacketing.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Steam Tracer Pipe:  Contractor may provide<MET> <RID>ASTM B 88M</RID></MET><ENG> <RID>ASTM B 88</RID></ENG>, Type K, copper tubing 
for steam up<MET> 103 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 15 psig</ENG>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Potable Water, Sanitary Drains and Storm Drains:  As specified in Section <SRF>22 00 00</SRF> PLUMBING 
SYSTEMS, unless otherwise specified.  Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) and other plastic 
tubing and fittings shall not be used in the steam heating plant.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.15.3.2   Fittings</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Fittings for Steel Pipe:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Sizes<MET> 6 to 50 mm</MET><ENG> 1/8 to 2 inches</ENG>:  <RID>ASME B16.3</RID> malleable iron, screwed end fittings, for 
working pressures not greater than<MET> 2068 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 300 psig</ENG> at temperatures not greater than<MET>
 232 degrees C</MET><ENG> 450 degrees F</ENG> or <RID>ASME B16.11</RID> forged steel.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Sizes<MET> 6 to 50 mm</MET><ENG> 1/8 to 2 inches</ENG>:  <RID>ASME B16.11</RID> steel, socket welded end fittings.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Sizes<MET> 6 to 65 mm</MET><ENG> 1/8 to 2 1/2 inches</ENG>:  <RID>ASME B16.9</RID> steel, butt welding fittings.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Sizes <MET>65 to 600 mm</MET> <ENG>2 1/2 to 24 inches</ENG>:  <RID>ASME B16.5</RID> forged steel, flanged fittings.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Welded Outlets and Welding Saddles:  Make branch connections of 45 and 90 degrees either 
with <RID>ASME B16.9</RID> forged steel welded outlet fittings or welding saddles.  Welding outlets and 
saddles shall not be smaller than two pipe sizes less than main pipe sizes.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Fittings For Copper Tubing:  <RID>ASME B16.18</RID> cast bronze solder joint or <RID>ASME B16.22</RID> wrought 
copper solder joint.  For instrument air, fittings may be <RID>ASME B16.26</RID> compression joint type.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Unions:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Unions For Steel Pipe:  <RID>ASME B16.11</RID>, <RID>ASME B16.39</RID> threaded.  Unions for zinc coated pipe 
shall be zinc coated.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Unions For Copper Tubing:  <RID>ASME B16.22</RID>.  For instrument air, unions may be compression 
joint type.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.15.3.3   Flanges</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT><RID>ASME B16.5</RID>, forged steel, welding type.  Remove raised faces on flanges when used with flanges having a flat 
face.  Unless specified otherwise, pressure and temperature limitations shall be as specified in <RID>ASME B16.5</RID> for 
the proper class and service, and type face specified.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.15.3.4   Valves</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Valves for maximum working pressure of<MET> 1034 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 150 psig</ENG> saturated steam or<MET> 1550 
kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 225 psig</ENG> W.O.G. (Water, Oil, Gas) at<MET> 93 degrees C</MET><ENG> 200 degrees F</ENG> (non-shock service).  
For working pressures not exceeding<MET> 862 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 125 psig</ENG> saturated steam or<MET> 1379 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG>
 200 psig</ENG> water at<MET> 93 degrees C</MET><ENG> 200 degrees F</ENG> non shock service, Class 125 may be used in lieu 
of Class 150 or Class 250.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Valve Sizes<MET> 50 mm</MET><ENG> 2 Inches</ENG> and Smaller:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(a)  Non Throttling Valves:  Gate valves, bronze, wedge disc, rising stem, Class 150, <RID>MSS SP-80</RID>
 or ball valves, bronze, double stem seals, stainless steel ball and shaft, tight shutoff.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(b)  Globe Valves and Angle Valves:  Bronze, Class 150, <RID>MSS SP-80</RID>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(c)  Check Valves:  Bronze, Type [IV, swing check] [III, lift check], Class 150, <RID>MSS SP-80</RID>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Valve sizes<MET> 65 mm</MET><ENG> 2 1/2 inches</ENG> and larger.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(a)  Gate Valves:  Flanged, cast iron, Class 250, <RID>MSS SP-70</RID> or steel, Class 150, <RID>ASME B16.34</RID>
. Valves shall have wedge disc, outside screw and yoke (OS&amp;Y), rising stem; valves<MET> 200 mm</MET><ENG>
 8 inches</ENG> and larger shall have globe valved bypass.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(b)  Globe Valves and Angle Valves:  Flanged, cast iron, Class 250, <RID>MSS SP-85</RID> or steel, Class 
150, <RID>ASME B16.34</RID>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(c)  Check Valves:  Flanged, cast iron, Class 250 or steel, Class 150, Type [_____], [lift] 
[swing] check, style [_____], <RID>ASME B16.34</RID>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Valves for maximum working pressure of<MET> 1724 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 250 psig</ENG> steam at a maximum temperature 
of<MET> 232 degrees C</MET><ENG> 450 degrees F</ENG> or<MET> 3447 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 500 psig</ENG> W.O.G. at<MET> 93 degrees C</MET><ENG> 200 degrees 
F</ENG> (non-shock).</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Valve sizes<MET> 65 mm</MET><ENG> 2 1/2 inches</ENG> and larger.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(a)  Gate Valves:  Flanged or butt welded, cast iron, Class 250, <RID>MSS SP-70</RID> (Maximum size<MET> 300 
mm</MET><ENG> 12 inches</ENG>) or steel, Class 300, <RID>ASME B16.34</RID>.  Valves shall have wedge disc, OS&amp;Y, rising 
stem; each valve<MET> 200 mm</MET><ENG> 8 inches</ENG> and larger shall have globe valved bypass.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(b)  Gate Valves, Globe Valves and Angle Valves:  Flanged or butt welded, cast iron, Class 250, <RID>
MSS SP-85</RID> or steel, Class 300, <RID>ASME B16.34</RID>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(c)  Check Valves:  Flanged or butt welded, iron body, Class 250 or steel, Class 300, Type [_____] 
[lift] [swing] check, style [_____], <RID>ASME B16.34</RID>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Valves for maximum working pressure of<MET> 2068 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 300 psig</ENG> steam at a maximum temperature 
of<MET> 454 degrees C</MET><ENG> 850 degrees F</ENG> or a maximum W.O.G. pressure of<MET> 4653 kPa (gage) at 149 degrees 
C</MET><ENG> 675 psig at 300 degrees F</ENG> (non shock).</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Valve sizes<MET> 65 mm</MET><ENG> 2 1/2 inches</ENG> and larger:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(a)  Gate Valves, Globe Valves, and Angle Valves:  Flanged or butt welded, <RID>ASME B16.34</RID>, steel, 
Class 300, rising stem, OS&amp;Y. Gate valves<MET> 200 mm</MET><ENG> 8 inches</ENG> and larger shall have globe valved 
bypass.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(b)  Check Valves:  Flanged or butt welded, steel, Class 300, Type [_____], [lift] [swing] check, 
style [_____], <RID>ASME B16.34</RID>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Ball Valves:  <RID>ASME B16.5</RID> and <RID>API Std 607</RID> double stem seal type for bubble tight shutoff.  
Seats and seals shall be TFE material.  Ball and shaft shall be stainless steel.  Provide mechanical 
stops to prevent cycling valve in wrong direction and self-aligning stem seal.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Valve Accessories:  Valve operating mechanisms include chain wheels, gear operators, floor 
stands, electric motors, air motors and cylinder-type actuating devices.  Provide accessories 
as follows and as indicated.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Power Operators:  [Electric] [Pneumatic].  Power operated valves shall open and close at 
rates no slower than<MET> 254 mm</MET><ENG> 10 inches</ENG> per minute for gate valves and<MET> 100 mm</MET><ENG> 4 inches</ENG> per minute 
for globe and angle valves.  Valves shall open fully or close tightly without requiring further 
attention when actuating control is moved to the open or closed position.  A predetermined thrust 
exerted on the stem during operation resulting from an obstruction in the valve shall cause 
motor to automatically stop.  Power operators shall be complete with gearing and controls necessary 
for size of valve being provided.  Power operators shall be designed to operate on the [electric] 
[compressed air] power supply indicated. Provide power operators with remote position indicators 
on the following valves: soot blowers, [_____], [_____].</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Floor Stands and Extension Stems:  Floor stands shall be cast iron or steel, constructed 
for bolting to floor and shall include an extension stem, an operating handwheel and a position 
indicator for non-rising stems.  Floor stand shall be not less than<MET> 762 mm</MET><ENG> 30 inches</ENG> high.  
Handwheel shall identify rotation direction for closing valve and shall be of such diameter 
as to permit operation of valve with a force of not more than<MET> 18 kg</MET><ENG> 40 pounds</ENG>.  Extension stems 
shall be corrosion resisting steel designed for rising and non-rising stems, as applicable, 
and for connection to valve stem by a sleeve coupling or universal joint.  Provide in length 
required to connect valve stem and [handwheel] [operating mechanism] and of sufficient cross 
section to transfer torque required to operate valve.  Provide floor stands and valve extensions 
on floors and platforms for the following valves: dearator drain valves, [_____] [_____].</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Provide motorized actuators or chain wheels with chain and guides on valves with handwheel 
centerline higher than<MET> 2 meters</MET><ENG> 7 feet</ENG> above floor or platform except where specified otherwise.  
Chainwheel operator shall be fabricated of cast iron or steel and shall include a wheel, endless 
chain and a guide to keep the chain on the wheel.  Provide galvanized steel endless chain extending 
from valve to within<MET> one meter</MET><ENG> 3 feet</ENG> of floor or platform.  Provide impact chain wheels on 
steam headers and other locations where the valve has a tendency to stick.  When a valve is 
motorized, provide hand operation for emergency.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Provide gear operators on ball valves larger than<MET> 80 mm</MET><ENG> 3 inches</ENG> and on gate valves<MET> 200 
mm</MET><ENG> 8 inches</ENG> and larger.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Steam Pressure Regulating Valves:  <RID>FS A-A-50558</RID>, minimum of Class [125] [150] [250] [300], 
except as specified otherwise. [Cast iron], [cast steel] valve body with valve seats and disc 
of replaceable heat treated stainless steel.  Valves shall be single seated, shall seat tight 
under dead end conditions, and shall go to the closed position in the event of pressure failure 
of the operating medium.  Valves shall be spring loaded diaphragm operated type, except valves 
exposed to ambient temperature of less than<MET> 2 degrees C</MET><ENG> 35 degrees F</ENG> or exposed to the weather 
shall be piston operated type.  Capacity of valves shall be not less than that indicated.  Pilot 
valves shall have strainer at inlet from external feeder piping:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Spring Loaded Diaphragm Operated Valves:  Fabricate main spring of stainless steel, and 
it shall not be in the path of steam flow through the valve.  Control valve by pilot valve through 
external feeder piping.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Piston Operated Valves:  Control valve by integral pilot valve through external feeder 
piping.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">g.  Safety Relief Valves:  <RID>ASME BPVC SEC I</RID>, with Class [150] [300] inlet flange, with test lever, 
designed for the intended service.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.15.3.5   Bolts and Nuts</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Bolts:  <RID>ASTM A 193/A 193M</RID>, Grade B8.  Lengths of bolts shall be such that not less than 
two full threads will extend beyond nut with bolts tightened to the required tensions and washers 
seated.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Nuts:  <RID>ASTM A 194/A 194M</RID>, Grade 8.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.15.3.6   Gaskets</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT><RID>ASME B31.1</RID> and as specified below, except provide spiral wound metal covered non-asbestos gaskets in lieu of 
compressed sheet non-asbestos.  Gaskets shall be as thin as the finish of surfaces will permit.  Do not use paper, 
vegetable fiber, rubber, or rubber inserted gaskets for temperatures greater than<MET> 121 degrees C</MET><ENG> 250 degrees F</ENG>
.  Provide metal or metal jacketed non-asbestos gaskets with small male and female and small tongue-and-groove 
flanges and flanged fittings; they may be used with steel flanges with lapped, large male and female, large tongue-and-groove, 
and raised facings.  Provide fullface gaskets with flat-faced flanges.  Raised face cast iron flanges, lapped 
steel flanges, and raised faced steel flanges shall have ring gaskets with an outside diameter extending to inside 
of bolt holes.  Widths of gaskets for small male and female and for tongue-and-groove joints shall be equal to 
widths of male face and tongue.  Gaskets shall have an inside diameter equal to or larger than port opening. 
Dimensions for nonmetallic gaskets shall be in accordance with <RID>ASME B16.21</RID>.  Materials for flanged gaskets shall 
be as listed below for service specified:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Steam, Boiler Blowdown, Exhaust Steam:  Spiral wound metal composition or copper</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Boiler Feed Water:  Metal jacketed non-asbestos, copper or monel</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Hot Water, (above<MET> 38 degrees C</MET><ENG> 100 degrees F</ENG>):  Spiral wound metal non-asbestos</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Cold Water:  Red rubber or neoprene rubber</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Heavy Fuel Oil (No. 6):  Spiral wound metal non-asbestos, soft steel, or monel</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Diesel Fuel (No. 2):  <RID>ASME B16.21</RID> metallic</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">g.  Compressed Air:  Spiral wound metal non-asbestos</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.15.3.7   Expansion Joints</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Slip Tube Expansion Joints:  <RID>ASTM F 1007</RID>, single or double slip tube as indicated, designed 
for<MET> [1034] [2068] kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> [150] [300] psig</ENG> saturated steam working pressure.  Expansion joints 
shall be of the type which permits injection of semi plastic type packing while joint is in 
service under full line pressure.  Slip tube shall be of chromium plated, wrought steel construction, 
guided by internal and external guides integral with joint body.  Fit slip tube ends with forged 
steel pipe flanges or bevel for welding into pipe line where indicated.  Deliver joints complete 
with packing and ready for installation.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Ball Expansion Joints:  Capable of 360 degrees rotation plus 15 degrees angular flex movement.  
Ball joints shall have steel bodies and polished steel balls.  Provide end connections to suit 
class of piping hereinbefore specified.  Seals shall be of pressure molded composition designed 
for the working pressure.  Design joints for<MET> [1034] [2068] kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> [150] [300] psig</ENG> saturated 
steam working pressure.  Cold set joints as necessary to compensate for temperature at time 
of installation.  Do not use ball joints on superheated steam or on joints subject to frequent 
flexure.  Ball joints shall be installed in strict accordance with recommendations of the manufacturer.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Bellows Expansion Joints:  <RID>ASTM F 1120</RID> flexible guided type with stainless steel expansion 
element, internal sleeves and external covers.  Joints shall be designed for a working pressure 
of [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG> and a temperature of [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.15.3.8   Pipe Hangers and Supports</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT><RID>MSS SP-58</RID> and <RID>MSS SP-69</RID>, Type [_____] or Type [_____] of the adjustable type, except as specified or indicated 
otherwise.  Suspended steam and condensate piping shall have pipe hangers Type [_____] with insulation protection 
saddles Type [_____].  Provide insulated piping, except steam and condensate piping, with insulation protection 
shields Type 40.  Provide bronze or copper plated collars on uninsulated copper piping. Support rods shall be 
steel.  Rods, hangers and supports shall be zinc plated, except for uninsulated copper piping which shall be 
copper plated; cast iron rollers, bases and saddles may be painted with two coats of heat resisting aluminum 
paint in lieu of zinc plating.  Axles for cast iron rollers shall be stainless steel.  Size hanger rods with 
a 150 percent safety factor for a seismic design.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.15.3.9   Instrumentation</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Pressure and Vacuum Gages:  Conform to applicable requirements of <RID>ASME B40.100</RID>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Indicating Thermometers:  Liquid-in-glass or <RID>MIL-T-19646</RID> dial type.  Thermometer shall include 
a separable immersion well.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.15.3.10   Miscellaneous Pipeline Components</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Cold and Hot Water Meters:  <RID>FS A-A-59224</RID> for maximum flow of [_____]<MET> L/s at 38 degrees C</MET><ENG>
 gpm at 100 degrees F</ENG> and reduced flow of up to [_____]<MET> L/s at 121 degrees C</MET><ENG> gpm at 250 degrees 
F</ENG>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Air Traps:  Float controlled valves arranged to close properly when water enters traps.  
Air traps shall conform to requirements for float operated steam traps (non-thermostatic), <RID>FS A-A-60001</RID>
, except that valve mechanism shall be inverted so as to be closed, not opened, by rising water.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Steam Traps:  <RID>FS A-A-60001</RID>.  Inverted bucket high pressure steam traps designed for use 
at [_____]<MET> kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> psig</ENG> at [_____] degrees<MET> C</MET><ENG> F</ENG>.  Low pressure steam traps shall be float 
and thermostatic type for pressures up to<MET> 103 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 15 psig</ENG>.  Provide traps with separate 
strainers unless specified otherwise.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Strainers:  <RID>FS WW-S-2739</RID>, Style Y for Class [125] [250] with blow off outlet.  Construct 
strainers for Class 300 of cast carbon steel in accordance with <RID>ASME B16.5</RID> for minimum of <MET>2068 
kPa (gage)</MET> <ENG>300 psig</ENG> saturated steam pressure.  Provide blow off outlet with pipe nipple and 
gate valve.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.15.3.11   Backflow Preventers</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Reduced pressure principle type conforming to applicable requirements of [<RID>AWWA C510</RID> and <RID>AWWA C511</RID>] [Section 
<SRF>22 00 00</SRF> PLUMBING SYSTEMS].</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.15.3.12   Insulation</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Materials and application shall be as specified in Section <SRF>23 07 00</SRF> THERMAL INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.15.3.13   Pipe Sleeves</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Floor Slabs, Roof Slabs, and Outside Walls Above and Below Grade: Galvanized steel pipe 
having an inside diameter at least<MET> 15 mm</MET><ENG> 1/2 inch</ENG> larger than outside diameter of pipe passing 
through it.  Provide sufficient sleeve length to extend completely through floors, roofs, and 
walls, so that sleeve ends are flush with finished surfaces except that ends of sleeves for 
floor slabs shall extend<MET> 13 mm</MET><ENG> 1/2 inch</ENG> above finished floor surface.  Sleeves located in waterproofed 
construction shall include flange and clamping ring.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Partitions:  Galvanized sheet steel, 26 gage or heavier, of sufficient length to completely 
extend through partition thickness with sleeve ends flush with partition finished surface.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.15.3.14   Piping Identification</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Conform to <RID>MIL-STD-101</RID> and place in clearly visible locations; except paint piping in the boiler room the primary 
color of the color code.  Provide labels and tapes conforming to <RID>ASME A13.1</RID> in lieu of band painting or stenciling.  
Labels shall be outdoor grade acrylic plastic.  Markings on labels shall indicate direction of flow, flowing 
media, and media design pressure and temperature.  Spacing of identification marking shall not exceed<MET> 3 meters</MET><ENG>
 10 feet</ENG>.  Provide two copies of complete color and stencil codes used.  Frame codes under glass and install 
where directed.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT></SPT><SPT><TTL>2.16   FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide fuel oil room with a wet sprinkler system as specified in Section <SRF>21 13 13.00 20</SRF> WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, 
FIRE PROTECTION.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.17   MARKING</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Identify equipment, valves, switches, motor controllers, and controls or indicating elements by printed, stamped 
or manufactured identification plates or tags of rigid plastic or non-ferrous material.  Lettering for identification 
plates or tags shall be not less than<MET> 5 mm</MET><ENG> 3/16 inch</ENG> high.  Nomenclature and identification symbols used on the 
identification plates or tags shall correspond to those used in maintenance manuals, operating instructions, 
and schematic diagrams.  Rigidly affix identification plates or tags to the equipment or devices without impairing 
functions or, when this is not possible, attach using a non-ferrous wire or chain.  In addition to identification 
plate or tag, each major component of equipment shall have a nameplate listing manufacturer's name, model number, 
and when applicable, electrical rating and other information required by pertinent standards or codes.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.18   TOOLS AND TESTING EQUIPMENT</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide special tools and wrenches required for installation, maintenance, and operation of equipment.  Testing 
equipment to be provided shall include necessary equipment to perform routine tests:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  On lubricating oil for acidity (pH-potentiometer), viscosity (saybolt test), and dirt (gravimetric).</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  On softened water for hardness (soap test or colorimetric test), and boiler blowdown water 
for pH (colorimetric) and conductivity (potentiometer).</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  For water (distillation) and sediment (gravimetric) in fuel oil.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.19   WELDING MATERIALS</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Comply with <RID>ASME BPVC SEC II-C</RID>.  Welding equipment, electrodes, welding wire, and fluxes shall be capable of 
producing satisfactory welds when used by a qualified welder or welding operator using qualified welding procedures.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.20   MOTORS AND DRIVES</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Alternating current electric motors shall meet requirements of <RID>NEMA MG 1</RID>.  Motors shall be designed for continuous 
operation at rated load under usual service conditions as defined by NEMA.  Unless specifically noted otherwise, 
motors less than<MET> 3/8 kW</MET><ENG> 1/2 hp</ENG> shall be 115 volt, 60 Hz, single phase, capacitor-start, or permanent split capacitor, 
with Class B insulation for<MET> 40 degrees C</MET><ENG> 104 degrees F</ENG> ambient.  Unless specifically noted otherwise, motors<MET> 
3/8 kW</MET><ENG> 1/2 hp</ENG> and larger shall be 460 volt, 60 Hz, three phase, Design B, squirrel cage induction with a minimum 
insulation of Class F for<MET> 40 degrees C</MET><ENG> 104 degrees F</ENG> ambient.  Size motors to meet power requirements of driven 
unit at design conditions, including drive and coupling losses which are incurred, without loading motor beyond 
its nameplate horsepower rating.  Minimum service factor for open drip-proof motors shall be 1.15 and for totally 
enclosed, fan cooled motors 1.0.  Motor shall be quiet operating.  Bearings shall be heavy duty, grease lubricated, 
anti-friction, single shielded, regreasable type and shall have approved lubricating fittings extended to an 
easily accessible location for field servicing.  Provide sole plates for motors installed on concrete pads.  
Motor shall have copper windings.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.20.1   Motors</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Motors used to drive equipment specified under "Coal Handling Equipment" shall be designed to operate in Class 
II, Division II, Group F atmosphere.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.20.2   SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.20.3   <SUB>Instrument Air Compressor Package</SUB></TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT><TST>Factory test air compressor package at full load for not less than 2 hours.  Check capacity, smoothness of operation, 
alternation of units, and proper operation of air unloaders during test.</TST></TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT></PRT><PRT><TTL>PART 3   EXECUTION</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>3.1   INSTALLATION</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Install materials and equipment as indicated and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.1   Boiler and Equipment Installation</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Boiler and equipment installation shall be strictly in accordance with this specification, and installation instructions 
of the manufacturers. Grout equipment mounted on concrete foundations before installing piping.  Install piping 
in such a manner as not to place a strain on equipment.  Do not bolt flanged joints tight unless they match adequately.  
Expansion bends shall be adequately extended before installation.  Grade, anchor, guide and support piping, without 
low pockets.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.1.1   Boiler and Equipment Foundations</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Of sufficient size and weight, and proper design to preclude shifting of equipment under operating conditions, 
and under abnormal conditions which could be imposed upon equipment.  Design boiler foundation to accommodate 
and support stoker and incorporate stoker ash pits.  Limit equipment vibration to within acceptable limits, and 
isolate.  Foundations shall be adequate for soil conditions of the site and shall meet requirements of the equipment 
manufacturer.  Trowel exposed foundation surfaces smooth except properly roughen surfaces to receive grout.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.1.2   Installing Stoker Ash Pit Firebrick</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Lay up in air-setting mortar.  Dip each brick in mortar, rub, place into its final position, and then tap with 
a wooden mallet until it touches adjacent bricks.  Mortar thick enough to lay with a trowel will not be permitted.  
Maximum mortar joint thickness shall not exceed<MET> 3 mm</MET><ENG> 1/8 inch</ENG> and average joint thickness shall not exceed<MET> 1.60 
mm</MET><ENG> 1/16 inch</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.1.3   Forced and Induced Draft Fans</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Set, shim level, anchor and grout each fan assembly into place prior to setting driver.  Properly shim driver 
on base plate using steel shim stock.  Shims shall be full size of feet and shall have slotted hole for installation.  
After drive has been properly aligned and shimmed, by an approved millwright, millwright shall drill and ream 
foot and base plate and install taper pins with nut on top for pullout removal.  One front foot and diagonally 
opposite rear foot shall be pinned to base plate.  Equipment shall be adequately bolted in place in an approved 
manner.  Level and grout fan and bearing pedestal sole plates in place.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.1.4   Stack</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Install level and plumb.  Erected stack shall be no more than<MET> 25 mm</MET><ENG> one inch</ENG> out of plumb per<MET> 15 meters</MET><ENG> 50 feet</ENG>
.  Remove roughness, marks, and lifting lugs, from stack and grind surfaces smooth and flush with surrounding 
surfaces.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT>[<TTL>3.1.1.5   Horizontal Fuel Oil Tanks (Below Ground)</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Choose this subparagraph or the subparagraph below, entitled "Horizontal 
Fuel Oil Tanks (Above Ground)," or the following subparagraph entitled "Vertical 
Fuel Oil Tank."</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide concrete ballast slabs for tanks and concrete protective ground level slabs for FPR tanks.  Ballast slabs 
shall be full length and width of tanks and protective slabs shall extend<MET> 610 mm</MET><ENG> 2 feet</ENG> beyond tanks.         
Concrete work shall be as specified in Section <SRF>03 30 00</SRF> CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Install and backfill fiberglass reinforced tanks as recommended by the manufacturer; backfill 
adjacent to tanks shall be pea gravel unless otherwise recommended by the manufacturer.  Backfill 
for steel tanks shall be sand.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Set steel tanks on a bed of sand not less than<MET> 152 mm</MET><ENG> 6 inches</ENG> deep over the concrete slab 
and strap in place with stainless steel hold-down straps with stainless steel turnbuckles.  
Set FRP tanks on a bed of pea gravel not less than<MET> 305 mm</MET><ENG> 12 inches</ENG> thick and pre-shape for 
tank contours for FRP tanks.  Fabricate straps for FRP tanks from FRP resins reinforced with 
stainless steel to prevent breaking of straps and floating of empty tanks.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Slope tank toward sump not less than <MET>25 mm</MET> <ENG>one inch</ENG> in each <MET>1 1/2 meters</MET> <ENG>5 feet</ENG>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
]</SPT><SPT>[<TTL>3.1.1.6   Horizontal Fuel Oil Tanks (Above Ground)</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Continuously support steel tank saddles along the full length of the base and level and grout to ensure full 
bearing.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
]</SPT><SPT>[<TTL>3.1.1.7   Vertical Fuel Oil Tank</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide [sand, crushed stone or fine gravel cushion] [concrete base].</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Sand, Crushed Stone or Fine Gravel Cushion:  Cover area beneath tank with a fuel resistant 
plastic membrane with a thickness of not less than<MET> 0.51 mm</MET><ENG> 20 mils</ENG>.  Carefully fuse or cement 
plastic membrane seams.  Lay plastic over a thoroughly compacted select subgrade free from rocks 
that could puncture the plastic.  Over plastic, provide a bed of sand, crushed stone or fine 
gravel not less than<MET> 152 mm</MET><ENG> 6 inches</ENG> thick.  Stabilize bed with an approved material and shape 
to tank bottom.  Slope bed down to center sump approximately<MET> 152 mm</MET><ENG> 6 inches</ENG> for each<MET> 3 meters</MET><ENG>
 10 feet</ENG> of tank radius.  When in place, tank shell shall be plumb.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Concrete base shall be as indicated and in accordance with Section <SRF>03 30 00</SRF> CAST-IN-PLACE 
CONCRETE.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Mastic Seal:  Place mastic seal between tank and concrete ring to the cross section indicated.  
Compact mastic thoroughly.  Immediately before placing mastic, coat tank surfaces to be in contact 
with concrete ring with a coat of <RID>AASHTO M 118</RID>bituminous material.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
]</SPT></SPT><SPT><TTL>3.1.2   Piping</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Unless specified otherwise, erection, welding, brazing, testing and inspection of piping shall be in accordance 
with <RID>ASME B31.1</RID> and Section <SRF>40 17 26.00 20</SRF> WELDING PRESSURE PIPING.  Piping shall follow the general arrangement 
shown.  Cut piping accurately to measurements established for the work.  Work piping into place without springing 
or forcing, except where cold-springing is specified.  Piping and equipment within buildings shall be entirely 
out of the way of lighting fixtures and doors, windows, and other openings.  Locate overhead piping in buildings 
in the most inconspicuous positions.  Do not bury or conceal piping until piping has been inspected, tested, 
and approved.  Where pipe passes through building structure, conceal pipe joints but locate where they may be 
readily inspected and building structure not be weakened.  Avoid interference with other piping, conduit, or 
equipment.  Except where specifically shown otherwise, run vertical piping plumb and straight and parallel to 
walls.  Install piping connected to equipment to provide flexibility for vibration.  Support and anchor piping 
so that strain from weight of piping is not imposed on equipment.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.2.1   Fittings</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide long radius ells on welded piping to reduce pressure drops.  Mitering of pipe to form elbows, notching 
straight runs to form full sized tees, or similar construction shall not be used.  Make branch connections with 
welding tees, except factory made forged welding branch outlets or nozzles having integral reinforcements conforming 
to <RID>ASME B31.1</RID> may be provided.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.2.2   Grading of Pipe Lines</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Unless indicated otherwise, install horizontal lines of steam and return piping to grade down in the direction 
of flow with a pitch of not less than<MET> 25 mm in 9 meters</MET><ENG> one inch in 30 feet</ENG>, except in loop mains and main headers 
where flow may be either direction.  Pitch air lines to source of supply, and make provisions for draining off 
condensate.  Install water lines to drain to a shutoff valve.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.2.3   Anchoring, Guiding, and Supporting Piping</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Anchor and support piping in a manner such that expansion and contraction will take place in the direction desired, 
prevent vibration by use of vibration dampeners, and prevent undue strains on boilers and equipment served.  
Fabricate hangers used for the support of piping of<MET> 50 mm</MET><ENG> 2 inch</ENG> nominal pipe size and larger to permit adequate 
adjustment after erection while still supporting the load.  Provide wall brackets where pipes are adjacent to 
walls or other vertical surfaces which may be used for supports.  Provide supports to adequately carry weight 
of the lines and maintain proper alignment.  Provide inserts and sleeves for supports in concrete where necessary 
and place in new construction before pouring concrete.  Provide insulated piping with a pipe covering protection 
saddle at each support.  Provide pipe guides and anchors of approved type at points where necessary to keep pipes 
in accurate alignment, to direct expansion movement, and to prevent buckling and swaying and undue strain.  Provide 
pipe guides for alignment of pipe connected to free unanchored end of each expansion joint.  Support pipe rollers 
in concrete conduits and trenches by extra strong steel pipe with ends inserted in slots provided in concrete 
walls.  Set pipe supports for rollers at correct elevations either by metal shims or by cutting away of concrete 
and after pipe lines have been placed in alignment, grout ends of pipe supports and fix in place.  Space pipe 
supports to provide adequate support for pipes.  Pipe shall not have pockets formed in the span due to sagging 
of pipe between supports, caused by weight of pipe, medium in the pipe, insulation, valves, and fittings.  Maximum 
spacing for pipe supports for steel pipe shall be in accordance with <RID>ASME B31.1</RID>; maximum spacing for supports 
for copper tubing shall be in accordance with <RID>MSS SP-69</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.2.4   Copper Tubing</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Copper tubing shall have solder joints with solder suitable for pressure-temperature ratings of piping system.  
Tubing<MET> 20 mm</MET><ENG> 3/4 inch</ENG> and smaller for instrument air may be compression joint in lieu of soldered joint.  Tin-antimony 
(95/5) solder is suitable for saturated steam up to<MET> 103 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 15 psig</ENG> but tin lead (50/50) solder is not 
acceptable for steam service.  Flux shall be non corrosive.  Wipe excess solder from the joints.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.2.5   Sleeves</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide pipe sleeves where pipes and tubing pass through masonry and concrete walls, floors, and partitions.  
Space between pipe, tubing, or insulation and the sleeve shall be not less than<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG>.  Hold sleeves 
securely in proper position and location before and during construction. Sleeves shall be of sufficient length 
to pass through entire thickness of walls, partitions, and slabs.  Sleeves in floor slabs shall extend<MET> 13 mm</MET><ENG> 
1/2 inch</ENG> above the finished floor.  Firmly pack space between pipe or tubing and the sleeve with oakum and caulk 
on both ends of sleeve with elastic cement.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.2.6   Flashing for Buildings</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Where pipes pass through building roofs and outside walls, provide proper flashing and counter flashing and make 
tight and waterproof.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.2.7   Outlets for Future Connections</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Locate as directed capped or plugged outlets for connections to future equipment, when not located exactly by 
project drawings.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.2.8   Screwed Joints in Piping</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Use teflon tape or suitable pipe joint compound applied to male threads only for making up screwed joints.  Piping 
shall be free from fins and burrs.  Ream or file out pipe ends to size of bore, and remove chips.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.2.9   Welded Joints</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Weld joints in piping by the metal-arc or gas welding processes in accordance with <RID>ASME B31.1</RID> and as specified 
in Section <SRF>40 17 26.00 20</SRF> WELDING PRESSURE PIPING.  Number or mark each weld to identify the work of each welder 
on welds on which stress relieving or radiographic inspection is required.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  <TST>Contracting Officer reserves the right to require the Contractor to provide re-examination 
and recertification of welders.</TST></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  <TST>Radiographic testing of circumferential butt welded joints of pipe with operating temperature 
of<MET> 177 degrees C</MET><ENG> 350 degrees F</ENG> and above shall be required on ten percent of the joints, the 
location of which will be determined by the Contracting Officer; when more than ten percent 
of the radiographically tested joints show unacceptable defects radiographically test every 
joint of this type piping.</TST></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Equipment and Protection:  Items of equipment for welding shall be so designed and manufactured, 
and shall be in such condition as to enable qualified operators to follow procedures and to 
attain results specified.  Protect welders and gas cutters from the light of the arc and flame 
by approved goggles, shields, helmets, and gloves.  Replace cover glasses in helmets and shields 
when they become sufficiently marred to impair the operator's vision.  Take care to avoid risk 
of explosion and fire when welding and gas cutting near explosive or flammable materials.  Ventilate 
welding and gas cutting operations in accordance with paragraph 1910.252 (f) of <RID>29 CFR 1910-SUBPART Q</RID>
.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Surface Conditions:  Do not weld when atmospheric temperature is less than<MET> minus 18 degrees 
C</MET><ENG> zero degrees F</ENG>, when surfaces are wet, when rain or snow is falling or moisture is condensing 
on surfaces to be welded, nor during periods of high wind, unless welder and work are protected 
properly.  At temperatures between<MET> 0 degrees C and minus 18 degrees C</MET><ENG> 32 degrees F and zero 
degrees F</ENG>, heat with a torch the surface for an area within<MET> 80 mm</MET><ENG> 3 inches</ENG> of the joint to be 
welded to a temperature warm to the hand before welding.  Free surfaces to be welded from loose 
scale, slag, rust, paint, oil, and other foreign material.  Joint surfaces shall be smooth, 
uniform and free from fins, tears, and other defects which might affect proper welding.  Remove 
slag from flame-cut edges to be welded by grinding, but temper color need not be removed.  Thoroughly 
clean each layer of weld metal by wire brushing prior to inspection or deposition of additional 
weld metal.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.2.10   Cleaning of Piping</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Before installing pipe, thoroughly clean pipe of sand, mill scale and other foreign material.  After erection 
but before making final connections to apparatus, thoroughly clean interior of piping.  Flush piping with water 
except air and fuel lines.  In addition, blow out steam lines with intermittent high pressure steam blows to 
promote shedding of internal scale.  Blow compressed air and fuel oil lines clean with<MET> 552 to 690 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 
80 to 100 psig</ENG> air dried to a<MET> 2 degrees C</MET><ENG> 35 degree F</ENG>dew point at <MET>552 kPa (gage)</MET><ENG> 80 psig</ENG>.  Sterilize potable 
water piping by means of liquid chlorine or hypochlorite in accordance with <RID>AWWA C651</RID> before placing water system 
in service.  Take care during fabrication and installation, to keep piping, valves, fittings and specialties 
free of loose welding metal chips of metal or slag, welding rods and foreign matter.  Blowing or flushing shall 
in no case be channeled through equipment, pump, control valve, regulating valve, instrument gage or specialty 
in the system.  Provide temporary screens, strainers, connections, spool pieces and bypasses consisting of piping 
or hoses, pumps and other required equipment temporarily installed for the purpose of cleaning and flushing piping. 
Drain flushing water and test water to the sanitary sewer system.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.2.11   Reduction in Pipe Size</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide reducing fittings for changes in pipe size; bushings will not be permitted.  In horizontal steam lines, 
reducing fittings shall be the eccentric type to maintain bottom of lines in the same plane.  In horizontal water 
mains, reducers shall be set to maintain top of lines in the same plane.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.2.12   Expansion Control</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide bends, loops, and offsets wherever practical to relieve overstressed piping systems due to thermal expansion 
and to provide adequate flexibility.  Cold spring piping system as indicated but not more than 50 percent of 
the total linear expansion.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.2.13   Connection to Equipment</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide unions or flanges where necessary to permit easy disconnection of piping and apparatus.  Provide unions 
and gate valves at each connection to threaded end control valves, strainers and equipment.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.2.14   Valve Installation</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Install valves in positions accessible for operation and repair.  Install stems in a vertical position with handwheels 
or operators on top or in a horizontal position.  Do not install handwheels on stop valves below the valve.  
When centerline of valve is more than<MET> 2 meters</MET><ENG> 7 feet</ENG> above floor or platform, provide valve with a chain-operated 
handwheel.  When valve is motorized, provide hand operation for emergency use.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Gate Valves:  Arrange back outlet gate valves for turbine exhaust for hand operation and 
provide with a floor stand.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Globe Valves:  Pressure shall be below the disc.  Install globe valves with stems horizontal 
on steam and exhaust lines, when better drainage is required or desired.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Steam Pressure-Reducing Valves:  Provide steam line entering each pressure-reducing valve 
with a strainer.  Provide each pressure-reducing valve unit with two shutoff valves and with 
a globe or angle bypass valve and bypass pipe.  A bypass around a reducing valve shall be of 
reduced size to restrict its capacity to approximately that of the reducing valve.  Provide 
each pressure-reducing valve unit with indicating steam gages to show reduced pressure and upstream 
pressure and an adequately sized safety valve on low pressure side.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Valve Tags and Charts:  Permanently tag each valve with a black and white engraved laminated 
plastic tag showing valve number, valve function and piping system and whether another valve 
must be opened or closed in conjunction with this valve.  Furnish a typed chart which will show 
required valve tagging plus the location of each valve.  Frame valve charts under glass and 
install as directed.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.2.15   Traps and Connections</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Traps shall be of the type and capacity for the service required, and shall be properly supported and connected.  
Except for thermostatic traps in pipe coils, radiators, and convectors, install traps with a dirt pocket and 
strainer between trap and piping or apparatus it drains.  When it is necessary to maintain in continuous service, 
apparatus or piping which is to be drained, provide a three valve bypass so that trap may be removed and repaired 
and condensate drained through the throttled bypass valve.  Provide a check valve on the discharge side of the 
trap when trap is installed for lift or operating against a back pressure, or trap discharges into a common return 
line.  Provide test connections on the discharge side of the high and medium pressure traps when specifically 
required.  Test connection shall include a 1/2-inch globe valve with open blow.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.2.16   Pressure Gage Installation</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide with a shutoff valve or petcock between the gage and the line, and provide gage on steam lines with a 
siphon installed ahead of the gage.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.2.17   Thermometers and Thermal Sensing Element of Control Valves</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide with a separable socket.  Install separable sockets in pipe lines in such a manner to sense the temperature 
of the flowing fluid and minimize obstruction to flow.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.2.18   Strainer Locations</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide strainers with meshes suitable for the services upstream of each control valve and where dirt might interfere 
with the proper operation of valve parts, orifices, or moving parts of equipment.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.2.19   Dissimilar Piping Materials</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide dielectric unions or flanges between ferrous and nonferrous piping, equipment, and fittings, except that 
bronze valves and fittings may be used without dielectric couplings for ferrous-to-ferrous or nonferrous-to-nonferrous 
connections.  Dielectric fittings shall utilize a nonmetallic filler which will prevent current flow from exceeding 
one percent of the short circuit current.  Spacer shall be suitable for pressure and temperature of the service.  
Fittings shall otherwise be as specified in this section.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.2.20   Surface Treating, and Pipe Wrapping</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Uninsulated steel piping buried in the ground shall have exterior surfaces protected with a tape wrapping system 
or a continuously extruded polyethylene coating system as specified in Section <SRF>09 97 13.28</SRF> PROTECTION OF BURIED 
STEEL PIPING AND STEEL BULKHEAD TIE RODS.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>3.1.3   PAINTING</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.3.1   Piping, Fittings, and Mechanical and Electrical Equipment</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Equipment shall be factory finished to withstand the intended end use environment in accordance with the specifications 
for particular end item. Retouch damaged areas on factory finished equipment on which finish has been damaged 
and then give a complete finish coat to restore finish to original condition.  Finish coat shall be suitable 
for exposure in the intended end use environment.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.3.2   Painting</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Unless specified otherwise, paint pipe hangers, structural supports, pipe and pipe fittings, conduit and conduit 
fittings, air grilles, pipe coverings, insulation, and metal surfaces associated with mechanical and electrical 
equipment including zinc-coated steel ducts as specified in Section <SRF>09 90 00</SRF> PAINTS AND COATINGS.  Zinc-coated 
steel duct in unpainted areas shall not be painted.  Apply a protective coating to piping to be insulated, except 
zinc-coated and copper pipe, prior to installing insulation.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.3.3   Boilers</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>After erecting and testing boilers, clean as necessary exposed surfaces of the boiler normally painted in commercial 
practice to remove grease, coal dust, flyash and other foreign matter and finish with one coat of aluminum heat 
resisting paint applied to minimum dry film thickness of<MET> 0.025 mm</MET><ENG> one mil</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.3.4   Vertical Fuel Oil Tank</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Clean interior surfaces to bare metal in accordance with <RID>SSPC SP 10</RID>.  Clean to bare metal by powered wire brushing 
or other mechanical means surfaces that cannot be cleaned satisfactorily by blasting.  Wash members which become 
contaminated with rust, dirt, oil, grease, or other contaminants with solvents until thoroughly clean.  Remove 
weld backing plates prior to blast cleaning; when left in place, round off corners prior to blast cleaning and 
coating.  Tanks shall be internally coated in accordance with Section <SRF>09 97 13.15</SRF> INTERIOR COATINGS FOR WELDED 
STEEL PETROLEUM FUEL TANKS.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.1.3.5   Surfaces Not to be Painted</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Unless specified otherwise, do not paint equipment having factory applied permanent finish, switchplates and 
nameplates, motor starters, and concrete foundations.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>3.1.4   INSULATION</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Insulate mechanical equipment, systems and piping as specified in Section <SRF>23 07 00</SRF> THERMAL INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL 
SYSTEMS.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>3.2   FIELD QUALITY CONTROL</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT><TST>Provide labor, equipment, test apparatus and materials required for preparation and performance of tests and 
inspections specified to demonstrate that boilers and auxiliary equipment as installed are in compliance with 
contract requirements.  During start up and during tests, ensure that factory trained engineers or technicians 
employed by the boiler manufacturer and system suppliers or manufacturers of such components as the boiler, burner, 
forced draft fan, feedwater treatment equipment, and other auxiliary equipment be present, to ensure the proper 
functioning, adjustment, and testing of the individual components and systems.  Furnish a detailed written record 
of test conditions, test procedures, field data, and start up and operational performance of the entire <SUB>heating 
plant</SUB> to the Contracting Officer before the Contractor's operational and test personnel leave the site.  The 
Government will furnish, if available, water, electricity and fuel for the tests, except fuel required for retesting.  
The Contractor shall rectify defects disclosed by tests and retest equipment.  The Contractor's boiler plant 
personnel shall be experienced in starting up and operating boiler plants.</TST></TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>3.2.1   Tests and Inspections (Piping)</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT><TST>Examine, inspect, and test piping in accordance with <RID>ASME B31.1</RID>except as modified below.</TST>  Rectify defects disclosed 
by tests.  Necessary subsequent tests required to prove system tight after additional work by the Contractor 
shall be provided by the Contractor.  Make tests under the direction of and subject to the prior approval of 
the Contracting Officer.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>3.2.1.1   Hydrostatic and Leak Tightness Tests</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  <TST>Perform hydrostatic and leak tightness test on piping systems attached to the boilers and 
included under jurisdiction of <RID>ASME BPVC SEC I</RID> in accordance with requirements of that Code.</TST>
 Piping bearing ASME Code symbol stamp will be accepted only as indicating compliance with the 
design and material requirements of the code.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TST><ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Test piping which is a part of the steam generation or auxiliary systems, including piping 
within the boiler room and external to the boiler room, by the following methods:</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Perform hydrostatic test at 150 percent of design pressure for welded and screwed steel 
piping systems except those for air, oil, and gas.  Hold hydrostatic tests for a period of one 
hour with no pressure loss.  Temperature of testing fluid shall not exceed<MET> 38 degrees C</MET><ENG> 100 
degrees F</ENG>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Test air and oil lines in accordance with requirements of <RID>ASME B31.1</RID> for pneumatic tests 
with exception that the test pressure shall be held for one hour.  Examination for leaks shall 
be by a soap or other foaming agent test.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Inspection and test of gas piping shall conform to the requirements of <RID>NFPA 54</RID>.</ITM></TST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  <TST>For tests install a calibrated test pressure gage in the system to observe loss in pressure.</TST></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>3.2.2   Preliminary Operation</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The Contractor under the direction of the respective manufacturer's representative shall place in operation equipment 
provided by the Contractor except as specifically noted otherwise.  Make adjustments to equipment that are necessary 
to ensure proper operation as instructed by the equipment manufacturer.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Lubricate equipment prior to operation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.  
Provide lubricants.  Furnish lubrication gun with spare cartridges of lubricant to operating 
personnel.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Dry out motors before operation as required to develop and maintain proper and constant 
insulation resistance.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Check drive equipment couplings for proper alignment at both ambient and operating temperature 
conditions.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.2.3   General Start-Up Requirements</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Prior to initial operation of complete system, check each component as follows:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Inspect bearings for cleanliness and alignment and remove foreign materials found.  Lubricate 
as necessary and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.  Replace bearings that run 
roughly or noisily.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Adjust direct drives for proper alignment of flexible couplings. Provide lubrication when 
a particular coupling so requires.  Check security of couplings to driver shafts.  Set drive 
components to ensure free rotation with no undesirable stresses present on the coupling of attached 
equipment.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Check motors for amperage comparison to nameplate value.  Correct conditions that produce 
excessive current flow and that exist due to equipment malfunction.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Check speeds of each motor and driven apparatus to ensure that motors are operating at the 
desired point.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Check actual suction and discharge pressure of each pump against desired performance curves.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Check pump packing glands or seals for cleanliness and adjustment before running each pump.  
Inspect shaft sleeves for scoring and proper placement of packing; replace when necessary.  
Ensure piping system is free of dirt and scale before circulating liquid through pumps.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">g.  Inspect both hand and automatic control valves.  Clean bonnets and stems, tighten glands 
to ensure no leakage, but permit valve stems to operate without galling.  Replace packing in 
valves that require same to retain maximum adjustment after system is judged complete. Replace 
entire packing in valves that continue to leak after adjustment.  Remove and repair bonnets 
that leak.  Coat packing gland threads and valve stems with a suitable surface preparation after 
cleaning.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">h.  Inspect and make certain that control valve seats are free from foreign matter and are properly 
positioned for intended service.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">i.  Check flanges and packing glands after system has been placed in operation.  Replace gaskets 
in flanges that show signs of leakage after tightening.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">j.  Inspect screwed joints for leakage and remake each joint that appears to be faulty.  Do 
not wait for rust to form.  Clean threads on both parts, apply compound and remake joint.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">k.  Thoroughly blow out strainers through individual valved blow-off connection on each strainer 
prior to placing in operation.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">l.  Thoroughly blow out or dismantle and clean strainers after systems have been in operation 
one week.  Thoroughly clean, repair, and place back in service traps or other specialties in 
which foreign matter has accumulated, causing malfunction or damage.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">m.  Adjust pipe hangers and supports for correct pitch and alignment.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">n.  Remove rust, scale and foreign materials from equipment and renew defaced surfaces.  <TST>When 
equipment is badly marred, the Contracting Officer shall have authority to request new materials 
be provided.</TST></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">o.  Adjust and calibrate temperature, pressure and other automatic control systems.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">p.  Inspect each pressure gage and thermometer for calibration, and replace those that are defaced, 
broken or read incorrectly.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">[q. Vertical Fuel Oil Tank Calibration:  After completing installation of tank, prepare a calibration 
table for the tank showing fuel volume in<MET> liters</MET><ENG> gallons</ENG> in the tank to any height of liquid 
in <MET>meters and mm</MET><ENG> feet, inches, and eighths of an inch</ENG> when measured by a steel tape lowered 
through the roof.  Calibrate tank in accordance with[ <RID>API MPMS 2.2A</RID>][ <RID>API MPMS 2.2B</RID>] for "critical 
measurement" "operating control."  Perform calibration of tank by a qualified organization that 
can certify to at least 2 years of prior successful and accurate experience in calibrating tanks 
of comparable type and size.  Correct data obtained for use with product to be stored.]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.2.4   Plant Equipment Tests</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>3.2.4.1   Plant Air Compressors</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT><TST>Test plant air compressors in service to determine compliance with contract requirements and warranty.  During 
tests, test equipment under every condition of operation.  Test safety controls to demonstrate performance of 
their required function.  Completely test system for compliance with specifications.</TST></TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.2.4.2   Instrument Air Compressors</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT><TST>Test air compressor package at full load for not less than 2 hours. Check capacity, smoothness of operation, 
alternation of units, and proper operation of the air unloaders during the test.</TST></TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.2.4.3   Coal Handling System</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT><TST>Test coal handling system under operating conditions and demonstrate that work is in conformance with the specified 
requirements.  Conduct this test in the presence of the Contracting Officer.</TST></TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.2.4.4   Ash Handling System</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT><TST>Test ash handling system under operating conditions and demonstrate that work is in conformance with specified 
requirements.  Conduct test in the presence of the Contracting Officer.</TST></TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT>[<TTL>3.2.4.5   Horizontal Fuel Oil Tanks (Below Ground)</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Choose this subparagraph or the subparagraph below, entitled "Vertical 
Fuel Oil Tank."</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  <TST>Test tanks before placing in service, in accordance with applicable paragraphs of the code 
under which tanks were built.</TST>An UL label, ASME Code Stamp, or API monogram on a tank shall be 
evidence of compliance with code requirements.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  <TST>Holiday Detection Test:  Inspect coal tar epoxy coating system for film imperfections using 
a low voltage (75 volt) holiday tester.  Inspect FRP coated tanks with a 10,000 volt spark test 
for imperfections or holidays.</TST>  Repair holidays or pinholes in the coatings.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
]</SPT><SPT>[<TTL>3.2.4.6   Vertical Fuel Oil Tank</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Choose this subparagraph or the subparagraph above, entitled "Horizontal 
Fuel Oil Tanks (Below Ground)."</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT><TST>Inspect and test vertical fuel oil tank as specified in <RID>API Std 650</RID>.  Use the radiographic method of inspection 
of butt welds as required by <RID>API Std 650</RID>; sectioning method will not be acceptable as an alternative to radiographic 
inspection.</TST></TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
]</SPT><SPT><TTL>3.2.4.7   Blowdown Valves and Try Cocks</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT><TST>Test blowdown valves and try cocks for proper operation.</TST></TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.2.4.8   Draft Fans, Fuel Oil Heaters, Fuel Pumps, and Electric Motors</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT><TST>Test draft fans, fuel oil heaters, fuel pumps, and electric motors to determine compliance with the referenced 
standards.  Standard symbols and certifications from the referenced organization may be accepted at the discretion 
of the Contracting Officer.</TST>  Closely observe the operation of fans, fuel oil heaters, fuel pumps, and electric 
motors [including variable speed motor controllers] and correct defects.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>3.2.5   Boilers and Auxiliaries Tests and Inspections</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The Contractor, with qualified personnel provided by the Contractor, shall make tests and inspections at the 
site under the direction of and subject to the approval of the Contracting Officer.  The Contractor's boiler 
plant personnel under the direction of the respective manufacturer's representatives and consultants, shall operate 
each boiler and appurtenances through the entire testing period and shall ensure that necessary adjustments have 
been made.  Notify the Contracting Officer in writing at least 7 days in advance that equipment is ready for 
testing.  The Contractor shall provide testing equipment, including gages, thermometers, calorimeter, Orsat apparatus, 
thermocouple pyrometers, fuel flow meters, water meters and other test apparatus and calibrate instruments prior 
to testing.  Draft, fuel pressure and steam flow may be measured by permanent gages and meters installed under 
the contract.  The Contractor is responsible for providing an analysis of the fuel being used for the tests.  
Control of noise levels developed by exhaust steam shall be as directed by the Contracting Officer to satisfy 
environmental conditions of the surrounding area.  <TST>Perform the following tests and, when feasible, in the sequence 
listed:</TST></TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TST><ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Strength and tightness tests</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Standards compliance tests</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Preliminary operational tests (steady state combustion test and variable load combustion 
test)</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Tests of auxiliary equipment</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">e.  Feedwater equipment test</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">f.  Capacity and efficiency tests</ITM></TST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>3.2.5.1   Strength and Leak Tightness Tests</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TST><TXT>Subject the boiler[s] to the following strength and tightness tests:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Watersides Including Fittings and Accessories:  Hydrostatically test watersides in accordance 
with requirements of <RID>ASME BPVC SEC I</RID>.  The ASME label will be accepted as evidence of this test.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Boiler Casing, Breeching and Ductwork:  Prior to installing breeching and ductwork, boiler[s] 
[on the furnace side] shall be pneumatically tested, at the maximum possible draft pressure 
of the boiler furnace; the soap bubble method [and] [or] a smoke test shall be used to verify 
tightness of the casing.  Boiler casing, breeching and ductwork shall be pressurized with the 
forced draft fan to the maximum draft pressure; the smoke test shall be used to verify tightness 
of the casing, breeching and ductwork.  Leaks observed or detected shall be sealed</ITM>.</TST><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.2.5.2   Boiler Inspection</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Ensure that the Boiler Inspector is present to witness the appropriate tests which need to be observed in order 
to certify the safety of the boiler.  The inspection shall include requirements of <RID>NAVFAC MO 324</RID>.  The Boiler 
Inspector shall complete NAVFAC form 9-11014/40, Data Record Sheet; NAVFAC form 9-11014/41, Inspection Report; 
NAVFAC form 9-11014/32 Inspection Certificate for each boiler after boiler has been inspected and found to be 
safe.  No boiler may be fired until it has passed the inspection of the Boiler Inspector.  The boiler inspection 
forms shall be submitted through the Contractor to the Contracting Officer. Place the Inspection Certificate 
under framed glass, and mounted on or near the boiler in a conspicuous location.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.2.5.3   Boiler Cleaning and Startup</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Dry out, boil out, and operate the firing rate of the new boiler[s] under direct responsibility and supervision 
of the manufacturer, [and in the presence of the boiler room operating personnel].  Provide chemicals that are 
required.  Allow sufficient time for the boiling out process to ensure interior surfaces are clean.  This time 
shall be at least 24 continuous hours and generally not more than 36 hours; boil out shall continue until water 
is clear.  Boil out, cleaning and starting procedures shall be in accordance with requirements of <RID>ASME BPVC SEC VII</RID>
 and <RID>FM DS 12-17</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.2.5.4   Boiler Preliminary Operational Tests</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT><TST>Conduct a boiler operational test on each unit continuously for two weeks.  Operate one boiler at a time to demonstrate 
control and operational conformance to requirements of the specifications including ability to respond to load 
swings from the specified capacity to minimum turndown. Operational test shall be under the supervision of a 
registered professional engineer or a licensed power plant operator and shall serve to prove safeties, controls, 
maintenance of stable combustion at low loads, [proper coal distribution and combustion, and ability to operate 
without furnace slagging,] [proper flame lengths and patterns to avoid flame impingement on the tubes for oil 
firing,] and proper mechanical and electrical functioning of each system.  Test shall include items specified 
in this section as well as items mentioned in the specification of the particular pieces of equipment.  Conduct 
tests with factory trained combustion equipment engineers as previously specified.  Test and record steam quality, 
steam flowrates, flue gas temperature, percentages of carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, oxygen and nitrogen in 
flue gas and percent excess air for each boiler at tested load and graphically present the test data.</TST></TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.2.5.5   General Operational Tests</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  <TST>Steady State Combustion Tests:  Test fuel burning and combustion control equipment with 
each of the specific fuels at the minimum limit of the turndown range and at increments of 50, 
75 and 100 percent of full rated load.</TST>  Each test run shall be at least two hours on each fuel 
and until stack temperatures are constant and capacity and efficiency requirements of this specification 
have been verified and recorded.  Verify proper operation of instrumentation and gages during 
the tests.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  <TST>Varying Load Combustion Tests:  Test boiler continuously under varying load conditions to 
demonstrate proper operability of the combustion control, flame safeguard control, programming 
control and safety interlocks.</TST>  Conduct these tests after adjustment of combustion controls 
has been completed under the steady state combustion tests.  Continue variable load operational 
tests for a period of at least 8 hours.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Sequencing:  Boiler shall start, operate and stop in strict accordance with the specified 
operating sequence.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Flame Safeguard:  Verify operation of the flame safeguard controls by simulated flame and 
ignition failures.  Verify trial-for-main flame ignition, combustion control reaction and valve 
closing times by stop watch.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Immunity to Hot Refractory:  Operate burner at high fire until combustion chamber refractory 
reaches maximum temperature.  Main fuel valve shall then be closed manually.  Combustion safeguard 
shall drop out immediately causing the safety shutoff valves to close within the specified control 
reaction and valve closing times.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>[(4)  Pilot Intensity Required:  Gradually reduce the fuel supply to the pilot flame to the 
point where the combustion safeguard begins to drop out (sense "no flame") but holds in until 
the main fuel valve opens.  At this point of reduced pilot fuel supply, the pilot flame shall 
be capable of safely igniting the main burner.  When the main fuel valve can be opened on a 
pilot flame of insufficient intensity to safely light the main flame, the boiler shall be rejected.]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(5)  Boiler Limit and Fuel Safety Interlocks:  Safety shutdown shall be caused by simulating 
interlock actuating conditions for each boiler limit and fuel safety interlock.  Safety shutdowns 
shall occur in the specified manner.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(6)  Combustion Controls:  Demonstrate accuracy, range and smoothness of operation of the combustion 
controls by varying steam demand through the entire firing range required by the turndown ratio 
specified for the burner.  The control accuracy shall be as specified.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(7)  Safety Valves:  High pressure limit switch shall be locked out or otherwise made inoperative 
and boiler safety valves shall be lifted by steam.  Determine relieving capacity, popping pressure, 
blowdown and reseating pressure by observation and measurement in accordance with <RID>ASME BPVC SEC I</RID>
.  The ASME standard symbol will be accepted only as indicating compliance with design and material 
requirements of the code.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.2.5.6   Auxiliary Equipment and Accessory Tests</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT><TST>Observe and test blowdown valves, stop valves, try cocks, draft fans, fuel oil heaters, pumps, electric motors, 
and other accessories and appurtenant equipment during operational and capacity tests for leakage, malfunctions, 
defects, and for compliance with referenced standards.</TST></TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.2.5.7   Feedwater Equipment Tests</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT><TST>Perform test of the feedwater treatment equipment in two steps. Conduct one test concurrently with the combustion 
tests.  The Government will perform a second test during the first period of heavy loading after the plant has 
been accepted and put in service.</TST>  Correct deficiencies revealed during the Government tests under the guarantee 
provisions of the contract.  Both the first and second series of tests shall determine compliance with the limits 
for chemical concentrations of this specification.  Supply equipment for taking samples and test kit for analyzing 
the samples.  Sampling equipment and test kit shall become the property of the Government when tests are completed.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.2.5.8   Capacity and Efficiency Tests</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT><TST>Perform capacity and efficiency tests after operating tests have been satisfactorily completed and boiler has 
been operated continuously for at least 14 days with no nuisance shutdowns and without the necessity for frequent 
or difficult adjustments.</TST>  Perform capacity and efficiency tests on each boiler.  Conduct tests using specified 
fuel[s].  Test procedures shall be in accordance with the heat loss method [and the input-output method] of <RID>ASME PTC 4</RID>
.  Before performing tests, the Contracting Officer and the Contractor shall reach agreement on those items identified 
in <RID>ASME PTC 4</RID>, Section 3, paragraph 3.0l "Items on Which Agreement Shall be Reached."  A test run shall not start 
until boiler and accessories have reached an equilibrium and stabilization condition for at least one hour in 
duration.  Duration of tests shall be sufficient to record necessary data but in no case shall each run be less 
than [4] [10] [24] hours.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  <TST>Accomplish maximum output testing by means of a single 2 hour run at 110 percent load on 
the boiler under test.</TST>  Calculate boiler efficiency, both input-output and heat loss, from the 
consistent readings taken during the runs.  Runs shall be made at four different loads 30, 50, 
70, and 100 percent of boiler rating during which both heat loss and input-output data shall 
be taken.  Predict unmeasured losses used in conjunction with heat loss calculations and include 
with equipment data when submitted for approval. Subsequent tests required because of failure 
of the equipment to perform adequately during specified capacity and efficiency tests shall 
be the financial responsibility of the Contractor, including the cost of fuel.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Should analysis of the fuel being burned during performance tests vary from that specified 
as the performance fuel, adjust guarantees in accordance with accepted engineering practice 
to determine compliance.  Carbon loss shall be determined in accordance with <RID>ABMA Boiler 103</RID>
.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.2.5.9   Temporary Waste Steam Connection</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>When necessary to obtain sufficient load for these tests, provide a temporary steam line at a point outside the 
building.  Provide necessary pipe, fittings, supports, anchors and appurtenances including a field fabricated 
silencer as directed by the Contracting Officer.  Remove temporary piping and silencer after satisfactorily completing 
tests.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT>[<TTL>3.2.5.10   Fire Safety for Oil-Fired Boilers</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TST><TXT>Conduct tests as necessary to determine compliance with the applicable UL Safety Standards.  The presence of 
the applicable Underwriters' label may be accepted as evidence of compliance in this respect.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Oil-fired Boilers:  Meet test requirements of <RID>UL 726</RID>.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Oil Burners:  Meet test requirements of <RID>UL 296</RID>.</ITM></TST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
]</SPT><SPT><TTL>3.2.5.11   Plant Acceptance Operation</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Include bracketed portion if project is for coal fired installation with 
flue gas desulfurization system.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>After satisfactory completion of tests specified, operate the complete plant including each boiler [, its related 
flue gas cleaning equipment] and subsystems for a period of 30 continuous 24 hour operational days prior to final 
acceptance by the Government.  Furnish labor, chemicals, test equipment and apparatus; the Government will furnish 
fuel, electricity and water.  During this 30 day period, provide readily available, the services of qualified 
representatives from  manufacturers of plant components and systems for the purpose of additional operational 
assistance, component and system adjustment and repairs.  Government personnel will observe Contractor's operational 
procedures and will be asking pertinent questions, which the Contractor's representatives shall answer, about 
plant operation.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.2.5.12   NAVFACENGCOM Acceptance</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Operational, piping systems, auxiliary equipment and accessory tests shall be conducted prior to requesting an 
acceptance inspection by a Naval Facilities Engineering Command (NAVFACENGCOM) Boiler Inspector.  The Contracting 
Officer, upon receipt of 14 calender days advance notice from the Contractor, shall request the boiler be inspected 
by a NAVFACENGCOM Boiler Inspector.  The Contractor shall perform final operational performance testing of all 
plant systems in the presence of the NAVFACENGCOM Boiler Inspector, at the discretion of the NAVFACENGCOM Boiler 
Inspector.  The NAVFACENGCOM Boiler Inspector shall receive copies, and review the results, of all pertinent 
operational test reports before approving acceptance of the boiler plant by the Government.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>3.2.6   Manufacturers Field Services</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>3.2.6.1   Erection/Installation Supervisors and Service Engineers</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Boiler:  Furnish the services of a competent supervisor who is in the direct employ of the 
boiler manufacturer.  Supervisor shall remain on the construction site the full 8 hours per 
day, 5 days per week, or the same hours, that the boiler installation takes place.  Supervisor 
shall be responsible for the complete steam generating unit, including steam generator, stoker, 
[burner,] fans and related work, such as refractory, or insulation regardless of whether stoker, 
[burner,] fans or other related items of work are furnished by manufacturers other than the 
boiler manufacturer.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Stoker:  Furnish a competent erection supervisor for the equipment furnished by the stoker 
manufacturer.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">c.  Fans:  Furnish a company service engineer to advise on the erection or installation of fans 
and related equipment.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">d.  Service Engineers:  Services of the manufacturing companies' service engineers and the system 
suppliers' service engineers shall be provided by the Contractor to advise during erection and 
installation of other systems and equipment such as control system, coal handlings system, ash 
handling system, air compressors, air dryers, boiler feedwater pumps, fuel oil pumps, condensate 
pumps, water treatment equipment, chemical feed pumps, deaerating feedwater heater and stacks.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.2.6.2   Boiler and System Representatives</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">a.  Furnish factory trained engineers or technicians who are representatives of the boiler manufacturer 
and system suppliers to supervise testing of the boilers and auxiliary equipment.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM INDENT="-0.33">b.  Furnish the services of a Boiler Inspector who is qualified and certified as such by the 
National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors and who is presently employed full time 
by an independent firm, such as Hartford Steam Boiler Inspection and Insurance Company, which 
has a business of inspecting boilers.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>3.2.7   Instruction to Government Personnel</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>In accordance with the provisions of Section <SRF>23 03 00.00 20</SRF> BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, supervisors 
and service engineers shall provide instruction for the Government's operators in the operation and maintenance 
of the equipment furnished under this section.  The minimum number of hours provided shall be as follows:</TXT><BRK/>
<TBL><THD><BRK/>
  <HL1>Equipment</HL1>                  <HL1>Operation Instruction</HL1>    <HL1>Maintenance Instruction</HL1><BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
  Boiler and auxiliaries            40 hours                 16 hours<BRK/>
  Stoker                            40 hours                 16 hours<BRK/>
  FD and ID fans                    16 hours                 16 hours<BRK/>
  Coal handling system              16 hours                 32 hours<BRK/>
  Ash handling system               24 hours                  8 hours<BRK/>
  Air compressors and dryers         8 hours                 16 hours<BRK/>
  Boiler feedwater pumps             8 hours                  8 hours<BRK/>
  Miscellaneous equipment           16 hours                 16 hours<BRK/></TBL>
<BRK/></SPT>
<MET><SPT><TTL>3.2.8   SCHEDULE</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Some metric measurements in this section are based on mathematical conversion of inch-pound measurement, and 
not on metric measurement commonly agreed to by the manufacturers or other parties.  The inch-pound and metric 
measurements shown are as follows:</TXT><BRK/>
<TBL><THD><BRK/>
  <HL1>Products</HL1>          <HL1>Inch-Pound</HL1>                     <HL1>Metric</HL1><BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
  Steam Gage        12 inch diameter               300 mm diameter<BRK/>
  Boiler            4,000-18,000 #/hr              1/2-2 1/4 kg/sec<BRK/>
                      capacity                       capacity<BRK/>
  Electric Motor    10 hp                          7 1/2 kW<BRK/>
  Thermometer       5 inch Dial                    125 mm Dial<BRK/>
  Pressure Gage     6 inch Dial                    180 mm Dial<BRK/></TBL>
</SPT></MET><BRK/></SPT>
</PRT>    <END/><BRK/></SEC>
